~ubuntu-branches/ubuntu/vivid/ubuntu-docs/vivid-proposed
» Revision
102
: ubuntu-help/en_GB/en_GB.po
« back to all changes in this revision
Viewing changes to ubuntu-help/en_GB/en_GB.po
- browse files at revision 102
- compare with another revision
- download diff
- download tarball
- view history from revision 102
- Committer: Bazaar Package Importer
- Author(s): Matthew East, Jeremy Bicha, Matthew East
- Date: 2011-10-05 21:12:59 UTC
- Revision ID: james.westby@ubuntu.com-20111005211259-etcjtccdxod4oeg9
Tags: 11.10.4
[ Jeremy Bicha ]
* Updated screenshots to current Oneiric
* Don't install unused screenshots
* Added missing desktop-sharing pages
* Fixed lintian error in debian/copyright
[ Matthew East ]
* Add translations for langpacks
* Updated screenshots to current Oneiric
* Don't install unused screenshots
* Added missing desktop-sharing pages
* Fixed lintian error in debian/copyright
[ Matthew East ]
* Add translations for langpacks
- files added:
- ubuntu-help/C/figures/hardware-cardreader.png
- ubuntu-help/cs
- ubuntu-help/da
- ubuntu-help/en_AU
- ubuntu-help/en_GB
- ubuntu-help/id
- ubuntu-help/lv
- ubuntu-help/mg
- ubuntu-help/pt
- ubuntu-help/sk
- ubuntu-help/sq
- ubuntu-help/zh_TW
- files removed:
- ubuntu-help/C/figures/gnome-searchtool.png
- files modified:
- debian/changelog
added
removed
ubuntu-help/en_GB/en_GB.po
1
# English (United Kingdom) translation for ubuntu-docs
2
# Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011
3
# This file is distributed under the same license as the ubuntu-docs package.
4
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2011.
5
#
6
msgid ""
7
msgstr ""
8
"Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n"
9
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
10
"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-09-27 03:22-0400\n"
11
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-09-13 07:57+0000\n"
12
"Last-Translator: Launchpad Translations Administrators "
13
"<rosetta@launchpad.net>\n"
14
"Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) <en_GB@li.org>\n"
15
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
16
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
17
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
18
"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2011-10-05 20:13+0000\n"
19
"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 14085)\n"
20
21
#: C/legal.xml:2(license/p)
22
msgid "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
23
msgstr ""
24
25
#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
26
msgctxt "_"
27
msgid "translator-credits"
28
msgstr ""
29
"Launchpad Contributions:\n"
30
" Jeremy Bicha https://launchpad.net/~jbicha"
31
32
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:11(credit/name)
33
#: C/a11y-braille.page:11(credit/name)
34
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:11(credit/name)
35
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:10(credit/name)
36
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:10(credit/name)
37
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:11(credit/name)
38
#: C/a11y.page:10(credit/name)
39
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:10(credit/name)
40
#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:10(credit/name)
41
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:11(credit/name)
42
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:11(credit/name)
43
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:11(credit/name)
44
#: C/bluetooth.page:10(credit/name)
45
#: C/clock.page:16(credit/name)
46
#: C/disk.page:10(credit/name)
47
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:21(credit/name)
48
#: C/display-lock.page:14(credit/name)
49
#: C/files-browse.page:16(credit/name)
50
#: C/files-delete.page:16(credit/name)
51
#: C/files-lost.page:17(credit/name)
52
#: C/files-open.page:16(credit/name)
53
#: C/files.page:11(credit/name)
54
#: C/files-removedrive.page:9(credit/name)
55
#: C/files-rename.page:14(credit/name)
56
#: C/files-search.page:17(credit/name)
57
#: C/files-select.page:9(credit/name)
58
#: C/files-share.page:14(credit/name)
59
#: C/hardware.page:10(credit/name)
60
#: C/keyboard.page:17(credit/name)
61
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:11(credit/name)
62
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:10(credit/name)
63
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:10(credit/name)
64
#: C/look-background.page:25(credit/name)
65
#: C/media.page:10(credit/name)
66
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:13(credit/name)
67
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:18(credit/name)
68
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:10(credit/name)
69
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:15(credit/name)
70
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:18(credit/name)
71
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:19(credit/name)
72
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:22(credit/name)
73
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:11(credit/name)
74
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:17(credit/name)
75
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:12(credit/name)
76
#: C/nautilus-display.page:13(credit/name)
77
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:17(credit/name)
78
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:17(credit/name)
79
#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:10(credit/name)
80
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:12(credit/name)
81
#: C/nautilus-views.page:17(credit/name)
82
#: C/net-editcon.page:10(credit/name)
83
#: C/net-findip.page:10(credit/name)
84
#: C/net-macaddress.page:9(credit/name)
85
#: C/net-nonm.page:9(credit/name)
86
#: C/net.page:11(credit/name)
87
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:10(credit/name)
88
#: C/prefs.page:11(credit/name)
89
#: C/prefs-language.page:10(credit/name)
90
#: C/prefs-display.page:10(credit/name)
91
#: C/printing-setup.page:24(credit/name)
92
#: C/session-language.page:15(credit/name)
93
#: C/shell-exit.page:15(credit/name)
94
#: C/sound-alert.page:9(credit/name)
95
#: C/sound-usemic.page:9(credit/name)
96
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:10(credit/name)
97
#: C/tips.page:9(credit/name)
98
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:11(credit/name)
99
#: C/unity-introduction.page:13(credit/name)
100
#: C/user-add.page:15(credit/name)
101
#: C/user-changepicture.page:14(credit/name)
102
#: C/user-delete.page:18(credit/name)
103
msgid "Shaun McCance"
104
msgstr "Shaun McCance"
105
106
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:16(credit/name)
107
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:15(credit/name)
108
#: C/a11y-icon.page:11(credit/name)
109
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:15(credit/name)
110
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:16(credit/name)
111
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:16(credit/name)
112
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:14(credit/name)
113
#: C/files-hidden.page:10(credit/name)
114
#: C/files-sort.page:11(credit/name)
115
#: C/files-tilde.page:11(credit/name)
116
#: C/hardware-problems-bluetooth.page:11(credit/name)
117
#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:10(credit/name)
118
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:19(credit/name)
119
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:14(credit/name)
120
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:11(credit/name)
121
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:15(credit/name)
122
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13(credit/name)
123
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:14(credit/name)
124
#: C/nautilus-list.page:11(credit/name)
125
#: C/net-adhoc.page:9(credit/name)
126
#: C/net-default-browser.page:10(credit/name)
127
#: C/net-default-email.page:10(credit/name)
128
#: C/net-editcon.page:15(credit/name)
129
#: C/net-email-virus.page:12(credit/name)
130
#: C/net-install-flash.page:10(credit/name)
131
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:10(credit/name)
132
#: C/net-manual.page:9(credit/name)
133
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:11(credit/name)
134
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:9(credit/name)
135
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:9(credit/name)
136
#: C/net-proxy.page:10(credit/name)
137
#: C/net-slow.page:9(credit/name)
138
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:14(credit/name)
139
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:15(credit/name)
140
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:17(credit/name)
141
#: C/power-batterylife.page:17(credit/name)
142
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:17(credit/name)
143
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:14(credit/name)
144
#: C/power-othercountry.page:15(credit/name)
145
#: C/printing.page:10(credit/name)
146
#: C/printing-2sided.page:12(credit/name)
147
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:12(credit/name)
148
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:11(credit/name)
149
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:12(credit/name)
150
#: C/printing-order.page:12(credit/name)
151
#: C/printing-select.page:11(credit/name)
152
#: C/printing-setup.page:12(credit/name)
153
#: C/sound-volume.page:9(credit/name)
154
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:15(credit/name)
155
msgid "Phil Bull"
156
msgstr "Phil Bull"
157
158
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:20(info/desc)
159
msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated keypresses of the same key."
160
msgstr "Ignore quickly-repeated keypresses of the same key."
161
162
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:24(page/title)
163
msgid "Turn on Bounce Keys"
164
msgstr "Turn on Bounce Keys"
165
166
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:33(page/p)
167
msgid ""
168
"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore keypresses that are rapidly repeated. "
169
"For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a key "
170
"multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on "
171
"bounce keys."
172
msgstr ""
173
"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore keypresses that are rapidly repeated. "
174
"For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a key "
175
"multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on "
176
"bounce keys."
177
178
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:36(item/p)
179
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:24(item/p)
180
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:25(item/p)
181
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:28(item/p)
182
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:36(item/p)
183
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:38(item/p)
184
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:32(item/p)
185
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:36(item/p)
186
#: C/display-lock.page:31(item/p)
187
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:26(item/p)
188
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:57(item/p)
189
msgid ""
190
"Click the icon at the very right of the <gui>top bar</gui> and select "
191
"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
192
msgstr ""
193
"Click the icon at the very right of the <gui>top bar</gui> and select "
194
"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
195
196
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:37(item/p)
197
#: C/a11y-icon.page:31(item/p)
198
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:29(item/p)
199
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:37(item/p)
200
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:39(item/p)
201
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:33(item/p)
202
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:33(item/p)
203
msgid "Click <gui>Universal Access</gui>."
204
msgstr "Click <gui>Universal Access</gui>."
205
206
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:38(item/p)
207
#: C/a11y-icon.page:32(item/p)
208
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:38(item/p)
209
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:40(item/p)
210
msgid "Select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
211
msgstr "Select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
212
213
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39(item/p)
214
#: C/a11y-icon.page:33(item/p)
215
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:39(item/p)
216
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:41(item/p)
217
msgid "Select <gui>Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard</gui>."
218
msgstr "Select <gui>Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard</gui>."
219
220
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:40(item/p)
221
msgid "Switch <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> on."
222
msgstr "Switch <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> on."
223
224
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:43(page/p)
225
msgid ""
226
"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys "
227
"waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for "
228
"the first time. Select <gui>Beep when a key is rejected</gui> if you want "
229
"the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it "
230
"happened too soon after the previous key press."
231
msgstr ""
232
"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long \"Bounce "
233
"Keys\" waits before it registers another key press, after you pressed the "
234
"key for the first time. Select <gui>Beep when a key is rejected</gui> if you "
235
"want the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because "
236
"it happened too soon after the previous key press."
237
238
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46(note/p)
239
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:43(note/p)
240
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:45(note/p)
241
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44(note/p)
242
msgid ""
243
"You can quickly turn this feature on and off from the <link xref=\"a11y-"
244
"icon\">universal access menu</link>."
245
msgstr ""
246
"You can quickly turn this feature on and off from the <link xref=\"a11y-"
247
"icon\">universal access menu</link>."
248
249
#: C/a11y-braille.page:15(info/desc)
250
msgid ""
251
"Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display."
252
msgstr ""
253
"Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display."
254
255
#: C/a11y-braille.page:19(page/title)
256
msgid "Read screen in Braille"
257
msgstr "Read screen in Braille"
258
259
#: C/a11y-braille.page:21(page/p)
260
msgid ""
261
"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to display the user "
262
"interface on a refreshable Braille display. Refer to the <link "
263
"href=\"ghelp:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
264
msgstr ""
265
"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to display the user "
266
"interface on a refreshable Braille display. Refer to the <link "
267
"href=\"ghelp:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
268
269
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:15(info/desc)
270
msgid ""
271
"Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're "
272
"easier to see."
273
msgstr ""
274
"Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're "
275
"easier to see."
276
277
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:19(page/title)
278
msgid "Adjust the contrast"
279
msgstr "Adjust the contrast"
280
281
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:21(page/p)
282
msgid ""
283
"You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to "
284
"see. This is not the same as <link xref=\"power-brighter\">changing the "
285
"brightness of the whole screen</link>; only parts of the <em>user "
286
"interface</em> will change."
287
msgstr ""
288
"You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to "
289
"see. This is not the same as <link xref=\"power-brighter\">changing the "
290
"brightness of the whole screen</link>; only parts of the <em>user "
291
"interface</em> will change."
292
293
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:24(item/p)
294
msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>System Settings</gui>."
295
msgstr ""
296
297
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:25(item/p)
298
msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui>."
299
msgstr ""
300
301
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:26(item/p)
302
msgid ""
303
"Under <gui>Display</gui> select the <gui>Contrast</gui> that best suits your "
304
"needs. <gui>Low</gui> will make things less vivid, for example."
305
msgstr ""
306
307
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:30(note/p)
308
msgid ""
309
"You can quickly change the contrast by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
310
"icon\">universal access menu</link> on the top bar and selecting "
311
"<gui>Enhance contrast in colors</gui>."
312
msgstr ""
313
314
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:19(info/desc)
315
msgid ""
316
"The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the "
317
"mouse still."
318
msgstr ""
319
320
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:23(page/title)
321
msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering"
322
msgstr "Simulate clicking by hovering"
323
324
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:25(page/p)
325
msgid ""
326
"You can make it so that buttons are clicked when you hover the mouse pointer "
327
"over them (hover click). This is useful if you find it difficult to move the "
328
"mouse and click the mouse button at the same time. When hover click is "
329
"turned on you can move your mouse pointer over a button, let go of the mouse "
330
"and then wait for a while before the button will be clicked for you."
331
msgstr ""
332
"You can make it so that buttons are clicked when you hover the mouse pointer "
333
"over them (hover click). This is useful if you find it difficult to move the "
334
"mouse and click the mouse button at the same time. When hover click is "
335
"turned on, you can move your mouse pointer over a button, let go of the "
336
"mouse and then wait for a while before the button will be clicked for you."
337
338
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28(item/p)
339
msgid ""
340
"Click the icon at the far right of the top bar and select <gui>System "
341
"Settings</gui>."
342
msgstr ""
343
344
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:29(item/p)
345
msgid ""
346
"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Pointing and "
347
"Clicking</gui> tab."
348
msgstr ""
349
350
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:30(item/p)
351
msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> on."
352
msgstr ""
353
354
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:33(page/p)
355
msgid ""
356
"The <gui>Hover Click</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of your "
357
"other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen "
358
"when you hover over a button. For example, if you select <gui>Secondary "
359
"Click</gui>, the mouse will right-click when you hover over a button for a "
360
"few seconds."
361
msgstr ""
362
363
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:35(page/p)
364
msgid ""
365
"When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will "
366
"gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be "
367
"clicked."
368
msgstr ""
369
"When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will "
370
"gradually change colour. When it has fully changed colour, the button will "
371
"be clicked."
372
373
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:37(page/p)
374
msgid ""
375
"Hover click will click anywhere that your mouse pointer is hovering over, "
376
"not just on buttons."
377
msgstr ""
378
"Hover click will click anywhere that your mouse pointer is hovering over, "
379
"not just on buttons."
380
381
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:40(section/title)
382
msgid "Change how long to wait before the button is clicked"
383
msgstr "Change how long to wait before the button is clicked"
384
385
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:41(section/p)
386
msgid ""
387
"You can change how long the delay should be between hovering the mouse "
388
"pointer over a button and that button being pressed. To do this, go to the "
389
"<gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab (see above) and change the "
390
"<gui>Delay</gui> in the <gui>Hover Click</gui> section."
391
msgstr ""
392
"You can change how long the delay should be, between hovering the mouse "
393
"pointer over a button and that button being pressed. To do this, go to the "
394
"<gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab (see above) and change the "
395
"<gui>Delay</gui> in the <gui>Hover Click</gui> section."
396
397
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:45(section/title)
398
msgid "Change how much the mouse is allowed to move/wiggle when hovering"
399
msgstr "Change how much the mouse is allowed to move/wiggle when hovering"
400
401
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:46(section/p)
402
msgid ""
403
"You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering over a button "
404
"to click it - the pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still "
405
"click after a while. If it moves too much, however, the click will not "
406
"happen."
407
msgstr ""
408
"You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering over a button "
409
"in order to click it - the pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will "
410
"still click after a while. If it moves too much, however, the click will not "
411
"happen."
412
413
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:47(section/p)
414
msgid ""
415
"You can change how much the pointer is allowed to move but still be "
416
"considered \"still enough\" to click the button. Go to the <gui>Pointing and "
417
"Clicking</gui> tab (see above) and change the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> in "
418
"the <gui>Hover Click</gui> section; a large motion threshold will allow the "
419
"pointer to move quite a lot but will still register the click."
420
msgstr ""
421
"You can change how much the pointer is allowed to move but still be "
422
"considered \"still enough\" to click the button. Go to the <gui>Pointing and "
423
"Clicking</gui> tab (see above) and change the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> in "
424
"the <gui>Hover Click</gui> section; a large motion threshold will allow the "
425
"pointer to move quite a lot but will still register the click."
426
427
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
428
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
429
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
430
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
431
#: C/a11y-icon.page:26(media)
432
msgctxt "_"
433
msgid ""
434
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/gnome/22x22/apps/preferences-desktop-"
435
"accessibility.png' md5='633f61ae9f7f16b1fe2a09947d930427'"
436
msgstr ""
437
438
#: C/a11y-icon.page:15(info/desc)
439
msgid ""
440
"The universal access menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a "
441
"person."
442
msgstr ""
443
444
#: C/a11y-icon.page:19(page/title)
445
msgid "Show the universal access menu"
446
msgstr ""
447
448
#: C/a11y-icon.page:21(page/p)
449
msgid ""
450
"The <em>universal access menu</em> allows quick access to turn on or off "
451
"various accessibility settings."
452
msgstr ""
453
454
#: C/a11y-icon.page:25(figure/desc)
455
msgid "The universal access menu can be added to the top panel."
456
msgstr ""
457
458
#: C/a11y-icon.page:30(item/p)
459
msgid ""
460
"Click the icon at the very right of the <gui>panel</gui> and select "
461
"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
462
msgstr ""
463
464
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:14(info/desc)
465
msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read."
466
msgstr "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read."
467
468
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:18(page/title)
469
msgid "Change text size on the screen"
470
msgstr "Change text size on the screen"
471
472
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:20(page/p)
473
msgid ""
474
"If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the "
475
"size of the font."
476
msgstr ""
477
478
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:25(item/p)
479
msgid "Click on <gui>Universal Access</gui>."
480
msgstr ""
481
482
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:26(item/p)
483
msgid "Select the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab."
484
msgstr ""
485
486
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:27(item/p)
487
msgid ""
488
"Under <gui>Display</gui> select the <gui>Text size</gui> that is big enough "
489
"for you. It will adjust immediately."
490
msgstr ""
491
492
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:32(note/p)
493
msgid ""
494
"In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing "
495
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press "
496
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
497
msgstr ""
498
499
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:15(info/desc)
500
msgid "Pressing <key>Ctrl</key> can find your mouse pointer."
501
msgstr ""
502
503
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:19(page/title)
504
msgid "Quickly locate the pointer"
505
msgstr ""
506
507
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:22(page/p)
508
msgid ""
509
"If you have trouble seeing where the mouse pointer is on your screen, you "
510
"can make it so that simply pressing the <key>Ctrl</key> key will locate your "
511
"pointer. Once this is set up, pressing <key>Ctrl</key> will cause an "
512
"animation to appear briefly at the location of your pointer."
513
msgstr ""
514
515
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:26(item/p)
516
msgid ""
517
"Open <gui>Mouse and Touchpad</gui> and select the <gui>Mouse</gui> tab."
518
msgstr ""
519
520
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:27(item/p)
521
msgid ""
522
"Check <gui>Show position of pointer when the Control key is pressed</gui>."
523
msgstr ""
524
525
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:30(page/p)
526
msgid "Your <key>Ctrl</key> keys will now locate the pointer when pressed."
527
msgstr ""
528
529
#: C/a11y.page:14(info/desc)
530
msgid ""
531
"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link "
532
"xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</link>, <link "
533
"xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
534
"braille\">braille</link>..."
535
msgstr ""
536
537
#: C/a11y.page:24(page/title)
538
msgid "Universal access"
539
msgstr ""
540
541
#: C/a11y.page:26(page/p)
542
msgid ""
543
"The Ubuntu desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with "
544
"various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive "
545
"devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the <gui>Universal "
546
"Access</gui> section of <gui>System Settings</gui>."
547
msgstr ""
548
549
#: C/a11y.page:32(section/title)
550
msgid "Visual impairments"
551
msgstr ""
552
553
#: C/a11y.page:35(links/title)
554
msgid "Blindness"
555
msgstr ""
556
557
#: C/a11y.page:38(links/title)
558
msgid "Low vision"
559
msgstr ""
560
561
#: C/a11y.page:41(links/title)
562
msgid "Color-blindness"
563
msgstr ""
564
565
#: C/a11y.page:44(links/title)
566
#: C/a11y.page:66(links/title)
567
msgid "Other topics"
568
msgstr ""
569
570
#: C/a11y.page:49(section/title)
571
msgid "Hearing impairments"
572
msgstr ""
573
574
#: C/a11y.page:54(section/title)
575
msgid "Mobility impairments"
576
msgstr ""
577
578
#: C/a11y.page:57(links/title)
579
msgid "Mouse movement"
580
msgstr ""
581
582
#: C/a11y.page:60(links/title)
583
msgid "Clicking and dragging"
584
msgstr ""
585
586
#: C/a11y.page:63(links/title)
587
msgid "Keyboard use"
588
msgstr ""
589
590
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:19(info/desc)
591
msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click."
592
msgstr ""
593
594
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:23(page/title)
595
msgid "Simulate a right mouse click"
596
msgstr ""
597
598
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:25(page/p)
599
msgid ""
600
"You can make it so that, instead of clicking the right mouse button, you can "
601
"just hold-down the left mouse button for a while to do the same thing. This "
602
"is useful if you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one "
603
"hand, or if you have a specialized mouse."
604
msgstr ""
605
606
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:30(item/p)
607
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:34(item/p)
608
msgid "Select the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab."
609
msgstr ""
610
611
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:31(item/p)
612
msgid "Switch <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui> on."
613
msgstr ""
614
615
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:34(page/p)
616
msgid ""
617
"You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button for before "
618
"it is registered as a right click. In the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> "
619
"tab, change the <gui>acceptance delay</gui> under <gui>Simulated Secondary "
620
"Click</gui>."
621
msgstr ""
622
623
#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:14(info/desc)
624
msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
625
msgstr ""
626
627
#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:18(page/title)
628
msgid "Read screen aloud"
629
msgstr ""
630
631
#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:20(page/p)
632
msgid ""
633
"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user "
634
"interface. Refer to the <link href=\"ghelp:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more "
635
"information."
636
msgstr ""
637
638
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:20(info/desc)
639
msgid ""
640
"Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the "
641
"screen."
642
msgstr ""
643
644
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:24(page/title)
645
msgid "Turn on Slow Keys"
646
msgstr ""
647
648
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:33(page/p)
649
msgid ""
650
"Turn on <em>Slow Keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between "
651
"pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means "
652
"that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little while "
653
"before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a "
654
"time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on "
655
"the keyboard the first time."
656
msgstr ""
657
658
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:40(item/p)
659
msgid "Switch <gui>Slow Keys</gui> on."
660
msgstr ""
661
662
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:46(page/p)
663
msgid ""
664
"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to "
665
"hold a key down for it to register."
666
msgstr ""
667
668
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49(page/p)
669
msgid ""
670
"You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key "
671
"press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold "
672
"the key down long enough."
673
msgstr ""
674
675
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:20(info/desc)
676
msgid ""
677
"Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down "
678
"all of the keys at once."
679
msgstr ""
680
681
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:24(page/title)
682
msgid "Turn on Sticky Keys"
683
msgstr ""
684
685
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:33(page/p)
686
msgid ""
687
"<em>Sticky Keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time "
688
"rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the "
689
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> shortcut switches between "
690
"windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would have to hold down both "
691
"keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, you would press "
692
"<key>Alt</key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
693
msgstr ""
694
695
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:35(page/p)
696
msgid ""
697
"You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down "
698
"several keys at once."
699
msgstr ""
700
701
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42(item/p)
702
msgid "Switch <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> on."
703
msgstr ""
704
705
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49(page/p)
706
msgid ""
707
"If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off "
708
"temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the \"standard\" way."
709
msgstr ""
710
711
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50(page/p)
712
msgid ""
713
"For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Alt</key> and "
714
"<key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press "
715
"another key if you had this option turned on. It <em>would</em> wait if you "
716
"only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to press some "
717
"keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are close "
718
"together), but not others."
719
msgstr ""
720
721
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:51(page/p)
722
msgid ""
723
"Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this."
724
msgstr ""
725
726
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:53(page/p)
727
msgid ""
728
"You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a "
729
"keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to "
730
"know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be typed, so the "
731
"next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select <gui>Beep "
732
"when a modifier key is pressed</gui> to enable this."
733
msgstr ""
734
735
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:15(info/desc)
736
msgid ""
737
"Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is "
738
"played."
739
msgstr ""
740
741
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:20(page/title)
742
msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds"
743
msgstr ""
744
745
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:22(page/p)
746
msgid ""
747
"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
748
"and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have "
749
"either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the "
750
"alert sound is played."
751
msgstr ""
752
753
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:27(page/p)
754
msgid ""
755
"This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your "
756
"computer to be silent, such as in a library. See <link xref=\"sound-"
757
"alert\"/> to learn how to mute the alert sound, then enable visual alerts."
758
msgstr ""
759
760
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:34(item/p)
761
msgid ""
762
"On the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab, switch on <gui>Visual Alerts</gui>. Select "
763
"whether you want the entire screen or just your current window to flash."
764
msgstr ""
765
766
#: C/about-this-guide.page:9(info/desc)
767
msgid "A few tips about using the Ubuntu Desktop Guide."
768
msgstr ""
769
770
#: C/about-this-guide.page:13(credit/name)
771
#: C/backup-check.page:12(credit/name)
772
#: C/backup-frequency.page:16(credit/name)
773
#: C/backup-how.page:14(credit/name)
774
#: C/backup-restore.page:13(credit/name)
775
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:14(credit/name)
776
#: C/backup-what.page:9(credit/name)
777
#: C/backup-where.page:10(credit/name)
778
#: C/backup-why.page:18(credit/name)
779
#: C/clock-calendar.page:13(credit/name)
780
#: C/clock-set.page:11(credit/name)
781
#: C/clock-timezone.page:10(credit/name)
782
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:13(credit/name)
783
#: C/fallback-mode.page:12(credit/name)
784
#: C/files-autorun.page:15(credit/name)
785
#: C/files-lost.page:13(credit/name)
786
#: C/files-recover.page:12(credit/name)
787
#: C/files-rename.page:10(credit/name)
788
#: C/files-search.page:13(credit/name)
789
#: C/hardware-driver.page:12(credit/name)
790
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:13(credit/name)
791
#: C/look-background.page:13(credit/name)
792
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:11(credit/name)
793
#: C/look-resolution.page:13(credit/name)
794
#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:10(credit/name)
795
#: C/net-antivirus.page:12(credit/name)
796
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:10(credit/name)
797
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:10(credit/name)
798
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:11(credit/name)
799
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:12(credit/name)
800
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:11(credit/name)
801
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:11(credit/name)
802
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:17(credit/name)
803
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15(credit/name)
804
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15(credit/name)
805
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:16(credit/name)
806
#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:10(credit/name)
807
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:14(credit/name)
808
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:13(credit/name)
809
#: C/power-batterylife.page:13(credit/name)
810
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:13(credit/name)
811
#: C/power-batteryslow.page:12(credit/name)
812
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:10(credit/name)
813
#: C/power-brighter.page:14(credit/name)
814
#: C/power-closelid.page:12(credit/name)
815
#: C/power-constantfan.page:12(credit/name)
816
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:11(credit/name)
817
#: C/power-lowpower.page:10(credit/name)
818
#: C/power-nowireless.page:14(credit/name)
819
#: C/power-othercountry.page:11(credit/name)
820
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13(credit/name)
821
#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:12(credit/name)
822
#: C/power-turnoffbutton.page:10(credit/name)
823
#: C/power-whydim.page:12(credit/name)
824
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12(credit/name)
825
#: C/session-language.page:11(credit/name)
826
#: C/session-loginsound.page:13(credit/name)
827
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:12(credit/name)
828
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:14(credit/name)
829
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:14(credit/name)
830
#: C/shell-overview.page:14(credit/name)
831
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:14(credit/name)
832
#: C/shell-windows.page:14(credit/name)
833
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:13(credit/name)
834
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:13(credit/name)
835
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:15(credit/name)
836
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:13(credit/name)
837
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:15(credit/name)
838
#: C/sound-broken.page:13(credit/name)
839
#: C/sound-crackle.page:12(credit/name)
840
#: C/sound-nosound.page:12(credit/name)
841
#: C/user-accounts.page:16(credit/name)
842
#: C/user-add.page:11(credit/name)
843
#: C/user-admin-change.page:13(credit/name)
844
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:12(credit/name)
845
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:12(credit/name)
846
#: C/user-changepassword.page:14(credit/name)
847
#: C/user-changepicture.page:10(credit/name)
848
#: C/user-delete.page:14(credit/name)
849
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:10(credit/name)
850
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:11(credit/name)
851
#: C/video-dvd.page:12(credit/name)
852
#: C/video-sending.page:12(credit/name)
853
#: C/windows-key.page:9(credit/name)
854
msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
855
msgstr "GNOME Documentation Project"
856
857
#: C/about-this-guide.page:18(credit/name)
858
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:10(credit/name)
859
#: C/addremove-install.page:10(credit/name)
860
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:10(credit/name)
861
#: C/addremove-remove.page:10(credit/name)
862
#: C/addremove-sources.page:10(credit/name)
863
#: C/app-cheese.page:10(credit/name)
864
#: C/fallback-mode.page:16(credit/name)
865
#: C/net-antivirus.page:17(credit/name)
866
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:11(credit/name)
867
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:11(credit/name)
868
#: C/net-chat-social.page:10(credit/name)
869
#: C/net-chat-video.page:10(credit/name)
870
#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10(credit/name)
871
#: C/net-mobile.page:10(credit/name)
872
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:16(credit/name)
873
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:10(credit/name)
874
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:16(credit/name)
875
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:11(credit/name)
876
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:9(credit/name)
877
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:9(credit/name)
878
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:11(credit/name)
879
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:9(credit/name)
880
msgid "Ubuntu Documentation Team"
881
msgstr ""
882
883
#: C/about-this-guide.page:24(page/title)
884
msgid "About this guide"
885
msgstr ""
886
887
#: C/about-this-guide.page:25(page/p)
888
msgid ""
889
"This guide is designed to give you a tour of the features of your desktop, "
890
"answer your computer-related questions, and provide tips on using your "
891
"computer more effectively.We've tried to make this guide as easy to use as "
892
"possible:"
893
msgstr ""
894
895
#: C/about-this-guide.page:28(item/p)
896
msgid ""
897
"The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics--not chapters. This "
898
"means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find the "
899
"answer to your questions."
900
msgstr ""
901
902
#: C/about-this-guide.page:29(item/p)
903
msgid ""
904
"Related items are linked together. \"See Also\" links at the bottom of some "
905
"pages will direct you to related topics. This makes it easy to find similar "
906
"topics that might help you perform a certain task."
907
msgstr ""
908
909
#: C/about-this-guide.page:30(item/p)
910
msgid ""
911
"It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a "
912
"<em>search bar</em>, and relevant results will start appearing as soon as "
913
"you start typing."
914
msgstr ""
915
916
#: C/about-this-guide.page:31(item/p)
917
msgid ""
918
"The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you "
919
"with a comprehensive set of helpful information, we know we won't answer all "
920
"of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to make things "
921
"more helpful, though."
922
msgstr ""
923
924
#: C/about-this-guide.page:34(page/p)
925
msgid ""
926
"Thank you for taking the time to read the <em>Ubuntu Desktop Guide</em>. We "
927
"sincerely hope that you will never have to use it."
928
msgstr ""
929
930
#: C/about-this-guide.page:36(page/p)
931
msgid "-- The Ubuntu documentation team"
932
msgstr ""
933
934
#: C/addremove.page:11(credit/name)
935
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:11(credit/name)
936
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:11(credit/name)
937
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:11(credit/name)
938
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:11(credit/name)
939
#: C/more-help.page:15(credit/name)
940
#: C/net-editcon.page:20(credit/name)
941
#: C/net-findip.page:15(credit/name)
942
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:9(credit/name)
943
#: C/net-macaddress.page:13(credit/name)
944
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:9(credit/name)
945
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:9(credit/name)
946
#: C/printing-2sided.page:16(credit/name)
947
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:16(credit/name)
948
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:15(credit/name)
949
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:16(credit/name)
950
#: C/printing-order.page:16(credit/name)
951
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:12(credit/name)
952
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:12(credit/name)
953
#: C/printing-setup.page:16(credit/name)
954
#: C/unity-introduction.page:18(credit/name)
955
msgid "Jim Campbell"
956
msgstr ""
957
958
#: C/addremove.page:15(credit/name)
959
msgid "Matthew East"
960
msgstr ""
961
962
#: C/addremove.page:19(info/desc)
963
msgid ""
964
"<link xref=\"addremove-install\">Install</link>, <link xref=\"addremove-"
965
"remove\">remove</link>, <link xref=\"addremove-sources\">software "
966
"repositories</link>, <link xref=\"addremove-ppa\">Personal Package "
967
"Archives</link>..."
968
msgstr ""
969
970
#: C/addremove.page:29(page/title)
971
msgid "Add & remove software"
972
msgstr ""
973
974
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:13(info/desc)
975
msgid ""
976
"Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to "
977
"Ubuntu Software Center."
978
msgstr ""
979
980
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:17(page/title)
981
msgid "Use Synaptic for more advanced software management"
982
msgstr ""
983
984
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:19(page/p)
985
msgid ""
986
"<app>Synaptic Package Manager</app> is more powerful and can do some "
987
"software management tasks which <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> cannot. "
988
"Synaptic's interface is more complicated and does not support newer Software "
989
"Center features like ratings and reviews and thus is not recommended for use "
990
"by those new to Ubuntu."
991
msgstr ""
992
993
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:27(item/p)
994
msgid "Open the <em>Dash</em> by pressing the <key>meta</key> key."
995
msgstr ""
996
997
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:30(item/p)
998
msgid ""
999
"Search for <app>Synaptic</app> from the <gui>search bar</gui> at the top of "
1000
"the <em>Dash</em>."
1001
msgstr ""
1002
1003
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:33(item/p)
1004
msgid ""
1005
"When the <app>Synaptic</app> application appears in the list, click on it to "
1006
"open it. This will launch the application. If prompted to do so, enter your "
1007
"password."
1008
msgstr ""
1009
1010
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:37(item/p)
1011
msgid ""
1012
"When <app>Synaptic</app> opens, click <gui>Search</gui> to search for an "
1013
"application, or click <gui>Sections</gui> and look through the categories to "
1014
"find one."
1015
msgstr ""
1016
1017
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:42(item/p)
1018
msgid ""
1019
"Right-click the application that you want to install and select <gui>Mark "
1020
"for Installation</gui>."
1021
msgstr ""
1022
1023
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:46(item/p)
1024
msgid ""
1025
"If you are asked if you would like to mark additional changes, click "
1026
"<gui>Mark</gui>."
1027
msgstr ""
1028
1029
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:50(item/p)
1030
msgid "Select any other applications that you would like to install."
1031
msgstr ""
1032
1033
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:54(item/p)
1034
msgid ""
1035
"Click <gui>Apply</gui>, and then click <gui>Apply</gui> in the window that "
1036
"appears. The applications that you chose will be downloaded and installed."
1037
msgstr ""
1038
1039
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:60(page/p)
1040
msgid ""
1041
"For more information about using <app>Synaptic</app>, consult the <link "
1042
"href=\"ghelp:synaptic\">Synaptic Manual</link>."
1043
msgstr ""
1044
1045
#: C/addremove-install.page:13(info/desc)
1046
msgid ""
1047
"Use the Ubuntu Software Center to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful."
1048
msgstr ""
1049
1050
#: C/addremove-install.page:17(page/title)
1051
msgid "Install additional software"
1052
msgstr ""
1053
1054
#: C/addremove-install.page:18(page/p)
1055
msgid ""
1056
"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we "
1057
"think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will "
1058
"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you."
1059
msgstr ""
1060
1061
#: C/addremove-install.page:21(page/p)
1062
msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:"
1063
msgstr ""
1064
1065
#: C/addremove-install.page:23(item/p)
1066
msgid ""
1067
"Unless you are installing software from a local source, make sure that you "
1068
"have a working Internet connection."
1069
msgstr ""
1070
1071
#: C/addremove-install.page:25(item/p)
1072
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:24(item/p)
1073
msgid ""
1074
"Click on the <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> icon in the Launcher, or "
1075
"search for Software Center in the search bar of the <app>Dash</app>."
1076
msgstr ""
1077
1078
#: C/addremove-install.page:27(item/p)
1079
msgid ""
1080
"When the Software Center launches, search for an application, or select a "
1081
"category and find an application from the list."
1082
msgstr ""
1083
1084
#: C/addremove-install.page:28(item/p)
1085
msgid ""
1086
"Select the application that you are interested in and click "
1087
"<gui>Install</gui>."
1088
msgstr ""
1089
1090
#: C/addremove-install.page:29(item/p)
1091
msgid ""
1092
"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the "
1093
"installation will begin."
1094
msgstr ""
1095
1096
#: C/addremove-install.page:30(item/p)
1097
msgid ""
1098
"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you "
1099
"have a slow Internet connection. When it has finished, your new application "
1100
"will be ready to use; most applications can be accessed from the "
1101
"Applications menu."
1102
msgstr ""
1103
1104
#: C/addremove-install.page:35(page/p)
1105
#: C/addremove-remove.page:48(page/p)
1106
msgid ""
1107
"For more information about using the <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app>, "
1108
"consult the <link href=\"ghelp:software-center\">Ubuntu Software Center "
1109
"Manual</link>."
1110
msgstr ""
1111
1112
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:13(info/desc)
1113
msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software."
1114
msgstr ""
1115
1116
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:17(page/title)
1117
msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)"
1118
msgstr ""
1119
1120
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18(page/p)
1121
msgid ""
1122
"<em>Personal Package Archives (PPAs)</em> are software repositories designed "
1123
"for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party "
1124
"repositories."
1125
msgstr ""
1126
1127
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19(note/p)
1128
#: C/addremove-sources.page:19(note/p)
1129
msgid ""
1130
"Only add software repositories from sources that you trust. Third-party "
1131
"software repositories are not checked for security by Ubuntu members, and "
1132
"may contain software which is harmful to your computer."
1133
msgstr ""
1134
1135
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22(steps/title)
1136
msgid "Install a PPA"
1137
msgstr ""
1138
1139
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23(item/p)
1140
msgid ""
1141
"On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading that reads <gui>Adding this "
1142
"PPA to your system</gui>. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should "
1143
"look similar to: <code>ppa:mozillateam/firefox-stable</code>."
1144
msgstr ""
1145
1146
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:26(item/p)
1147
#: C/addremove-sources.page:25(item/p)
1148
msgid ""
1149
"When the Software Center launches, click "
1150
"<guiseq><gui>Edit></gui><gui>Software Sources</gui></guiseq>"
1151
msgstr ""
1152
1153
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:27(item/p)
1154
#: C/addremove-sources.page:26(item/p)
1155
msgid ""
1156
"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to "
1157
"the <gui>Other Software</gui> tab."
1158
msgstr ""
1159
1160
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:28(item/p)
1161
msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and enter the <code>ppa:</code> location."
1162
msgstr ""
1163
1164
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29(item/p)
1165
#: C/addremove-sources.page:29(item/p)
1166
msgid ""
1167
"Click <gui>Add Source</gui> then close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu "
1168
"Software Center will then check your software sources for new updates."
1169
msgstr ""
1170
1171
#: C/addremove-remove.page:13(info/desc)
1172
msgid "Remove software that you no longer use."
1173
msgstr ""
1174
1175
#: C/addremove-remove.page:17(page/title)
1176
msgid "Remove an application"
1177
msgstr ""
1178
1179
#: C/addremove-remove.page:19(page/p)
1180
msgid ""
1181
"The <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> makes it easy to remove software that "
1182
"you no longer use."
1183
msgstr ""
1184
1185
#: C/addremove-remove.page:23(item/p)
1186
msgid ""
1187
"Click on the <app>Software Center</app> icon in the <gui>Launcher</gui>, or "
1188
"open the <gui>Dash</gui>, and search for <app>Software Center</app>."
1189
msgstr ""
1190
1191
#: C/addremove-remove.page:27(item/p)
1192
msgid ""
1193
"When the <app>Software Center</app> opens, click on <gui>Installed "
1194
"Software</gui>."
1195
msgstr ""
1196
1197
#: C/addremove-remove.page:30(item/p)
1198
msgid ""
1199
"In the <em>Installed Software</em> section, find the application that you "
1200
"want to remove by finding it in the list or by searching for it."
1201
msgstr ""
1202
1203
#: C/addremove-remove.page:34(item/p)
1204
msgid "Select the application and click <gui>Remove</gui>."
1205
msgstr ""
1206
1207
#: C/addremove-remove.page:37(item/p)
1208
msgid ""
1209
"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the "
1210
"application will be removed. This should not take very long."
1211
msgstr ""
1212
1213
#: C/addremove-remove.page:41(note/p)
1214
msgid ""
1215
"Some applications depend on others being installed in order to work "
1216
"properly. If you try to remove an application which is needed by another "
1217
"application, both of them will be removed. You will be asked to confirm that "
1218
"this is what you want to happen before the applications are removed."
1219
msgstr ""
1220
1221
#: C/addremove-remove.page:50(page/p)
1222
msgid ""
1223
"If the application that you want to remove is not available in the "
1224
"<app>Ubuntu Software Center</app>, use <link xref=\"addremove-install-"
1225
"synaptic\">Synaptic </link> to remove it instead."
1226
msgstr ""
1227
1228
#: C/addremove-sources.page:13(info/desc)
1229
msgid ""
1230
"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for "
1231
"installation and upgrades."
1232
msgstr ""
1233
1234
#: C/addremove-sources.page:17(page/title)
1235
msgid "Add additional software repositories"
1236
msgstr ""
1237
1238
#: C/addremove-sources.page:18(page/p)
1239
msgid ""
1240
"Software is available from third-party sources, as well as from the default "
1241
"Ubuntu software repositories. If you want to install software from a third-"
1242
"party software repository, you must add it to Ubuntu's list of available "
1243
"repositories."
1244
msgstr ""
1245
1246
#: C/addremove-sources.page:22(steps/title)
1247
msgid "Install other repositories"
1248
msgstr ""
1249
1250
#: C/addremove-sources.page:23(item/p)
1251
msgid ""
1252
"Click on the <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> icon in the Launcher, or "
1253
"search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the <app>Dash</app>."
1254
msgstr ""
1255
1256
#: C/addremove-sources.page:27(item/p)
1257
msgid ""
1258
"Click <gui>Add</gui> and enter the APT line for the repository. This should "
1259
"be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:"
1260
msgstr ""
1261
1262
#: C/addremove-sources.page:28(item/p)
1263
msgid "<code>deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ maverick main</code>"
1264
msgstr ""
1265
1266
#: C/addremove-sources.page:33(section/title)
1267
msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository"
1268
msgstr ""
1269
1270
#: C/addremove-sources.page:34(section/p)
1271
msgid ""
1272
"The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that "
1273
"don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software "
1274
"like <app>Skype</app>, <app>Adobe Reader</app> and <app>Adobe Flash "
1275
"Plugin</app>. Software in this repository will appear in Ubuntu Software "
1276
"Center search results but won't be installable until this repository is "
1277
"enabled."
1278
msgstr ""
1279
1280
#: C/addremove-sources.page:35(section/p)
1281
msgid ""
1282
"To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the <gui>Other "
1283
"Software</gui> tab in <app>Software Sources</app>. If you see the "
1284
"<gui>Canonical Partners</gui> repository in the list, make sure it is "
1285
"checked then close the Software Sources window. If you don't see it, click "
1286
"<gui>Add</gui> and enter:"
1287
msgstr ""
1288
1289
#: C/addremove-sources.page:39(section/p)
1290
msgid "<code>deb http://archive.canonical.com/ubuntu natty partner</code>"
1291
msgstr ""
1292
1293
#: C/addremove-sources.page:40(section/p)
1294
msgid ""
1295
"Click <gui>Add Source</gui> then close the Software Sources window. Wait a "
1296
"moment for Ubuntu Software Center to download the repository information."
1297
msgstr ""
1298
1299
#: C/app-cheese.page:14(info/desc)
1300
msgid "It is like your own personal photo booth."
1301
msgstr ""
1302
1303
#: C/app-cheese.page:18(page/title)
1304
msgid "Create fun photos and videos with your webcam"
1305
msgstr ""
1306
1307
#: C/app-cheese.page:20(page/p)
1308
msgid ""
1309
"With the <app>Cheese</app> application and your webcam, you can take photos "
1310
"and videos, apply fun special effects and share the fun with others. Using "
1311
"Cheese it is easy to take photos of you, your friends, your pets or whatever "
1312
"you want."
1313
msgstr ""
1314
1315
#: C/app-cheese.page:24(page/p)
1316
msgid "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:"
1317
msgstr ""
1318
1319
#: C/app-cheese.page:26(item/p)
1320
msgid ""
1321
"Click <link href=\"apt:cheese\">this link</link> to launch the <app>Software "
1322
"Center</app>."
1323
msgstr ""
1324
1325
#: C/app-cheese.page:27(item/p)
1326
msgid ""
1327
"Read the information and reviews about Cheese to make sure you want to "
1328
"install it."
1329
msgstr ""
1330
1331
#: C/app-cheese.page:28(item/p)
1332
msgid ""
1333
"If you choose to install it, click <gui>Install</gui> from the Software "
1334
"Center window."
1335
msgstr ""
1336
1337
#: C/app-cheese.page:31(page/p)
1338
msgid ""
1339
"You may need to provide the administrative password to complete the "
1340
"installation."
1341
msgstr ""
1342
1343
#: C/app-cheese.page:33(page/p)
1344
msgid ""
1345
"For help with using Cheese, read the <link href=\"ghelp:cheese\">Cheese user "
1346
"guide</link>."
1347
msgstr ""
1348
1349
#: C/app-cheese.page:35(note/p)
1350
msgid "You need to install Cheese before you can read the Cheese user guide."
1351
msgstr ""
1352
1353
#: C/backup-check.page:7(info/desc)
1354
msgid "Verify your backup was successful."
1355
msgstr ""
1356
1357
#: C/backup-check.page:18(page/title)
1358
msgid "Check your backup"
1359
msgstr ""
1360
1361
#: C/backup-check.page:20(page/p)
1362
msgid ""
1363
"After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup "
1364
"was successful. If it didn't work properly, you could lose important data "
1365
"since some files could be missing from the backup."
1366
msgstr ""
1367
1368
#: C/backup-check.page:24(page/p)
1369
msgid ""
1370
"When you use the file manager to copy or move files, the computer checks to "
1371
"make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are "
1372
"transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to perform "
1373
"additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly."
1374
msgstr ""
1375
1376
#: C/backup-check.page:30(page/p)
1377
msgid ""
1378
"You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on "
1379
"the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders "
1380
"you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can have extra "
1381
"confidence that the process was successful."
1382
msgstr ""
1383
1384
#: C/backup-check.page:34(note/p)
1385
msgid ""
1386
"If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may "
1387
"find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as <app>Déjà "
1388
"Dup</app>. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just "
1389
"copying and pasting files."
1390
msgstr ""
1391
1392
#: C/backup-frequency.page:7(info/desc)
1393
msgid "How often and when to backup your files."
1394
msgstr ""
1395
1396
#: C/backup-frequency.page:12(credit/name)
1397
#: C/backup-how.page:10(credit/name)
1398
#: C/backup-restore.page:9(credit/name)
1399
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:10(credit/name)
1400
#: C/backup-what.page:13(credit/name)
1401
#: C/backup-where.page:14(credit/name)
1402
#: C/files-browse.page:12(credit/name)
1403
#: C/files-copy.page:15(credit/name)
1404
#: C/get-involved.page:12(credit/name)
1405
#: C/more-help.page:10(credit/name)
1406
#: C/mouse.page:15(credit/name)
1407
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:14(credit/name)
1408
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:18(credit/name)
1409
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:13(credit/name)
1410
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11(credit/name)
1411
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:13(credit/name)
1412
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:13(credit/name)
1413
#: C/nautilus-views.page:13(credit/name)
1414
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:12(credit/name)
1415
#: C/user-delete.page:10(credit/name)
1416
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:19(credit/name)
1417
msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"
1418
msgstr ""
1419
1420
#: C/backup-frequency.page:22(page/title)
1421
msgid "Frequency of backups"
1422
msgstr ""
1423
1424
#: C/backup-frequency.page:24(page/p)
1425
msgid ""
1426
"How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. "
1427
"For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data "
1428
"stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough."
1429
msgstr ""
1430
1431
#: C/backup-frequency.page:26(page/p)
1432
msgid ""
1433
"On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then "
1434
"you may need to factor in a few things, such as:"
1435
msgstr ""
1436
1437
#: C/backup-frequency.page:31(item/p)
1438
msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer."
1439
msgstr ""
1440
1441
#: C/backup-frequency.page:32(item/p)
1442
msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes."
1443
msgstr ""
1444
1445
#: C/backup-frequency.page:35(page/p)
1446
msgid ""
1447
"If it is just some music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even "
1448
"monthly backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a "
1449
"tax audit, more frequent backups may be necessary."
1450
msgstr ""
1451
1452
#: C/backup-frequency.page:39(page/p)
1453
msgid ""
1454
"As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more "
1455
"than the amount of time you could stand to spend re-doing any lost work. For "
1456
"example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, "
1457
"you should back up at least once per week."
1458
msgstr ""
1459
1460
#: C/backup-how.page:7(info/desc)
1461
msgid ""
1462
"Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your "
1463
"valuable files and settings to protect against loss."
1464
msgstr ""
1465
1466
#: C/backup-how.page:20(page/title)
1467
msgid "How to back up"
1468
msgstr ""
1469
1470
#: C/backup-how.page:22(page/p)
1471
msgid ""
1472
"The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup "
1473
"application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup "
1474
"applications are available, for example <link href=\"apt:deja-dup\">Déjà "
1475
"Dup</link>."
1476
msgstr ""
1477
1478
#: C/backup-how.page:24(page/p)
1479
msgid ""
1480
"The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting "
1481
"your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data if "
1482
"something goes wrong."
1483
msgstr ""
1484
1485
#: C/backup-how.page:26(page/p)
1486
msgid ""
1487
"An alternative option is to just <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your "
1488
"files</link> to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another "
1489
"computer on the network, or a USB drive. Your <link xref=\"backup-"
1490
"thinkabout\">personal files</link> and settings are usually in your Home "
1491
"folder, so you can copy them from there."
1492
msgstr ""
1493
1494
#: C/backup-how.page:28(page/p)
1495
msgid ""
1496
"The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage "
1497
"device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up "
1498
"the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:"
1499
msgstr ""
1500
1501
#: C/backup-how.page:31(item/p)
1502
msgid ""
1503
"Files that you have copied from a CD, DVD, or other removable media, since "
1504
"it would be faster to copy them again than to restore them from backup."
1505
msgstr ""
1506
1507
#: C/backup-how.page:32(item/p)
1508
msgid ""
1509
"Files that you can regenerate easily. For example, PDFs that can be "
1510
"generated from TeX files, or object files that can be made with the Make "
1511
"utility. Just ensure the source is backed up."
1512
msgstr ""
1513
1514
#: C/backup-how.page:33(item/p)
1515
msgid ""
1516
"Your trashed files, which can be found in <cmd>~/.local/share/Trash</cmd> "
1517
"(the Trash folder)."
1518
msgstr ""
1519
1520
#: C/backup-restore.page:6(info/desc)
1521
msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup."
1522
msgstr ""
1523
1524
#: C/backup-restore.page:20(page/title)
1525
msgid "Restore a backup"
1526
msgstr ""
1527
1528
#: C/backup-restore.page:22(page/p)
1529
msgid ""
1530
"If something went wrong and you lost some files and documents, you can "
1531
"restore from a recent backup (if you have one)."
1532
msgstr ""
1533
1534
#: C/backup-restore.page:24(page/p)
1535
msgid ""
1536
"If you simply copied your files to a safe location, such as an external hard "
1537
"drive, another computer on the network or a USB drive, you can <link "
1538
"xref=\"files-copy\">copy them</link> back to your computer."
1539
msgstr ""
1540
1541
#: C/backup-restore.page:27(page/p)
1542
msgid ""
1543
"If you used <app>Déjà Dup</app> (or some other backup application) to "
1544
"perform your backup, you should use <app>Déjà Dup</app> to restore your data "
1545
"from backup too. See the help for Déjà Dup for more information."
1546
msgstr ""
1547
1548
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:6(info/desc)
1549
msgid ""
1550
"A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you "
1551
"may want to back up."
1552
msgstr ""
1553
1554
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:21(page/title)
1555
msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?"
1556
msgstr ""
1557
1558
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:23(page/p)
1559
msgid ""
1560
"Deciding what files to backup and finding where they all are is the most "
1561
"difficult step when attempting to perform a backup. Below is a list of where "
1562
"most of your important files should be, so you can find them more easily."
1563
msgstr ""
1564
1565
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:29(item/title)
1566
msgid "Your personal files and settings"
1567
msgstr ""
1568
1569
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:30(item/p)
1570
msgid ""
1571
"These are usually stored in your Home folder (<cmd>/home/your_name</cmd>). "
1572
"They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music, "
1573
"Videos and/or .evolution (for email). If your backup medium has sufficient "
1574
"space, consider backing up the entire <cmd>/home</cmd> folder. This is the "
1575
"simplest way."
1576
msgstr ""
1577
1578
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:32(item/p)
1579
msgid ""
1580
"If you are not able to backup all of <cmd>/home</cmd>, see below for a list "
1581
"of some subfolders of the <cmd>/home</cmd> folder to check for important "
1582
"files."
1583
msgstr ""
1584
1585
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:37(item/p)
1586
msgid "<cmd>~/</cmd> represents your home folder <cmd>/home/your_name</cmd>"
1587
msgstr ""
1588
1589
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:39(item/p)
1590
msgid ""
1591
"Any file or folder name that starts with a period is hidden by default. To "
1592
"view hidden files, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden "
1593
"Files</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>."
1594
msgstr ""
1595
1596
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48(td/p)
1597
#: C/backup-what.page:28(item/title)
1598
msgid "Your personal files"
1599
msgstr ""
1600
1601
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48(td/p)
1602
msgid ""
1603
"<cmd>~/</cmd>, <cmd>~/Desktop</cmd>, <cmd>~/Documents</cmd>, "
1604
"<cmd>~/Pictures</cmd>, <cmd>~/Music</cmd>, <cmd>Videos</cmd>, and others"
1605
msgstr ""
1606
1607
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48(td/p)
1608
msgid "Contain files you actively created."
1609
msgstr ""
1610
1611
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:52(td/p)
1612
#: C/backup-what.page:33(item/title)
1613
msgid "Your personal settings"
1614
msgstr ""
1615
1616
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:52(td/p)
1617
msgid "<cmd>~/.config</cmd>, <cmd>~/.gconf</cmd>, <cmd>~/.local</cmd>"
1618
msgstr ""
1619
1620
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:53(td/p)
1621
msgid "Contain settings you set for your desktop and some applications."
1622
msgstr ""
1623
1624
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56(td/p)
1625
#: C/backup-what.page:38(item/title)
1626
msgid "System settings"
1627
msgstr ""
1628
1629
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56(td/p)
1630
msgid ""
1631
"<cmd>/etc</cmd> located in the File System outside of your Home folder."
1632
msgstr ""
1633
1634
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:57(td/p)
1635
msgid ""
1636
"Your system settings. In general, you don't need to go outside of your Home "
1637
"folder."
1638
msgstr ""
1639
1640
#: C/backup-what.page:6(info/desc)
1641
msgid "Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong."
1642
msgstr ""
1643
1644
#: C/backup-what.page:20(page/title)
1645
msgid "What to back up"
1646
msgstr ""
1647
1648
#: C/backup-what.page:22(page/p)
1649
msgid ""
1650
"Your priority should be to backup your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">most "
1651
"important files</link> as well as those that are difficult to recreate. An "
1652
"example of most important to least important:"
1653
msgstr ""
1654
1655
#: C/backup-what.page:29(item/p)
1656
msgid ""
1657
"Documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, financial data, "
1658
"family photos, anything that you made that has importance to you. These are "
1659
"clearly the most important as they may be irreplaceable."
1660
msgstr ""
1661
1662
#: C/backup-what.page:34(item/p)
1663
msgid ""
1664
"This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen "
1665
"resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes "
1666
"application preferences, such as settings for <app>LibreOffice</app>, your "
1667
"music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a "
1668
"while to recreate."
1669
msgstr ""
1670
1671
#: C/backup-what.page:39(item/p)
1672
msgid ""
1673
"Most people never change the settings that are created during installation. "
1674
"If you do customize your system, you may wish to backup these settings."
1675
msgstr ""
1676
1677
#: C/backup-what.page:44(item/title)
1678
msgid "Installed software (and everything else)."
1679
msgstr ""
1680
1681
#: C/backup-what.page:45(item/p)
1682
msgid "Such software can usually be restored by reinstalling it."
1683
msgstr ""
1684
1685
#: C/backup-what.page:49(page/p)
1686
msgid ""
1687
"In general, you will want to backup files that are irreplaceable and files "
1688
"that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things "
1689
"are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk "
1690
"space by having backups of them."
1691
msgstr ""
1692
1693
#: C/backup-where.page:6(info/desc)
1694
msgid ""
1695
"Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use."
1696
msgstr ""
1697
1698
#: C/backup-where.page:7(info/title)
1699
msgctxt "sort"
1700
msgid "c"
1701
msgstr ""
1702
1703
#: C/backup-where.page:20(page/title)
1704
msgid "Where to store your backup"
1705
msgstr ""
1706
1707
#: C/backup-where.page:21(page/p)
1708
msgid ""
1709
"You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your "
1710
"computer - on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer "
1711
"breaks, the backup will still be intact. For maximum security, you shouldn't "
1712
"keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there is a fire or "
1713
"theft, both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together."
1714
msgstr ""
1715
1716
#: C/backup-where.page:23(page/p)
1717
msgid ""
1718
"It is important to choose an appropriate <em>backup medium</em> too. You "
1719
"need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for "
1720
"all of the backed-up files."
1721
msgstr ""
1722
1723
#: C/backup-where.page:26(list/title)
1724
msgid "Local and remote storage options"
1725
msgstr ""
1726
1727
#: C/backup-where.page:28(item/p)
1728
msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)"
1729
msgstr ""
1730
1731
#: C/backup-where.page:31(item/p)
1732
msgid "Internal disk drive (high capacity)"
1733
msgstr ""
1734
1735
#: C/backup-where.page:34(item/p)
1736
msgid "External hard disk (typically high capacity)"
1737
msgstr ""
1738
1739
#: C/backup-where.page:37(item/p)
1740
msgid "Network-connected drive (high capacity)"
1741
msgstr ""
1742
1743
#: C/backup-where.page:40(item/p)
1744
msgid "File/backup server (high capacity)"
1745
msgstr ""
1746
1747
#: C/backup-where.page:43(item/p)
1748
msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)"
1749
msgstr ""
1750
1751
#: C/backup-where.page:46(item/p)
1752
msgid ""
1753
"Online backup service like <link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon "
1754
"S3</link> or <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu One</link> "
1755
"(stores your data off-site for a small fee)"
1756
msgstr ""
1757
1758
#: C/backup-where.page:50(page/p)
1759
msgid ""
1760
"Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of "
1761
"every file on your system, also known as a <em>complete system backup</em>."
1762
msgstr ""
1763
1764
#: C/backup-why.page:7(info/desc)
1765
msgid ""
1766
"<link xref=\"backup-why\">Why</link>, <link xref=\"backup-"
1767
"what\">what</link>, <link xref=\"backup-where\">where</link> and <link "
1768
"xref=\"backup-how\">how</link> of backups."
1769
msgstr ""
1770
1771
#: C/backup-why.page:15(info/title)
1772
msgctxt "link:trail"
1773
msgid "Backups"
1774
msgstr ""
1775
1776
#: C/backup-why.page:24(page/title)
1777
msgid "Back up your important files"
1778
msgstr ""
1779
1780
#: C/backup-why.page:25(page/p)
1781
msgid ""
1782
"<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of your files for "
1783
"safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to "
1784
"loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original data in "
1785
"the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the "
1786
"original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard "
1787
"drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service."
1788
msgstr ""
1789
1790
#: C/backup-why.page:29(page/p)
1791
msgid ""
1792
"The best way to back up up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the "
1793
"copies off-site and encrypted."
1794
msgstr ""
1795
1796
#: C/bluetooth.page:14(info/desc)
1797
msgid ""
1798
"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Connect</link>, <link "
1799
"xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-"
1800
"on-off\">turn on and off</link>..."
1801
msgstr ""
1802
1803
#: C/bluetooth.page:23(page/title)
1804
msgid "Bluetooth"
1805
msgstr ""
1806
1807
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:7(info/desc)
1808
msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."
1809
msgstr ""
1810
1811
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:15(credit/name)
1812
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:15(credit/name)
1813
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:15(credit/name)
1814
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:10(credit/name)
1815
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:11(credit/name)
1816
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:16(credit/name)
1817
#: C/printing-setup.page:20(credit/name)
1818
msgid "Paul W. Frields"
1819
msgstr ""
1820
1821
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:21(page/title)
1822
msgid "Connect your computer to another Bluetooth device"
1823
msgstr ""
1824
1825
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:23(page/p)
1826
msgid ""
1827
"Before you can transfer files between Bluetooth-enabled devices, you first "
1828
"need to connect them. This is also called, \"pairing\" Bluetooth devices."
1829
msgstr ""
1830
1831
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:27(item/p)
1832
msgid ""
1833
"<link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">Turn on</link> your computer's "
1834
"Bluetooth device."
1835
msgstr ""
1836
1837
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:30(item/p)
1838
msgid ""
1839
"Select the <gui>Bluetooth menu</gui> in the <gui>top panel</gui>, and select "
1840
"<gui>Set up new device...</gui>."
1841
msgstr ""
1842
1843
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:33(item/p)
1844
msgid ""
1845
"Make the other Bluetooth device discoverable or visible, and place it within "
1846
"10 meters of your computer. Then select <gui>Forward</gui>. Your computer "
1847
"will begin searching for devices."
1848
msgstr ""
1849
1850
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:36(item/p)
1851
msgid ""
1852
"If there are too many devices listed, select the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-"
1853
"down bar to display only a single type of device in the list."
1854
msgstr ""
1855
1856
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:39(item/p)
1857
msgid ""
1858
"Select <gui>PIN options...</gui> to set how a PIN will be delivered to the "
1859
"other device."
1860
msgstr ""
1861
1862
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:41(note/p)
1863
msgid ""
1864
"The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with "
1865
"no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific "
1866
"PIN such as 0000, or no PIN at all. Check your device's manual for the "
1867
"proper setting."
1868
msgstr ""
1869
1870
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:43(item/p)
1871
msgid ""
1872
"Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, and then select "
1873
"<gui>Close</gui>."
1874
msgstr ""
1875
1876
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:46(item/p)
1877
msgid ""
1878
"Select <gui>Forward</gui> to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, "
1879
"the PIN will be displayed on the screen."
1880
msgstr ""
1881
1882
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:49(item/p)
1883
msgid ""
1884
"Enter the PIN code on your other device, if required. You need to finish "
1885
"your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or the connection will "
1886
"not be completed. If that happens, return to the device list and start again."
1887
msgstr ""
1888
1889
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:52(item/p)
1890
msgid ""
1891
"A message appears when the connection successfully completes. If the device "
1892
"offers other capabilities, such as Personal Area Networking (PAN) on a "
1893
"mobile phone, you can enable them using checkboxes. Then select "
1894
"<gui>Close</gui>."
1895
msgstr ""
1896
1897
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:56(page/p)
1898
msgid ""
1899
"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">remove a Bluetooth "
1900
"connection</link> later if desired."
1901
msgstr ""
1902
1903
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:10(info/desc)
1904
msgid ""
1905
"The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might "
1906
"be disabled or blocked."
1907
msgstr ""
1908
1909
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:20(page/title)
1910
msgid "Why can't I connect my Bluetooth device?"
1911
msgstr ""
1912
1913
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:22(page/p)
1914
msgid ""
1915
"There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a "
1916
"Bluetooth device (like a phone or headset):"
1917
msgstr ""
1918
1919
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:26(item/p)
1920
msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted"
1921
msgstr ""
1922
1923
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:27(item/p)
1924
msgid ""
1925
"Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to "
1926
"change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device "
1927
"is setup to allow connections."
1928
msgstr ""
1929
1930
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:31(item/p)
1931
msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized"
1932
msgstr ""
1933
1934
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:32(item/p)
1935
msgid ""
1936
"Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. "
1937
"This could be because drivers for the adapter aren't installed. Some "
1938
"Bluetooth adapters aren't supported on Linux, and so you may not be able to "
1939
"get the right drivers for them. In this case, you will probably have to get "
1940
"a different Bluetooth adapter."
1941
msgstr ""
1942
1943
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:36(item/p)
1944
msgid "Adapter not switched on"
1945
msgstr ""
1946
1947
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:37(item/p)
1948
msgid ""
1949
"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the "
1950
"<gui>Bluetooth menu</gui> in the <gui>top panel</gui> and check that it's "
1951
"not turned off."
1952
msgstr ""
1953
1954
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:41(item/p)
1955
msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"
1956
msgstr ""
1957
1958
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:42(item/p)
1959
msgid ""
1960
"Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. "
1961
"For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not "
1962
"in airplane mode"
1963
msgstr ""
1964
1965
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:46(item/p)
1966
msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer"
1967
msgstr ""
1968
1969
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:47(item/p)
1970
msgid ""
1971
"Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you "
1972
"want to use Bluetooth."
1973
msgstr ""
1974
1975
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:7(info/desc)
1976
msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."
1977
msgstr ""
1978
1979
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:21(page/title)
1980
msgid "Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices"
1981
msgstr ""
1982
1983
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:22(page/p)
1984
msgid ""
1985
"If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device any more, remove the "
1986
"connection:"
1987
msgstr ""
1988
1989
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:26(item/p)
1990
msgid ""
1991
"Click the <gui>Bluetooth menu</gui> in the <gui>top panel</gui>, and choose "
1992
"<gui>Preferences</gui>."
1993
msgstr ""
1994
1995
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:29(item/p)
1996
msgid "Select the device you want to disconnect."
1997
msgstr ""
1998
1999
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:32(item/p)
2000
msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui>."
2001
msgstr ""
2002
2003
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:36(page/p)
2004
msgid ""
2005
"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth "
2006
"device</link> later if desired."
2007
msgstr ""
2008
2009
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:7(info/desc)
2010
msgid ""
2011
"Share files between Bluetooth-enabled devices, like your computer and your "
2012
"phone."
2013
msgstr ""
2014
2015
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:21(page/title)
2016
msgid "Send a file to another Bluetooth device"
2017
msgstr ""
2018
2019
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:22(page/p)
2020
msgid ""
2021
"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
2022
"phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
2023
"files, or specific types of files."
2024
msgstr ""
2025
2026
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:26(item/p)
2027
msgid ""
2028
"If you have not done so already, <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
2029
"device\">create a connection</link> to the Bluetooth device."
2030
msgstr ""
2031
2032
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:29(item/p)
2033
msgid ""
2034
"Click the <gui>Bluetooth menu</gui> in the <gui>top panel</gui> and click "
2035
"<gui>Send files to device</gui>."
2036
msgstr ""
2037
2038
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:32(item/p)
2039
msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."
2040
msgstr ""
2041
2042
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:33(item/p)
2043
msgid ""
2044
"(To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you "
2045
"select each file.)"
2046
msgstr ""
2047
2048
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:36(item/p)
2049
msgid ""
2050
"Select the device which you want to send the files to from the list and then "
2051
"click <gui>Send</gui>."
2052
msgstr ""
2053
2054
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:37(item/p)
2055
msgid ""
2056
"You can limit the list to only specific device types using the <gui>Device "
2057
"type</gui> drop-down control. You can also filter the list by whether the "
2058
"devices are paired and whether they are trusted."
2059
msgstr ""
2060
2061
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:40(item/p)
2062
msgid ""
2063
"The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept "
2064
"the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file "
2065
"transfer will be shown on your screen."
2066
msgstr ""
2067
2068
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
2069
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
2070
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
2071
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
2072
#.
2073
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
2074
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
2075
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
2076
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
2077
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:25(media)
2078
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:37(media)
2079
msgctxt "_"
2080
msgid ""
2081
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/bluetooth-"
2082
"active.svg' md5='265f0461c4f337cfe7f9ebc04b98a58f'"
2083
msgstr ""
2084
2085
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:7(info/desc)
2086
msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."
2087
msgstr ""
2088
2089
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:17(page/title)
2090
msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"
2091
msgstr ""
2092
2093
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:19(page/p)
2094
msgid ""
2095
"You can turn Bluetooth on to send and receive files, but turn it off to "
2096
"conserve power."
2097
msgstr ""
2098
2099
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:24(figure/desc)
2100
msgid "The Bluetooth menu can be found on the top panel."
2101
msgstr ""
2102
2103
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:28(page/p)
2104
msgid ""
2105
"To turn Bluetooth on, click the <gui>Bluetooth menu</gui> in the <gui>top "
2106
"panel</gui> and click <gui>Turn Bluetooth On</gui>."
2107
msgstr ""
2108
2109
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32(page/p)
2110
msgid ""
2111
"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
2112
"Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
2113
"see a Bluetooth icon in the top bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a "
2114
"key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of "
2115
"the <key>Fn</key> key."
2116
msgstr ""
2117
2118
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:38(note/p)
2119
msgid ""
2120
"If you are connecting to another <app>Bluetooth</app> device for the first "
2121
"time, click the <gui>Visible</gui> button to make sure it is checked. This "
2122
"allows your device to be seen by other <app>Bluetooth</app> devices. Uncheck "
2123
"<gui>Visible</gui> when you are done to increase security."
2124
msgstr ""
2125
2126
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:40(page/p)
2127
msgid ""
2128
"Click <gui>Turn Off Bluetooth</gui> to disable Bluetooth if you are not "
2129
"using it."
2130
msgstr ""
2131
2132
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
2133
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
2134
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
2135
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
2136
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:38(media)
2137
msgctxt "_"
2138
msgid "external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5='__failed__'"
2139
msgstr ""
2140
2141
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:9(info/desc)
2142
msgid ""
2143
"Look in <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> for the "
2144
"option to change this."
2145
msgstr ""
2146
2147
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:11(credit/name)
2148
#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:13(credit/name)
2149
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:12(credit/name)
2150
#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:13(credit/name)
2151
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:12(credit/name)
2152
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12(credit/name)
2153
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12(credit/name)
2154
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12(credit/name)
2155
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:10(credit/name)
2156
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:12(credit/name)
2157
#: C/color-howtoimport.page:11(credit/name)
2158
#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:10(credit/name)
2159
#: C/color.page:9(credit/name)
2160
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:10(credit/name)
2161
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:9(credit/name)
2162
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:10(credit/name)
2163
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:9(credit/name)
2164
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:9(credit/name)
2165
msgid "Richard Hughes"
2166
msgstr ""
2167
2168
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:17(page/title)
2169
msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?"
2170
msgstr ""
2171
2172
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:19(page/p)
2173
msgid ""
2174
"Open <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq>, and click "
2175
"the device that you wish to add a profile to."
2176
msgstr ""
2177
2178
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:23(page/p)
2179
msgid ""
2180
"By clicking <gui>Add profile</gui> you can select an existing profile or "
2181
"import a new file."
2182
msgstr ""
2183
2184
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:27(page/p)
2185
msgid ""
2186
"Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile "
2187
"can be the <em>default</em> profile. The default profile is used when there "
2188
"is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen automatically. An "
2189
"example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for "
2190
"glossy paper and another plain paper."
2191
msgstr ""
2192
2193
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:37(figure/desc)
2194
msgid "You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button."
2195
msgstr ""
2196
2197
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:41(page/p)
2198
msgid ""
2199
"If calibration hardware is connected the <gui>Calibrate...</gui> button will "
2200
"create a new profile."
2201
msgstr ""
2202
2203
#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11(info/desc)
2204
msgid "Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors."
2205
msgstr ""
2206
2207
#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:19(page/title)
2208
msgid "How do I calibrate my camera?"
2209
msgstr ""
2210
2211
#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:21(page/p)
2212
msgid ""
2213
"Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the "
2214
"desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it "
2215
"can be used to calibrate the camera device in the color control panel."
2216
msgstr ""
2217
2218
#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:29(note/p)
2219
msgid ""
2220
"The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you "
2221
"aquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile "
2222
"several times for <em>studio</em>, <em>bright sunlight</em> and "
2223
"<em>cloudy</em> lighting conditions."
2224
msgstr ""
2225
2226
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10(info/desc)
2227
msgid "Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors."
2228
msgstr ""
2229
2230
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:18(page/title)
2231
msgid "How do I calibrate my printer?"
2232
msgstr ""
2233
2234
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:20(page/p)
2235
msgid "There are two ways to profile a printer device:"
2236
msgstr ""
2237
2238
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:25(item/p)
2239
msgid "Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki"
2240
msgstr ""
2241
2242
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26(item/p)
2243
msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company"
2244
msgstr ""
2245
2246
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:29(page/p)
2247
msgid ""
2248
"Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest "
2249
"option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the "
2250
"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the "
2251
"print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the "
2252
"profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile."
2253
msgstr ""
2254
2255
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:37(page/p)
2256
msgid ""
2257
"Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you "
2258
"are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types."
2259
msgstr ""
2260
2261
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:43(note/p)
2262
msgid ""
2263
"If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
2264
msgstr ""
2265
2266
#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:11(info/desc)
2267
msgid "Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors."
2268
msgstr ""
2269
2270
#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:19(page/title)
2271
msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?"
2272
msgstr ""
2273
2274
#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:21(page/p)
2275
msgid ""
2276
"You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You "
2277
"can then click <gui>Calibrate...</gui> from <guiseq><gui>System "
2278
"Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> to create a profile for the device."
2279
msgstr ""
2280
2281
#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:29(note/p)
2282
msgid ""
2283
"Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not "
2284
"usually need to be recalibrated."
2285
msgstr ""
2286
2287
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:10(info/desc)
2288
msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors."
2289
msgstr ""
2290
2291
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:18(page/title)
2292
msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?"
2293
msgstr ""
2294
2295
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:20(page/p)
2296
msgid ""
2297
"Calibrating your screen is very easy to do and should be a hard requirement "
2298
"if you're involved in computer design or artwork."
2299
msgstr ""
2300
2301
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:24(page/p)
2302
msgid ""
2303
"By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different "
2304
"colors that your screen is able to display. By running <guiseq><gui>System "
2305
"Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> you can easily create a profile, and "
2306
"the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device and what "
2307
"settings to adjust."
2308
msgstr ""
2309
2310
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:33(note/p)
2311
msgid ""
2312
"Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness "
2313
"approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This "
2314
"means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon appears in the "
2315
"color control panel."
2316
msgstr ""
2317
2318
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:40(note/p)
2319
msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs."
2320
msgstr ""
2321
2322
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9(info/desc)
2323
msgid "Calibration and characterization are different things entirely."
2324
msgstr ""
2325
2326
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18(page/title)
2327
msgid "What's the difference between calibration and characterization?"
2328
msgstr ""
2329
2330
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19(page/p)
2331
msgid ""
2332
"Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration "
2333
"and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color "
2334
"behavior of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:"
2335
msgstr ""
2336
2337
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26(item/p)
2338
msgid "Changing controls or internal settings that it has"
2339
msgstr ""
2340
2341
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27(item/p)
2342
msgid "Applying curves to its color channels"
2343
msgstr ""
2344
2345
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29(page/p)
2346
msgid ""
2347
"The idea of calibration is to put a device is a defined state with regard to "
2348
"its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining "
2349
"reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored in device or "
2350
"systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel "
2351
"calibration curves."
2352
msgstr ""
2353
2354
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36(page/p)
2355
msgid ""
2356
"Characterization (or profiling) is <em>recording</em> the way a device "
2357
"reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device "
2358
"ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color in any way. It "
2359
"allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware "
2360
"application to modify color when combined with another device profile. Only "
2361
"by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a way of transferring "
2362
"color from one device representation to another be achieved."
2363
msgstr ""
2364
2365
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47(note/p)
2366
msgid ""
2367
"Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if it "
2368
"is in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized."
2369
msgstr ""
2370
2371
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53(page/p)
2372
msgid ""
2373
"In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because "
2374
"often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. "
2375
"By convention it is stored in a tag called the <em>vcgt</em> tag. Although "
2376
"it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or "
2377
"applications are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical "
2378
"display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do "
2379
"anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information."
2380
msgstr ""
2381
2382
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9(info/desc)
2383
msgid "We support a huge number of calibration devices."
2384
msgstr ""
2385
2386
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:18(page/title)
2387
msgid "What color measuring instruments are supported?"
2388
msgstr ""
2389
2390
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:20(page/p)
2391
msgid ""
2392
"GNOME relies on the ArgyllCMS project to support color instruments. Thus the "
2393
"following display measuring instruments are supported:"
2394
msgstr ""
2395
2396
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:26(item/p)
2397
msgid "Gretag-Macbeth Eye-One Pro (spectrometer)"
2398
msgstr ""
2399
2400
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:27(item/p)
2401
msgid "Gretag-Macbeth Eye-One Monitor (spectrometer)"
2402
msgstr ""
2403
2404
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:28(item/p)
2405
msgid "Gretag-Macbeth Eye-One Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)"
2406
msgstr ""
2407
2408
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29(item/p)
2409
msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)"
2410
msgstr ""
2411
2412
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30(item/p)
2413
msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)"
2414
msgstr ""
2415
2416
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31(item/p)
2417
msgid "Pantone Huey (colorimeter)"
2418
msgstr ""
2419
2420
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32(item/p)
2421
msgid "MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)"
2422
msgstr ""
2423
2424
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33(item/p)
2425
msgid "ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)"
2426
msgstr ""
2427
2428
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34(item/p)
2429
msgid "Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)"
2430
msgstr ""
2431
2432
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:38(note/p)
2433
msgid ""
2434
"The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in "
2435
"Linux."
2436
msgstr ""
2437
2438
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9(info/desc)
2439
msgid "Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling."
2440
msgstr ""
2441
2442
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18(page/title)
2443
msgid "Which target types are supported?"
2444
msgstr ""
2445
2446
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20(page/p)
2447
msgid "The following types of targets are supported:"
2448
msgstr ""
2449
2450
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25(item/p)
2451
msgid "CMP DigitalTarget"
2452
msgstr ""
2453
2454
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26(item/p)
2455
msgid "ColorChecker 24"
2456
msgstr ""
2457
2458
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27(item/p)
2459
msgid "ColorChecker DC"
2460
msgstr ""
2461
2462
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28(item/p)
2463
msgid "ColorChecker SG"
2464
msgstr ""
2465
2466
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29(item/p)
2467
msgid "i1 RGB Scan 14"
2468
msgstr ""
2469
2470
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30(item/p)
2471
msgid "LaserSoft DC Pro"
2472
msgstr ""
2473
2474
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31(item/p)
2475
msgid "QPcard 201"
2476
msgstr ""
2477
2478
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32(item/p)
2479
msgid "IT8.7/2"
2480
msgstr ""
2481
2482
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36(note/p)
2483
msgid ""
2484
"You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and "
2485
"LaserSoft in various online shops."
2486
msgstr ""
2487
2488
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40(note/p)
2489
msgid ""
2490
"Alternatively you can buy targets from <link "
2491
"href=\"http://www.targets.coloraid.de/\">Wolf Faust</link> at a very fair "
2492
"price."
2493
msgstr ""
2494
2495
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8(info/desc)
2496
msgid ""
2497
"Sharing color profiles is nevera good idea as hardware changes over time."
2498
msgstr ""
2499
2500
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:16(page/title)
2501
msgid "Can I share my color profile?"
2502
msgstr ""
2503
2504
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:18(page/p)
2505
msgid ""
2506
"Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware "
2507
"that you calibrated for. My DreamColor LP2480zx has been powered for a few "
2508
"hundred hours, and is going to have a very different color profile to a "
2509
"similar display with the next serial number if it's been lit for a thousand "
2510
"hours."
2511
msgstr ""
2512
2513
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:25(page/p)
2514
msgid ""
2515
"This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be "
2516
"getting them <em>closer</em> to calibration, but it's misleading at best to "
2517
"say that thier display is calibrated."
2518
msgstr ""
2519
2520
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:32(note/p)
2521
msgid ""
2522
"You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles "
2523
"downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf."
2524
msgstr ""
2525
2526
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10(info/desc)
2527
msgid "Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself."
2528
msgstr ""
2529
2530
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:18(page/title)
2531
msgid "Where do I get color profiles?"
2532
msgstr ""
2533
2534
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:20(page/p)
2535
msgid ""
2536
"The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this "
2537
"does require some initial outlay."
2538
msgstr ""
2539
2540
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:24(page/p)
2541
msgid ""
2542
"Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although "
2543
"sometimes they are wrapped up in <em>driver bundles</em> which you may need "
2544
"to download, extract and then search for the color profiles."
2545
msgstr ""
2546
2547
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:30(page/p)
2548
msgid ""
2549
"Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the "
2550
"profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if "
2551
"the creation date is more than a year before the date you bought the device "
2552
"then it's likely dummy data generated that is useless."
2553
msgstr ""
2554
2555
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:38(page/p)
2556
msgid ""
2557
"See <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> for information on why vendor "
2558
"suplied profiles are often worse than useless."
2559
msgstr ""
2560
2561
#: C/color-howtoimport.page:8(info/desc)
2562
msgid "Color profiles can be easily imported by opening them."
2563
msgstr ""
2564
2565
#: C/color-howtoimport.page:17(page/title)
2566
msgid "How do I import color profiles?"
2567
msgstr ""
2568
2569
#: C/color-howtoimport.page:19(page/p)
2570
msgid ""
2571
"The profile can easily be imported by double clicking on the "
2572
"<input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file in the file browser."
2573
msgstr ""
2574
2575
#: C/color-howtoimport.page:23(page/p)
2576
msgid ""
2577
"Alternatively you can select <gui>Import profile...</gui> from "
2578
"<guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> when selecting a "
2579
"profile for a device."
2580
msgstr ""
2581
2582
#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8(info/desc)
2583
msgid ""
2584
"Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows."
2585
msgstr ""
2586
2587
#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:16(page/title)
2588
msgid "Missing information for whole-screen color correction?"
2589
msgstr ""
2590
2591
#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17(page/p)
2592
msgid ""
2593
"Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the "
2594
"information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can "
2595
"still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but you "
2596
"will not see all the colors of your screen change."
2597
msgstr ""
2598
2599
#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:23(page/p)
2600
msgid ""
2601
"In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and "
2602
"characterisation data, you will need to use a special color measuring "
2603
"instruments callled a colorimeter or a spectrometer."
2604
msgstr ""
2605
2606
#: C/color.page:14(info/desc)
2607
msgid ""
2608
"<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Why is this important</link>, <link "
2609
"xref=\"color#profiles\">Color profiles</link>, <link "
2610
"xref=\"color#calibration\">How to calibrate a device</link>..."
2611
msgstr ""
2612
2613
#: C/color.page:22(page/title)
2614
msgid "Color management"
2615
msgstr ""
2616
2617
#: C/color.page:25(section/title)
2618
msgid "Color profiles"
2619
msgstr ""
2620
2621
#: C/color.page:29(section/title)
2622
msgid "Calibration"
2623
msgstr ""
2624
2625
#: C/color.page:33(section/title)
2626
#: C/power.page:35(section/title)
2627
msgid "Problems"
2628
msgstr ""
2629
2630
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:8(info/desc)
2631
msgid ""
2632
"A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
2633
"computer."
2634
msgstr ""
2635
2636
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:16(page/title)
2637
msgid "What's a virtual color managed device?"
2638
msgstr ""
2639
2640
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:18(page/p)
2641
msgid ""
2642
"A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
2643
"computer. Examples of this might be:"
2644
msgstr ""
2645
2646
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:25(item/p)
2647
msgid ""
2648
"An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you"
2649
msgstr ""
2650
2651
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:26(item/p)
2652
msgid "Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card"
2653
msgstr ""
2654
2655
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:29(page/p)
2656
msgid ""
2657
"To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop on of "
2658
"the image files onto the <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui> "
2659
"<gui>Color</gui></guiseq> dialog. You can then <link xref=\"color-"
2660
"assignprofiles\">assign profiles</link> to it like any other device or even "
2661
"<link xref=\"color-calibrate-camera\">calibrate</link> it."
2662
msgstr ""
2663
2664
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7(info/desc)
2665
msgid ""
2666
"A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device "
2667
"response."
2668
msgstr ""
2669
2670
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:15(page/title)
2671
msgid "What is a color profile?"
2672
msgstr ""
2673
2674
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:17(page/p)
2675
msgid ""
2676
"A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as "
2677
"a projector or a color space such as sRGB."
2678
msgstr ""
2679
2680
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:21(page/p)
2681
msgid ""
2682
"Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file "
2683
"with a <input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file extension."
2684
msgstr ""
2685
2686
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:26(page/p)
2687
msgid ""
2688
"Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the "
2689
"data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices."
2690
msgstr ""
2691
2692
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:31(page/p)
2693
msgid ""
2694
"Every device that is processing color should have it's own ICC profile and "
2695
"when this is achieved the system is said to have an <em>end-to-end color-"
2696
"managed workflow</em>. With this kind of workflow you can be sure that "
2697
"colors are not being lost or modified."
2698
msgstr ""
2699
2700
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
2701
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
2702
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
2703
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
2704
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:47(media)
2705
msgctxt "_"
2706
msgid ""
2707
"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5='0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
2708
msgstr ""
2709
2710
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:8(info/desc)
2711
msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors."
2712
msgstr ""
2713
2714
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:16(page/title)
2715
msgid "What is a color space?"
2716
msgstr ""
2717
2718
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:18(page/p)
2719
msgid ""
2720
"A colorspace is a defined range of colors. Well known colorspaces include "
2721
"sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB."
2722
msgstr ""
2723
2724
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:23(page/p)
2725
msgid ""
2726
"The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate "
2727
"how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromacity diagram that shows the human "
2728
"visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in human vision "
2729
"there is many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a "
2730
"trichromatic colorspace like RGB we represent the colors on the computer "
2731
"using three values, which restricts up to encoding a <em>triangle</em> of "
2732
"colors."
2733
msgstr ""
2734
2735
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:35(note/p)
2736
msgid ""
2737
"Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromacity diagram is a huge simplification "
2738
"of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as 3D hulls, "
2739
"rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can sometimes be "
2740
"misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, use the <code>gcm-"
2741
"viewer</code> application."
2742
msgstr ""
2743
2744
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:46(figure/desc)
2745
msgid "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles"
2746
msgstr ""
2747
2748
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:50(page/p)
2749
msgid ""
2750
"First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least "
2751
"number of colors. It it an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and "
2752
"so most modern monitors can easily display more colors than this. sRGB is a "
2753
"standard <em>least-common-demoninator</em> standard and is used in a large "
2754
"number of applications (including the Internet)."
2755
msgstr ""
2756
2757
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:58(page/p)
2758
msgid ""
2759
"AbodeRGB is frequently used as an <em>editing space</em>. It can encode more "
2760
"colors than sRGB, and means you adjust colors in a photograph without "
2761
"worrying too much that the brightnest colors are being clipped or the blacks "
2762
"crushed."
2763
msgstr ""
2764
2765
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:64(page/p)
2766
msgid ""
2767
"PhoPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document "
2768
"archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the "
2769
"human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!"
2770
msgstr ""
2771
2772
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:71(page/p)
2773
msgid ""
2774
"Now, if PhoPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The "
2775
"answer is to do with <em>quantisation</em>. If you only have 8 bits (256 "
2776
"levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger "
2777
"steps between each value."
2778
msgstr ""
2779
2780
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:77(page/p)
2781
msgid ""
2782
"Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored "
2783
"color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key "
2784
"colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors will make "
2785
"untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong."
2786
msgstr ""
2787
2788
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:84(page/p)
2789
msgid ""
2790
"Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much "
2791
"smaller quantisation error, but this doubles the size of each image file. "
2792
"Most content in existance today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel."
2793
msgstr ""
2794
2795
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:90(page/p)
2796
msgid ""
2797
"Color managment is a process for converting from one colorspace to another, "
2798
"where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or a custom "
2799
"space such as your monitor or printer profile."
2800
msgstr ""
2801
2802
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
2803
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
2804
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
2805
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
2806
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:23(media)
2807
msgctxt "_"
2808
msgid ""
2809
"external ref='figures/color-average.png' "
2810
"md5='9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
2811
msgstr ""
2812
2813
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:7(info/desc)
2814
msgid ""
2815
"Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print."
2816
msgstr ""
2817
2818
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:15(page/title)
2819
msgid "Why do I need to do calibration myself?"
2820
msgstr ""
2821
2822
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:17(page/p)
2823
msgid ""
2824
"Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, "
2825
"they just take a few items from the production line and average them "
2826
"together:"
2827
msgstr ""
2828
2829
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:24(media/p)
2830
msgid "Averaged profiles"
2831
msgstr ""
2832
2833
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:27(page/p)
2834
msgid ""
2835
"Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially "
2836
"as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just "
2837
"changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the characterization "
2838
"state and make the profile inaccurate."
2839
msgstr ""
2840
2841
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:35(page/p)
2842
msgid ""
2843
"The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the "
2844
"calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a "
2845
"profile based on your exact characterization state."
2846
msgstr ""
2847
2848
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
2849
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
2850
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
2851
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
2852
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:29(media)
2853
msgctxt "_"
2854
msgid ""
2855
"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' "
2856
"md5='3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
2857
msgstr ""
2858
2859
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
2860
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
2861
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
2862
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
2863
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:39(media)
2864
msgctxt "_"
2865
msgid ""
2866
"external ref='figures/color-display.png' "
2867
"md5='a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
2868
msgstr ""
2869
2870
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
2871
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
2872
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
2873
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
2874
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:49(media)
2875
msgctxt "_"
2876
msgid ""
2877
"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' "
2878
"md5='42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
2879
msgstr ""
2880
2881
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:7(info/desc)
2882
msgid ""
2883
"Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
2884
msgstr ""
2885
2886
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:15(page/title)
2887
msgid "Why is color management important?"
2888
msgstr ""
2889
2890
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:16(page/p)
2891
msgid ""
2892
"Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, "
2893
"displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact "
2894
"colors and the range of colors on each medium."
2895
msgstr ""
2896
2897
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:22(page/p)
2898
msgid ""
2899
"The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph "
2900
"of a bird on a frosty day in winter."
2901
msgstr ""
2902
2903
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:28(figure/desc)
2904
msgid "A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder"
2905
msgstr ""
2906
2907
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:32(page/p)
2908
msgid ""
2909
"Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look "
2910
"cold."
2911
msgstr ""
2912
2913
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:38(figure/desc)
2914
msgid "This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen"
2915
msgstr ""
2916
2917
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:42(page/p)
2918
msgid ""
2919
"Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a "
2920
"muddy brown."
2921
msgstr ""
2922
2923
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:48(figure/desc)
2924
msgid "This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer"
2925
msgstr ""
2926
2927
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:52(page/p)
2928
msgid ""
2929
"The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a "
2930
"different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of "
2931
"electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to reproduce it."
2932
msgstr ""
2933
2934
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:58(page/p)
2935
msgid ""
2936
"Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to "
2937
"CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that "
2938
"you can't have <em>white</em> ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good "
2939
"as the paper color."
2940
msgstr ""
2941
2942
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:65(page/p)
2943
msgid ""
2944
"Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is "
2945
"measured, we don't know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red "
2946
"ink in the printer. What is 50% red on your display is probably something "
2947
"like 62% on my display. It's like telling a person that you've just driven 7 "
2948
"units of distance, without the unit you don't know if that's 7 kilometers or "
2949
"7 meters."
2950
msgstr ""
2951
2952
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:77(page/p)
2953
msgid ""
2954
"In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentually the range of "
2955
"colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very "
2956
"large gamut, being able to capture all the colors in a sunset, but a "
2957
"projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look "
2958
"\"washed out\"."
2959
msgstr ""
2960
2961
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:85(page/p)
2962
msgid ""
2963
"In some cases we can <em>correct</em> the device response by altering the "
2964
"data we sent to the device but in other cases where that's not possible (you "
2965
"can't print electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going "
2966
"to look like."
2967
msgstr ""
2968
2969
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:92(page/p)
2970
msgid ""
2971
"For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color "
2972
"device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics you "
2973
"might want to match the color exactly, which is important if you're trying "
2974
"to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo, that <em>has</em> to be the "
2975
"exact Red Hat Red."
2976
msgstr ""
2977
2978
#: C/clock.page:9(info/desc)
2979
msgid ""
2980
"<link xref=\"clock-set\">Set time and date</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
2981
"timezone\">timezone</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar and "
2982
"appointments</link>..."
2983
msgstr ""
2984
2985
#: C/clock.page:23(page/title)
2986
msgid "Time & date"
2987
msgstr ""
2988
2989
#: C/clock-calendar.page:9(info/desc)
2990
msgid "Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen."
2991
msgstr ""
2992
2993
#: C/clock-calendar.page:20(page/title)
2994
msgid "View appointments in your calendar"
2995
msgstr ""
2996
2997
#: C/clock-calendar.page:23(page/p)
2998
msgid ""
2999
"You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the "
3000
"panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called "
3001
"<app>Evolution</app>."
3002
msgstr ""
3003
3004
#: C/clock-calendar.page:26(page/p)
3005
msgid ""
3006
"If you have already set up Evolution, click the clock on the top bar and "
3007
"then click the <gui>Add Event</gui> to start adding appointments. As "
3008
"appointments are added, they will appear below the calendar when you click "
3009
"on the clock."
3010
msgstr ""
3011
3012
#: C/clock-calendar.page:30(page/p)
3013
msgid ""
3014
"To quickly get to the full Evolution calendar, click on the clock and click "
3015
"the first line where today's date is."
3016
msgstr ""
3017
3018
#: C/clock-calendar.page:39(note/p)
3019
msgid ""
3020
"This will work only if you have an existing <app>Evolution</app> account. "
3021
"Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your "
3022
"first account."
3023
msgstr ""
3024
3025
#: C/clock-calendar.page:43(section/title)
3026
msgid "Turn off Evolution calendar integration"
3027
msgstr ""
3028
3029
#: C/clock-calendar.page:44(section/p)
3030
msgid "You can also turn off this feature if you like."
3031
msgstr ""
3032
3033
#: C/clock-calendar.page:47(item/p)
3034
#: C/clock-timezone.page:23(item/p)
3035
msgid "Click on the clock and select <gui>Time & Date Settings</gui>."
3036
msgstr ""
3037
3038
#: C/clock-calendar.page:48(item/p)
3039
msgid "Now, switch to the <gui>Clock</gui> tab."
3040
msgstr ""
3041
3042
#: C/clock-calendar.page:49(item/p)
3043
msgid "Uncheck <gui>Coming events from Evolution Calendar</gui>."
3044
msgstr ""
3045
3046
#: C/clock-more-info.page:7(info/desc)
3047
msgid ""
3048
"Choose to show additional information such as the date or day of the week."
3049
msgstr ""
3050
3051
#: C/clock-more-info.page:10(credit/name)
3052
#: C/clock-set.page:15(credit/name)
3053
#: C/session-loginsound.page:18(credit/name)
3054
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:18(credit/name)
3055
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:18(credit/name)
3056
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:17(credit/name)
3057
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:13(credit/name)
3058
msgid "Ubuntu Documentation Project"
3059
msgstr ""
3060
3061
#: C/clock-more-info.page:17(page/title)
3062
msgid "Change how much information is shown in the clock"
3063
msgstr ""
3064
3065
#: C/clock-more-info.page:19(page/p)
3066
msgid ""
3067
"By default, Ubuntu only shows the time in the clock. You can set the clock "
3068
"to show additional information if you choose."
3069
msgstr ""
3070
3071
#: C/clock-more-info.page:22(page/p)
3072
msgid ""
3073
"Click on the clock and select <gui>Time & Date Settings</gui>. Switch to "
3074
"the <gui>Clock</gui> tab. Select the time and date options you want to "
3075
"display."
3076
msgstr ""
3077
3078
#: C/clock-more-info.page:25(note/p)
3079
msgid ""
3080
"You can also turn the clock off entirely by unchecking <gui>Show a clock in "
3081
"the menu bar</gui>."
3082
msgstr ""
3083
3084
#: C/clock-more-info.page:27(note/p)
3085
msgid ""
3086
"If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the "
3087
"icon in the top right of the panel and selecting <gui>System Settings</gui>. "
3088
"In the Personal section, click <gui>Time & Date</gui>."
3089
msgstr ""
3090
3091
#: C/clock-more-info.page:32(section/title)
3092
msgid "Change the date format"
3093
msgstr ""
3094
3095
#: C/clock-more-info.page:33(section/p)
3096
msgid ""
3097
"You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard "
3098
"for your location."
3099
msgstr ""
3100
3101
#: C/clock-more-info.page:36(item/p)
3102
msgid ""
3103
"Click the icon at the very right of the panel and select <gui>System "
3104
"Settings</gui>."
3105
msgstr ""
3106
3107
#: C/clock-more-info.page:37(item/p)
3108
msgid "In the System section, click <gui>Language Support</gui>."
3109
msgstr ""
3110
3111
#: C/clock-more-info.page:38(item/p)
3112
msgid "Switch to the <gui>Regional Formats</gui> tab."
3113
msgstr ""
3114
3115
#: C/clock-more-info.page:39(item/p)
3116
msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list."
3117
msgstr ""
3118
3119
#: C/clock-more-info.page:40(item/p)
3120
msgid ""
3121
"You will need to log out and log back in for this change to take effect."
3122
msgstr ""
3123
3124
#: C/clock-set.page:8(info/desc)
3125
msgid "Update the time/date displayed at the top of the screen."
3126
msgstr ""
3127
3128
#: C/clock-set.page:22(page/title)
3129
msgid "Change the time and date"
3130
msgstr ""
3131
3132
#: C/clock-set.page:26(item/p)
3133
msgid ""
3134
"To adjust the time and date, click on the clock located in the <gui>top "
3135
"panel</gui> and select <gui>Time & Date Settings</gui>."
3136
msgstr ""
3137
3138
#: C/clock-set.page:31(item/p)
3139
msgid ""
3140
"Click on <gui>Unlock</gui> and type your password to be able to change the "
3141
"system time zone by clicking on the map or entering your city into the "
3142
"<gui>Location</gui> box."
3143
msgstr ""
3144
3145
#: C/clock-set.page:36(item/p)
3146
msgid ""
3147
"By default, Ubuntu periodically synchronizes the clock with a very accurate "
3148
"clock on the Internet so you don't have to set your clock manually."
3149
msgstr ""
3150
3151
#: C/clock-timezone.page:7(info/desc)
3152
msgid "Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities."
3153
msgstr ""
3154
3155
#: C/clock-timezone.page:17(page/title)
3156
msgid "Show other timezones"
3157
msgstr ""
3158
3159
#: C/clock-timezone.page:18(page/p)
3160
msgid ""
3161
"If you want to know what time it is in different cities around the world, "
3162
"you can add additional timezones to the clock menu. These additional cities "
3163
"will show up below the calendar when you click on the clock."
3164
msgstr ""
3165
3166
#: C/clock-timezone.page:24(item/p)
3167
msgid ""
3168
"Switch to the <gui>Clock</gui> tab and select <gui>Time in other "
3169
"locations</gui>."
3170
msgstr ""
3171
3172
#: C/clock-timezone.page:25(item/p)
3173
msgid "Click <gui>Choose locations</gui>."
3174
msgstr ""
3175
3176
#: C/clock-timezone.page:26(item/p)
3177
msgid "Click <gui>+</gui> to add a location."
3178
msgstr ""
3179
3180
#: C/clock-timezone.page:27(item/p)
3181
msgid ""
3182
"Fill in the Location blank with the city name you want to add. Wait a moment "
3183
"for a list of possible cities to show up in the drop-down list."
3184
msgstr ""
3185
3186
#: C/clock-timezone.page:29(item/p)
3187
msgid ""
3188
"Select the city you want and the current time in that location will fill in "
3189
"automatically."
3190
msgstr ""
3191
3192
#: C/clock-timezone.page:31(item/p)
3193
msgid "Click <gui>-</gui> to delete a city from the list."
3194
msgstr ""
3195
3196
#: C/clock-timezone.page:32(item/p)
3197
msgid ""
3198
"You can also drag and drop the cities in this <gui>Locations</gui> window to "
3199
"change the order in which they will show up in the clock menu."
3200
msgstr ""
3201
3202
#: C/disk.page:14(info/desc)
3203
msgid ""
3204
"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-"
3205
"benchmark\">performance</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, "
3206
"<link xref=\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</link>..."
3207
msgstr ""
3208
3209
#: C/disk.page:24(page/title)
3210
msgid "Disks & storage"
3211
msgstr ""
3212
3213
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:10(credit/name)
3214
#: C/disk-capacity.page:10(credit/name)
3215
#: C/disk-check.page:10(credit/name)
3216
#: C/disk-format.page:10(credit/name)
3217
#: C/disk-partitions.page:10(credit/name)
3218
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:10(credit/name)
3219
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:10(credit/name)
3220
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:10(credit/name)
3221
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:11(credit/name)
3222
#: C/printing-streaks.page:12(credit/name)
3223
msgid "GNOME Documentation Team"
3224
msgstr ""
3225
3226
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:14(credit/name)
3227
#: C/disk-capacity.page:14(credit/name)
3228
#: C/disk-check.page:14(credit/name)
3229
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:17(credit/name)
3230
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:15(credit/name)
3231
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:14(credit/name)
3232
#: C/look-background.page:21(credit/name)
3233
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:15(credit/name)
3234
#: C/look-resolution.page:17(credit/name)
3235
msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
3236
msgstr ""
3237
3238
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:18(credit/name)
3239
#: C/display-2monitors.page:9(credit/name)
3240
#: C/net-security-tips.page:15(credit/name)
3241
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:20(credit/name)
3242
#: C/printing-setup.page:28(credit/name)
3243
msgid "Steven Richards"
3244
msgstr ""
3245
3246
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:22(info/desc)
3247
msgid "You can run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."
3248
msgstr ""
3249
3250
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:26(page/title)
3251
msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"
3252
msgstr ""
3253
3254
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:28(page/p)
3255
msgid ""
3256
"To test the performance of the hard disk, go to the <link xref=\"unity-dash-"
3257
"intro\">dash</link> and open the <app>Disk Utility</app>."
3258
msgstr ""
3259
3260
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:31(page/p)
3261
msgid "To run a benchmark in <gui>Disk Utility</gui>:"
3262
msgstr ""
3263
3264
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:34(item/p)
3265
msgid ""
3266
"Click on the hard disk in the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. Information "
3267
"will appear about the disk and its status under <gui>Drive</gui>."
3268
msgstr ""
3269
3270
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:36(item/p)
3271
msgid "Choose <gui>Benchmark</gui>."
3272
msgstr ""
3273
3274
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38(item/p)
3275
msgid ""
3276
"Click <gui>Start Read-Only Benchmark</gui> or <gui>Start Read/Write "
3277
"Benchmark</gui>."
3278
msgstr ""
3279
3280
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:39(item/p)
3281
msgid ""
3282
"The read-only benchmark will only test how fast data can be read off the "
3283
"disk. The read/write benchmark will also test how fast data can be put onto "
3284
"the disk, so it will take longer to complete."
3285
msgstr ""
3286
3287
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:44(page/p)
3288
msgid ""
3289
"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. These "
3290
"results tell you how fast files were read or written, and how long it took. "
3291
"The time is measured in Milliseconds (ms) and data transfer speed is "
3292
"measured in Megabytes per Second (MB/s)."
3293
msgstr ""
3294
3295
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48(page/p)
3296
msgid ""
3297
"After the test is finished, the following statistics will be listed below "
3298
"the graph:"
3299
msgstr ""
3300
3301
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51(item/p)
3302
msgid "Minimum Read Rate in Megabytes per Second"
3303
msgstr ""
3304
3305
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:52(item/p)
3306
msgid "Maximum Read Rate in Megabytes per Second"
3307
msgstr ""
3308
3309
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:53(item/p)
3310
msgid "Average Read Rate in Megabytes per Second"
3311
msgstr ""
3312
3313
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:54(item/p)
3314
msgid "Last Benchmark in Seconds"
3315
msgstr ""
3316
3317
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55(item/p)
3318
msgid "Minimum Write Rate in Megabytes per Second"
3319
msgstr ""
3320
3321
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56(item/p)
3322
msgid "Maximum Write Rate in Megabytes per Second"
3323
msgstr ""
3324
3325
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:57(item/p)
3326
msgid "Average Write Rate in Megabytes per Second"
3327
msgstr ""
3328
3329
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:58(item/p)
3330
msgid "Average Access Time in Milliseconds"
3331
msgstr ""
3332
3333
#: C/disk-capacity.page:18(info/desc)
3334
msgid "With <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> or <gui>System Monitor</gui>."
3335
msgstr ""
3336
3337
#: C/disk-capacity.page:22(page/title)
3338
msgid "Check how much disk space is left"
3339
msgstr ""
3340
3341
#: C/disk-capacity.page:23(page/p)
3342
msgid ""
3343
"You can check how much disk space is left by using <app>Disk Usage "
3344
"Analyzer</app> and <app>System Monitor</app>."
3345
msgstr ""
3346
3347
#: C/disk-capacity.page:24(section/title)
3348
msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer"
3349
msgstr ""
3350
3351
#: C/disk-capacity.page:25(section/p)
3352
msgid ""
3353
"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <app>Disk Usage "
3354
"Analyzer</app>:"
3355
msgstr ""
3356
3357
#: C/disk-capacity.page:33(item/p)
3358
msgid ""
3359
"Open the <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app> application from the <gui>Dash</gui>."
3360
msgstr ""
3361
3362
#: C/disk-capacity.page:34(item/p)
3363
msgid ""
3364
"The <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app> window will display the <gui>Total file "
3365
"system capacity</gui> and <gui>Total file system usage</gui>."
3366
msgstr ""
3367
3368
#: C/disk-capacity.page:34(item/p)
3369
msgid ""
3370
"(You can click on <gui>View as Rings Chart</gui> to change the display to "
3371
"<gui>View as Treemap Chart</gui>)."
3372
msgstr ""
3373
3374
#: C/disk-capacity.page:35(item/p)
3375
msgid ""
3376
"Click <gui>Scan Home</gui> if you want to check how much disk space is left "
3377
"inside the Home folder or click <gui>Scan filesystem</gui> icon if you want "
3378
"to check how much disk space is left inside the '/' (Root) folder. In both "
3379
"cases, the location of the files and other options like Usage, Size and "
3380
"Contents will be presented. You can change the order of the details and view "
3381
"the files in order of file size."
3382
msgstr ""
3383
3384
#: C/disk-capacity.page:36(item/p)
3385
msgid ""
3386
"Click the <gui>Scan a folder</gui> icon if you want to scan disk space "
3387
"inside specific folder or click <gui>Scan a remote folder</gui> if you want "
3388
"to scan disk space inside remote folder."
3389
msgstr ""
3390
3391
#: C/disk-capacity.page:37(item/p)
3392
msgid ""
3393
"Click <gui>Stop </gui> or <gui>Refresh</gui> anytime you need to cancel or "
3394
"update the scanning."
3395
msgstr ""
3396
3397
#: C/disk-capacity.page:41(note/p)
3398
msgid ""
3399
"<gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> can also be run by pressing "
3400
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, typing 'baobab' (without the "
3401
"single-quotes) and pressing <key>Enter</key>."
3402
msgstr ""
3403
3404
#: C/disk-capacity.page:45(section/title)
3405
msgid "Check with System Monitor"
3406
msgstr ""
3407
3408
#: C/disk-capacity.page:47(section/p)
3409
msgid ""
3410
"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>System "
3411
"Monitor</app>:"
3412
msgstr ""
3413
3414
#: C/disk-capacity.page:49(item/p)
3415
msgid ""
3416
"Open the <app>System Monitor</app> application from the <gui>Dash</gui>."
3417
msgstr ""
3418
3419
#: C/disk-capacity.page:50(item/p)
3420
msgid ""
3421
"Select the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab to view the system's partitions and "
3422
"disk space usage in Total, Free, Available and Used."
3423
msgstr ""
3424
3425
#: C/disk-capacity.page:53(section/title)
3426
msgid "What if the disk is too full?"
3427
msgstr ""
3428
3429
#: C/disk-capacity.page:54(section/p)
3430
msgid "If the disk is too full you should:"
3431
msgstr ""
3432
3433
#: C/disk-capacity.page:56(item/p)
3434
msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore."
3435
msgstr ""
3436
3437
#: C/disk-capacity.page:57(item/p)
3438
msgid ""
3439
"Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that "
3440
"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive."
3441
msgstr ""
3442
3443
#: C/disk-check.page:18(info/desc)
3444
msgid ""
3445
"You can test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy."
3446
msgstr ""
3447
3448
#: C/disk-check.page:22(page/title)
3449
msgid "Check your hard disk for problems"
3450
msgstr ""
3451
3452
#: C/disk-check.page:29(section/title)
3453
msgid "Checking the hard disk"
3454
msgstr ""
3455
3456
#: C/disk-check.page:30(section/p)
3457
msgid ""
3458
"Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called <app>SMART</app> (Self-"
3459
"Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks "
3460
"the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is about "
3461
"to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data."
3462
msgstr ""
3463
3464
#: C/disk-check.page:35(section/p)
3465
msgid ""
3466
"Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by "
3467
"running the <app>Disk Utility</app> application:"
3468
msgstr ""
3469
3470
#: C/disk-check.page:39(steps/title)
3471
msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disk Utility application"
3472
msgstr ""
3473
3474
#: C/disk-check.page:40(item/p)
3475
#: C/disk-format.page:27(item/p)
3476
msgid ""
3477
"Open the <app>Disk Utility</app> application from the <gui>Dash</gui>."
3478
msgstr ""
3479
3480
#: C/disk-check.page:42(item/p)
3481
msgid ""
3482
"Select the disk you want to check from the <gui>Storage Devices </gui> list. "
3483
"Information and status of the disk will appear under <gui>Drive </gui>."
3484
msgstr ""
3485
3486
#: C/disk-check.page:45(item/p)
3487
msgid "<gui>SMART Status</gui> should say \"Disk is healthy\"."
3488
msgstr ""
3489
3490
#: C/disk-check.page:46(item/p)
3491
msgid ""
3492
"Click the <gui>SMART Data</gui> button to view more drive information, or to "
3493
"run a self-test."
3494
msgstr ""
3495
3496
#: C/disk-check.page:53(section/title)
3497
msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?"
3498
msgstr ""
3499
3500
#: C/disk-check.page:54(section/p)
3501
msgid ""
3502
"Even if the <gui>SMART Status</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn't</em> "
3503
"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be "
3504
"prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to prevent data loss."
3505
msgstr ""
3506
3507
#: C/disk-check.page:58(section/p)
3508
msgid ""
3509
"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but "
3510
"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near "
3511
"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely "
3512
"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link "
3513
"xref=\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check "
3514
"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
3515
msgstr ""
3516
3517
#: C/disk-check.page:65(section/p)
3518
msgid ""
3519
"If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a "
3520
"professional for further diagnosis or repair."
3521
msgstr ""
3522
3523
#: C/disk-format.page:14(info/desc)
3524
msgid ""
3525
"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash "
3526
"drive by formatting it."
3527
msgstr ""
3528
3529
#: C/disk-format.page:18(page/title)
3530
msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk"
3531
msgstr ""
3532
3533
#: C/disk-format.page:20(page/p)
3534
msgid ""
3535
"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard "
3536
"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and "
3537
"folders. You can do this by <em>formatting</em> the disk - this deletes all "
3538
"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty."
3539
msgstr ""
3540
3541
#: C/disk-format.page:26(steps/title)
3542
msgid "Format a removable disk"
3543
msgstr ""
3544
3545
#: C/disk-format.page:28(item/p)
3546
msgid ""
3547
"Select the disk you want to wipe from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list."
3548
msgstr ""
3549
3550
#: C/disk-format.page:29(note/p)
3551
msgid ""
3552
"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong "
3553
"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!"
3554
msgstr ""
3555
3556
#: C/disk-format.page:30(item/p)
3557
msgid ""
3558
"In the Volumes section, click <gui>Unmount Volume</gui>. Then click "
3559
"<gui>Format Volume</gui>."
3560
msgstr ""
3561
3562
#: C/disk-format.page:31(item/p)
3563
msgid ""
3564
"In the window that pops up, choose a file system <gui>Type</gui> for the "
3565
"disk."
3566
msgstr ""
3567
3568
#: C/disk-format.page:32(item/p)
3569
msgid ""
3570
"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux "
3571
"computers, choose <gui>FAT</gui>. If you only use it on Windows, "
3572
"<gui>NTFS</gui> may be a better option. A brief description of the <gui>file "
3573
"system type</gui> will be presented as a label."
3574
msgstr ""
3575
3576
#: C/disk-format.page:33(item/p)
3577
msgid ""
3578
"Give the disk a name and click <gui>Format</gui> to begin wiping the disk."
3579
msgstr ""
3580
3581
#: C/disk-format.page:34(item/p)
3582
msgid ""
3583
"Once the formatting has finished, <gui>safely remove</gui> the disk. It "
3584
"should now be blank and ready to use again."
3585
msgstr ""
3586
3587
#: C/disk-format.page:38(note/title)
3588
msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files"
3589
msgstr ""
3590
3591
#: C/disk-format.page:39(note/p)
3592
msgid ""
3593
"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. "
3594
"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible "
3595
"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to "
3596
"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such "
3597
"as <app>shred</app>."
3598
msgstr ""
3599
3600
#: C/disk-partitions.page:14(info/desc)
3601
msgid ""
3602
"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to "
3603
"manage them."
3604
msgstr ""
3605
3606
#: C/disk-partitions.page:19(page/title)
3607
msgid "Manage volumes and partitions"
3608
msgstr ""
3609
3610
#: C/disk-partitions.page:21(page/p)
3611
msgid ""
3612
"The word <em>volume</em> is used to describe a storage device, like a hard "
3613
"disk. It can also refer to a <em>part</em> of the storage on that device, "
3614
"because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer makes this "
3615
"storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as "
3616
"<em>mounting</em>. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, "
3617
"SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read "
3618
"(and possibly write) files on it."
3619
msgstr ""
3620
3621
#: C/disk-partitions.page:23(page/p)
3622
msgid ""
3623
"Often, a mounted volume is called a <em>partition</em>, though they are not "
3624
"necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a <em>physical</em> area "
3625
"of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can "
3626
"be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can "
3627
"think of volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional "
3628
"“back rooms” of partitions and drives."
3629
msgstr ""
3630
3631
#: C/disk-partitions.page:26(section/title)
3632
msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility"
3633
msgstr ""
3634
3635
#: C/disk-partitions.page:27(section/p)
3636
msgid ""
3637
"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk "
3638
"utility."
3639
msgstr ""
3640
3641
#: C/disk-partitions.page:30(item/p)
3642
msgid ""
3643
"Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and start the <app>Disk "
3644
"Utility</app>."
3645
msgstr ""
3646
3647
#: C/disk-partitions.page:33(item/p)
3648
msgid ""
3649
"In the pane marked <gui>Storage Devices</gui>, you will find hard disks, "
3650
"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to "
3651
"inspect."
3652
msgstr ""
3653
3654
#: C/disk-partitions.page:36(item/p)
3655
msgid ""
3656
"In the right pane, the area labeled <gui>Volumes</gui> provides a visual "
3657
"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It "
3658
"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes."
3659
msgstr ""
3660
3661
#: C/disk-partitions.page:37(item/p)
3662
msgid ""
3663
"Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with "
3664
"these utilities."
3665
msgstr ""
3666
3667
#: C/disk-partitions.page:41(section/p)
3668
msgid ""
3669
"Your computer most likely has at least one <em>primary</em> partition and a "
3670
"single <em>swap</em> partition. The swap partition is used by the operating "
3671
"system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition "
3672
"contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. "
3673
"These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security "
3674
"or convenience."
3675
msgstr ""
3676
3677
#: C/disk-partitions.page:43(section/p)
3678
msgid ""
3679
"One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to "
3680
"start up, or <em>boot</em>. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot "
3681
"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its "
3682
"<gui>Partition Flags</gui> in the disk utility. External media such as USB "
3683
"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume."
3684
msgstr ""
3685
3686
#: C/display-2monitors.page:13(credit/name)
3687
msgid "Connor Imes"
3688
msgstr ""
3689
3690
#: C/display-2monitors.page:17(info/desc)
3691
msgid "Enable a second display device, like another monitor or a projector."
3692
msgstr ""
3693
3694
#: C/display-2monitors.page:21(page/title)
3695
msgid "Enable a second monitor"
3696
msgstr ""
3697
3698
#: C/display-2monitors.page:23(page/p)
3699
msgid ""
3700
"Having a second monitor is great for multitasking or for sharing your "
3701
"desktop on a second display, like a projector. Setting it up is quick and "
3702
"easy to do by following these simple steps."
3703
msgstr ""
3704
3705
#: C/display-2monitors.page:27(note/p)
3706
msgid ""
3707
"Only certain computers are capable of supporting two displays. Make sure you "
3708
"have proper outputs on your video card, and that your card is able to "
3709
"support this feature."
3710
msgstr ""
3711
3712
#: C/display-2monitors.page:33(item/p)
3713
msgid ""
3714
"First ensure that the second monitor is attached to your video card and is "
3715
"turned on."
3716
msgstr ""
3717
3718
#: C/display-2monitors.page:36(item/p)
3719
#: C/files-autorun.page:30(item/p)
3720
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:27(item/p)
3721
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:32(item/p)
3722
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:29(item/p)
3723
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:27(item/p)
3724
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:32(item/p)
3725
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:35(item/p)
3726
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:24(item/p)
3727
#: C/net-default-browser.page:24(item/p)
3728
#: C/net-default-email.page:24(item/p)
3729
#: C/power-whydim.page:30(item/p)
3730
msgid ""
3731
"Click the icon at the very right of the <gui>top panel</gui> and select "
3732
"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
3733
msgstr ""
3734
3735
#: C/display-2monitors.page:39(item/p)
3736
msgid "In the <gui>Hardware</gui> section, select <gui>Monitors</gui>."
3737
msgstr ""
3738
3739
#: C/display-2monitors.page:42(item/p)
3740
msgid ""
3741
"Click the rectangle that says your monitor's name, such as XYZ Brand 23. To "
3742
"enable it, change the setting at the top of the dialog from <gui>Off</gui> "
3743
"to <gui>On</gui>."
3744
msgstr ""
3745
3746
#: C/display-2monitors.page:46(item/p)
3747
msgid ""
3748
"Select the appropriate resolution that your monitor supports, refresh rate, "
3749
"and rotation (if necessary). If you are unsure which settings to use, then "
3750
"refer to your monitor's manual."
3751
msgstr ""
3752
3753
#: C/display-2monitors.page:50(item/p)
3754
msgid ""
3755
"If the monitor's virtual location does not match its actual location, drag "
3756
"the monitor's rectangle around to the appropriate location."
3757
msgstr ""
3758
3759
#: C/display-2monitors.page:53(item/p)
3760
msgid ""
3761
"To test the new configuration, click the <gui>Apply</gui> button. If it "
3762
"looks correct, click <gui>Close</gui>."
3763
msgstr ""
3764
3765
#: C/display-2monitors.page:58(page/p)
3766
msgid ""
3767
"By default, different images are displayed on each monitor. To enable the "
3768
"same image across both monitors, check the box entitled <gui>Same image in "
3769
"all monitors</gui> and then click <gui>Apply</gui>."
3770
msgstr ""
3771
3772
#: C/display-2monitors.page:60(page/p)
3773
msgid ""
3774
"You also have the option to create a shortcut to the <gui>Monitors</gui> "
3775
"application by enabling <gui>Show monitors in panel</gui>, which will then "
3776
"place itself in the panel."
3777
msgstr ""
3778
3779
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:9(info/desc)
3780
msgid ""
3781
"Dim the screen to save power or increase the brightness to make it more "
3782
"readable in bright light."
3783
msgstr ""
3784
3785
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:27(page/title)
3786
msgid "Set screen brightness"
3787
msgstr ""
3788
3789
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:29(page/p)
3790
msgid ""
3791
"You can change the brightness of your screen to save power or make the "
3792
"screen more readable in bright light. You can also have the screen dim "
3793
"automatically when on battery power and have it turn off automatically when "
3794
"not in use."
3795
msgstr ""
3796
3797
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:35(steps/title)
3798
msgid "Set the brightness"
3799
msgstr ""
3800
3801
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:37(item/p)
3802
#: C/display-lock.page:33(item/p)
3803
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:27(item/p)
3804
msgid "Select <gui>Screen</gui>."
3805
msgstr ""
3806
3807
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:38(item/p)
3808
msgid "Adjust the <gui>Brightness</gui> slider to a comfortable value."
3809
msgstr ""
3810
3811
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:39(item/p)
3812
msgid ""
3813
"Many laptop keyboards have special keys on the keyboard to adjust the "
3814
"brightness. These have a picture of what looks like the Sun and are usually "
3815
"located on the <key>F8</key> and <key>F9</key> keys. Hold down the "
3816
"<key>Fn</key> key to use these keys."
3817
msgstr ""
3818
3819
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44(page/p)
3820
msgid ""
3821
"Select <gui>Dim screen to save power</gui> to have the brightness "
3822
"automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your "
3823
"screen can take a lot of power and significantly reduce how long your "
3824
"battery will last before it needs to be recharged."
3825
msgstr ""
3826
3827
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49(page/p)
3828
msgid ""
3829
"The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a "
3830
"while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. "
3831
"You can adjust how long you have to be inactive with the <gui>Turn off "
3832
"after</gui> drop-down list."
3833
msgstr ""
3834
3835
#: C/display-lock.page:10(info/desc)
3836
msgid ""
3837
"Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your "
3838
"computer."
3839
msgstr ""
3840
3841
#: C/display-lock.page:20(page/title)
3842
msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
3843
msgstr ""
3844
3845
#: C/display-lock.page:22(page/p)
3846
msgid ""
3847
"When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-"
3848
"screen\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your "
3849
"desktop and accessing your files. You will still be logged in and all your "
3850
"applications will keep running, but you will have to enter your password to "
3851
"use your computer again. You can lock the screen manually, but you can also "
3852
"have the screen lock automatically."
3853
msgstr ""
3854
3855
#: C/display-lock.page:34(item/p)
3856
msgid ""
3857
"Make sure <gui>Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a timeout from the "
3858
"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been "
3859
"inactive for this long. You can also select <gui>Screen turns off</gui> to "
3860
"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled "
3861
"with the <gui>Turn off after</gui> drop-down list above."
3862
msgstr ""
3863
3864
#: C/display-lock.page:43(note/p)
3865
msgid ""
3866
"To lock your screen immediately, click the icon at the very right of the "
3867
"<gui>top bar</gui> and select <gui>Lock Screen</gui>, or just press "
3868
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>."
3869
msgstr ""
3870
3871
#: C/fallback-mode.page:9(info/desc)
3872
msgid ""
3873
"If your computer's graphics card doesn't support certain features, a more "
3874
"basic version of Unity will be started."
3875
msgstr ""
3876
3877
#: C/fallback-mode.page:23(page/title)
3878
msgid "What is Unity 2D?"
3879
msgstr ""
3880
3881
#: C/fallback-mode.page:25(page/p)
3882
msgid ""
3883
"If your computer's graphics card doesn't support certain features, a more "
3884
"basic version of the desktop will be displayed. This is called <em>Unity "
3885
"2D</em>, and it allows you to use Ubuntu on your computer without some of "
3886
"the fancier visual effects."
3887
msgstr ""
3888
3889
#: C/fallback-mode.page:27(page/p)
3890
msgid ""
3891
"One particular difference is that the Alt-Tab window switcher in Unity 2D is "
3892
"much more basic compared to the version in regular Unity. Some of the other "
3893
"differences are so minor that you may not be able to tell which version you "
3894
"are running. Running Unity 2D doesn't affect which applications you can run -"
3895
" it only changes the way that the desktop looks."
3896
msgstr ""
3897
3898
#: C/fallback-mode.page:32(page/p)
3899
msgid ""
3900
"Starting in Unity 2D doesn't necessarily mean that your graphics card isn't "
3901
"good enough to run Ubuntu - it might just mean that you don't have the right "
3902
"drivers installed for your graphics card. If you can find better graphics "
3903
"card drivers for your computer, you may be able to run the full version of "
3904
"Unity."
3905
msgstr ""
3906
3907
#: C/files-autorun.page:10(info/desc)
3908
msgid ""
3909
"Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and "
3910
"other devices and media."
3911
msgstr ""
3912
3913
#: C/files-autorun.page:22(page/title)
3914
msgid "Open an application when you plug in a device"
3915
msgstr ""
3916
3917
#: C/files-autorun.page:24(page/p)
3918
msgid ""
3919
"You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device. "
3920
"For example, you might want your photo organizer to start when you plug in a "
3921
"digital camera. You can also turn this off, so that nothing happens when you "
3922
"plug something in."
3923
msgstr ""
3924
3925
#: C/files-autorun.page:26(page/p)
3926
msgid ""
3927
"To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
3928
msgstr ""
3929
3930
#: C/files-autorun.page:34(item/p)
3931
msgid ""
3932
"Open <gui>Removable Media</gui> and change the options under <gui>Select how "
3933
"media should be handled</gui>."
3934
msgstr ""
3935
3936
#: C/files-autorun.page:35(item/p)
3937
msgid ""
3938
"Instead of simply starting an application, you can also set it so that:"
3939
msgstr ""
3940
3941
#: C/files-autorun.page:37(item/p)
3942
msgid ""
3943
"The device will be shown in the File Manager (choose <gui>Open folder</gui>)"
3944
msgstr ""
3945
3946
#: C/files-autorun.page:38(item/p)
3947
msgid "You will be asked what to open (<gui>Ask what to do</gui>)"
3948
msgstr ""
3949
3950
#: C/files-autorun.page:39(item/p)
3951
msgid "Nothing at all will happen (<gui>Do nothing</gui>)."
3952
msgstr ""
3953
3954
#: C/files-autorun.page:44(item/p)
3955
msgid ""
3956
"The <gui>Software</gui> option is slightly different from the others - if "
3957
"the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it "
3958
"can try to automatically run the software if you like. This is good if you "
3959
"have an application installed on a CD and want it to start when the disc is "
3960
"inserted (for example, a slideshow)."
3961
msgstr ""
3962
3963
#: C/files-autorun.page:48(item/p)
3964
msgid ""
3965
"If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the "
3966
"list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click <gui>Other Media</gui> "
3967
"to see a more detailed list of devices."
3968
msgstr ""
3969
3970
#: C/files-autorun.page:53(note/title)
3971
msgid "Don't open <em>any</em> applications automatically"
3972
msgstr ""
3973
3974
#: C/files-autorun.page:54(note/p)
3975
msgid ""
3976
"If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you "
3977
"plug in, check <gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> "
3978
"at the bottom of the Removable Media window."
3979
msgstr ""
3980
3981
#: C/files-browse.page:8(info/desc)
3982
msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager."
3983
msgstr ""
3984
3985
#: C/files-browse.page:22(page/title)
3986
msgid "Browse files and folders"
3987
msgstr ""
3988
3989
#: C/files-browse.page:24(page/p)
3990
msgid ""
3991
"Use the <app>Files</app> application to browse the files in your home "
3992
"folder, on external devices, on <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">file "
3993
"servers</link>, and across your computer's file system."
3994
msgstr ""
3995
3996
#: C/files-browse.page:30(list/title)
3997
msgid "How do I open the file manager?"
3998
msgstr ""
3999
4000
#: C/files-browse.page:32(item/p)
4001
msgid ""
4002
"Search for files and folders in the <gui>dash</gui> the same way you would "
4003
"<link xref=\"unity-dash-intro#dash-global-search\">search for "
4004
"applications</link>. They will appear under the heading <gui>Files and "
4005
"Folders</gui>."
4006
msgstr ""
4007
4008
#: C/files-browse.page:37(item/p)
4009
msgid ""
4010
"Another way to open the file manager is to select the <app>Home Folder</app> "
4011
"shortcut in the launcher."
4012
msgstr ""
4013
4014
#: C/files-browse.page:42(page/p)
4015
msgid ""
4016
"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and "
4017
"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. "
4018
"You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window. In "
4019
"list view, you can also click the expander next to a folder to show its "
4020
"contents in a tree."
4021
msgstr ""
4022
4023
#: C/files-browse.page:48(page/p)
4024
msgid ""
4025
"The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which folder "
4026
"you're viewing, including the parent folders up to your home directory, the "
4027
"root of a removable device, or the root of your file system. Click a parent "
4028
"folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any folder in the "
4029
"path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, or access its "
4030
"properties."
4031
msgstr ""
4032
4033
#: C/files-browse.page:55(page/p)
4034
msgid ""
4035
"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do not see the "
4036
"sidebar, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui> <gui>Show "
4037
"Sidebar</gui></guiseq>. You can add bookmarks to folders you use often, and "
4038
"they will appear in the sidebar."
4039
msgstr ""
4040
4041
#: C/files-browse.page:60(page/p)
4042
msgid ""
4043
"If you frequently move files between nested folders, you might find it more "
4044
"useful to show a tree in the sidebar instead. Click "
4045
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui><gui>Tree</gui></guiseq> to enable "
4046
"the tree sidebar. Click the expander next to a folder to show its child "
4047
"folders in the tree, or click a folder to open it in the window."
4048
msgstr ""
4049
4050
#: C/files-copy.page:7(info/desc)
4051
msgid "Copy or move items to a new directory."
4052
msgstr ""
4053
4054
#: C/files-copy.page:11(credit/name)
4055
#: C/files-delete.page:12(credit/name)
4056
#: C/files-open.page:12(credit/name)
4057
msgid "Cristopher Thomas"
4058
msgstr ""
4059
4060
#: C/files-copy.page:21(page/title)
4061
msgid "Copy or move files and folders"
4062
msgstr ""
4063
4064
#: C/files-copy.page:23(page/p)
4065
msgid ""
4066
"A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and "
4067
"dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or by using "
4068
"keyboard shortcuts."
4069
msgstr ""
4070
4071
#: C/files-copy.page:26(page/p)
4072
msgid ""
4073
"As an example, copying files can be useful when creating a folder which "
4074
"contains files to email to a friend or coworker, or when <link "
4075
"xref=\"files#backup\">backing up</link> individual files to an external disk."
4076
msgstr ""
4077
4078
#: C/files-copy.page:31(steps/title)
4079
msgid "Drag files to copy or move"
4080
msgstr ""
4081
4082
#: C/files-copy.page:32(item/p)
4083
msgid ""
4084
"<link xref=\"files-browse\">Open the file manager</link> to the folder "
4085
"containing the item you want to copy."
4086
msgstr ""
4087
4088
#: C/files-copy.page:33(item/p)
4089
msgid ""
4090
"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Window</gui></guiseq> (or press "
4091
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. "
4092
"Navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the item in the new "
4093
"window."
4094
msgstr ""
4095
4096
#: C/files-copy.page:34(item/p)
4097
msgid ""
4098
"Click and drag the item from one window to another. By default, dragging an "
4099
"item will <em>move it</em> if the destination is on the same device (i.e. if "
4100
"both folders are on the same hard disk on your computer)."
4101
msgstr ""
4102
4103
#: C/files-copy.page:35(item/p)
4104
msgid ""
4105
"Dragging will <em>copy it</em> if the destination is on a difference device, "
4106
"such as a USB storage device, however. You can override this:"
4107
msgstr ""
4108
4109
#: C/files-copy.page:37(item/p)
4110
msgid ""
4111
"To force the file to be copied, hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key while "
4112
"dragging."
4113
msgstr ""
4114
4115
#: C/files-copy.page:38(item/p)
4116
msgid ""
4117
"To force the file to be moved, hold down the <key>Shift</key> key while "
4118
"dragging."
4119
msgstr ""
4120
4121
#: C/files-copy.page:43(steps/title)
4122
msgid "Copy and paste files"
4123
msgstr ""
4124
4125
#: C/files-copy.page:44(item/p)
4126
msgid "Select the item you want to copy by clicking on it once."
4127
msgstr ""
4128
4129
#: C/files-copy.page:45(item/p)
4130
msgid ""
4131
"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Copy</gui></guiseq>, or press "
4132
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
4133
msgstr ""
4134
4135
#: C/files-copy.page:46(item/p)
4136
msgid ""
4137
"Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the item."
4138
msgstr ""
4139
4140
#: C/files-copy.page:47(item/p)
4141
msgid ""
4142
"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Paste</gui></guiseq> to finish copying the "
4143
"item, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now "
4144
"be a copy of the file in the original folder and the other folder."
4145
msgstr ""
4146
4147
#: C/files-copy.page:51(steps/title)
4148
msgid "Cut and paste files (to move them)"
4149
msgstr ""
4150
4151
#: C/files-copy.page:52(item/p)
4152
msgid "Select the item you want to move by clicking on it once."
4153
msgstr ""
4154
4155
#: C/files-copy.page:53(item/p)
4156
msgid ""
4157
"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Cut</gui></guiseq>, or press "
4158
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>."
4159
msgstr ""
4160
4161
#: C/files-copy.page:54(item/p)
4162
msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the item."
4163
msgstr ""
4164
4165
#: C/files-copy.page:55(item/p)
4166
msgid ""
4167
"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Paste</gui></guiseq> to finish moving the "
4168
"item, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The file will "
4169
"be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder."
4170
msgstr ""
4171
4172
#: C/files-copy.page:59(note/title)
4173
msgid "Why can't I copy/move a file?"
4174
msgstr ""
4175
4176
#: C/files-copy.page:60(note/p)
4177
msgid ""
4178
"You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. Some "
4179
"folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. "
4180
"You can change things from being read-only by <link xref=\"nautilus-file-"
4181
"properties-permissions\">changing file permissions</link>."
4182
msgstr ""
4183
4184
#: C/files-delete.page:8(info/desc)
4185
msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need."
4186
msgstr ""
4187
4188
#: C/files-delete.page:22(page/title)
4189
msgid "Delete files and folders"
4190
msgstr ""
4191
4192
#: C/files-delete.page:24(page/p)
4193
msgid "If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it."
4194
msgstr ""
4195
4196
#: C/files-delete.page:28(page/p)
4197
msgid ""
4198
"When you delete an item it is moved to the Trash folder, where it is stored "
4199
"until you empty the trash. Items stored in the Trash folder can be <link "
4200
"xref=\"files-recover\">restored to their original location</link> if you "
4201
"decide you need them, or if they were accidentally deleted."
4202
msgstr ""
4203
4204
#: C/files-delete.page:36(item/p)
4205
msgid "Select the item you want to delete by clicking it once."
4206
msgstr ""
4207
4208
#: C/files-delete.page:37(item/p)
4209
msgid ""
4210
"Press <key>Delete</key> on your keyboard. Alternatively, drag the item to "
4211
"the <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
4212
msgstr ""
4213
4214
#: C/files-delete.page:41(page/p)
4215
msgid ""
4216
"To delete files permanently, and to free up disk space on your computer, you "
4217
"need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in "
4218
"the sidebar and select <gui>Empty Trash</gui>. Alternatively, you can "
4219
"permanently delete individual items in the trash by navigating to the trash "
4220
"from the sidebar or the <gui>Go</gui> menu. Select files you want to delete "
4221
"permanently and press <key>Delete</key> on your keyboard, or right-click and "
4222
"select <gui>Delete Permanently</gui>."
4223
msgstr ""
4224
4225
#: C/files-delete.page:50(note/p)
4226
msgid ""
4227
"Deleted files on a <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable device</link> "
4228
"may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The "
4229
"files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back "
4230
"into your computer."
4231
msgstr ""
4232
4233
#: C/files-delete.page:56(section/title)
4234
msgid "Permanently delete a file"
4235
msgstr ""
4236
4237
#: C/files-delete.page:57(section/p)
4238
msgid ""
4239
"You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to "
4240
"the trash first."
4241
msgstr ""
4242
4243
#: C/files-delete.page:61(item/p)
4244
msgid "Select the item you want to delete."
4245
msgstr ""
4246
4247
#: C/files-delete.page:62(item/p)
4248
msgid ""
4249
"Press and hold the <gui>Shift</gui> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> "
4250
"key on your keyboard."
4251
msgstr ""
4252
4253
#: C/files-delete.page:63(item/p)
4254
msgid ""
4255
"Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to "
4256
"delete the file or folder."
4257
msgstr ""
4258
4259
#: C/files-delete.page:67(section/p)
4260
msgid ""
4261
"If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, "
4262
"if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a <gui>Delete</gui> "
4263
"entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click "
4264
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the "
4265
"<gui>Behavior</gui> tab. Select <gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses "
4266
"Trash</gui>."
4267
msgstr ""
4268
4269
#: C/files-disc-write.page:9(credit/name)
4270
msgid "Michael Hill"
4271
msgstr ""
4272
4273
#: C/files-disc-write.page:13(info/desc)
4274
msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner."
4275
msgstr ""
4276
4277
#: C/files-disc-write.page:17(page/title)
4278
msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD"
4279
msgstr ""
4280
4281
#: C/files-disc-write.page:19(page/p)
4282
msgid ""
4283
"The <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> in the file manager makes it easy to transfer "
4284
"files to other computers or perform <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> "
4285
"by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:"
4286
msgstr ""
4287
4288
#: C/files-disc-write.page:22(item/p)
4289
msgid "Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive."
4290
msgstr ""
4291
4292
#: C/files-disc-write.page:24(item/p)
4293
msgid ""
4294
"In the <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> window that appears, select "
4295
"<gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> and click <gui>OK</gui>. The <gui>CD/DVD Creator "
4296
"Folder</gui> window will open."
4297
msgstr ""
4298
4299
#: C/files-disc-write.page:25(item/p)
4300
msgid ""
4301
"(You can also click on <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> under "
4302
"<gui>Devices</gui> in the file manager sidebar.)"
4303
msgstr ""
4304
4305
#: C/files-disc-write.page:27(item/p)
4306
msgid "In the <gui>Disc Name</gui> field, type a name for the disc."
4307
msgstr ""
4308
4309
#: C/files-disc-write.page:28(item/p)
4310
msgid ""
4311
"Drag or <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy</link> the desired files into the "
4312
"window."
4313
msgstr ""
4314
4315
#: C/files-disc-write.page:30(item/p)
4316
msgid "Under <gui>Select a disc to write to</gui>, choose the blank disc."
4317
msgstr ""
4318
4319
#: C/files-disc-write.page:31(item/p)
4320
msgid ""
4321
"(You could choose <gui>Image file</gui> instead. This will put the files in "
4322
"a <em>disc image</em>, which will be saved on your computer. You can then "
4323
"burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)"
4324
msgstr ""
4325
4326
#: C/files-disc-write.page:33(item/p)
4327
msgid ""
4328
"Click <gui>Properties</gui> if you want to adjust burning speed, the "
4329
"location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should "
4330
"be fine."
4331
msgstr ""
4332
4333
#: C/files-disc-write.page:35(item/p)
4334
msgid "Click the <gui>Burn</gui> button to begin recording."
4335
msgstr ""
4336
4337
#: C/files-disc-write.page:36(item/p)
4338
msgid ""
4339
"If <gui>Burn Several Copies</gui> is selected, you will be prompted for "
4340
"additional discs."
4341
msgstr ""
4342
4343
#: C/files-disc-write.page:38(item/p)
4344
msgid ""
4345
"When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose "
4346
"<gui>Make More Copies</gui> or <gui>Close</gui> to exit."
4347
msgstr ""
4348
4349
#: C/files-disc-write.page:41(note/p)
4350
msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try <app>Brasero</app>."
4351
msgstr ""
4352
4353
#: C/files-disc-write.page:42(note/p)
4354
msgid ""
4355
"For help with using Brasero, read the <link href=\"ghelp:brasero\">user "
4356
"guide</link>."
4357
msgstr ""
4358
4359
#: C/files-disc-write.page:45(section/title)
4360
msgid "The disc wasn't burned properly!"
4361
msgstr ""
4362
4363
#: C/files-disc-write.page:46(section/p)
4364
msgid ""
4365
"Sometimes, discs aren't burned correctly and you won't be able to see the "
4366
"files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a computer."
4367
msgstr ""
4368
4369
#: C/files-disc-write.page:48(section/p)
4370
msgid ""
4371
"In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. "
4372
"12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can "
4373
"choose the speed by clicking the <gui>Properties</gui> button in the "
4374
"<gui>CD/DVD Creator Folder</gui> window."
4375
msgstr ""
4376
4377
#: C/files-hidden.page:6(info/desc)
4378
msgid "Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager."
4379
msgstr ""
4380
4381
#: C/files-hidden.page:16(page/title)
4382
msgid "Hide a file"
4383
msgstr ""
4384
4385
#: C/files-hidden.page:18(page/p)
4386
msgid ""
4387
"You can hide files by renaming them with a <key>.</key> at the beginning of "
4388
"their name. Hidden files are invisible by default; they are not displayed in "
4389
"the file manager, but they are still there in the folder."
4390
msgstr ""
4391
4392
#: C/files-hidden.page:20(page/p)
4393
msgid ""
4394
"To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a \".\" at "
4395
"the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file "
4396
"<file>example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>.example.txt</file>."
4397
msgstr ""
4398
4399
#: C/files-hidden.page:23(note/p)
4400
msgid ""
4401
"You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Rename the "
4402
"folder with a \".\" at the beginning of its name."
4403
msgstr ""
4404
4405
#: C/files-hidden.page:27(section/title)
4406
msgid "Show all hidden files"
4407
msgstr ""
4408
4409
#: C/files-hidden.page:28(section/p)
4410
msgid ""
4411
"If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and "
4412
"either click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or "
4413
"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. All hidden files will be "
4414
"shown along with the files that were not hidden."
4415
msgstr ""
4416
4417
#: C/files-hidden.page:31(section/p)
4418
msgid ""
4419
"Some hidden files will have a \".\" at the beginning of their name. Others "
4420
"might have a \"~\" at the end of their name instead (see <link xref=\"files-"
4421
"tilde\"/>)."
4422
msgstr ""
4423
4424
#: C/files-hidden.page:34(section/p)
4425
msgid ""
4426
"To hide these files again, either click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show "
4427
"Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or press "
4428
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> again."
4429
msgstr ""
4430
4431
#: C/files-hidden.page:37(section/p)
4432
msgid ""
4433
"Hidden files will only be shown in the current window, until you turn the "
4434
"option for that window off. To show hidden files in all file manager "
4435
"windows, see <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/>."
4436
msgstr ""
4437
4438
#: C/files-hidden.page:43(section/title)
4439
msgid "Unhide a file"
4440
msgstr ""
4441
4442
#: C/files-hidden.page:44(section/p)
4443
msgid ""
4444
"To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click "
4445
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq>. Then, find the "
4446
"hidden file and rename it so that it doesn't have a \".\" in front of its "
4447
"name."
4448
msgstr ""
4449
4450
#: C/files-hidden.page:47(section/p)
4451
msgid ""
4452
"For example, to unhide a file called <file>.example.txt</file>, you should "
4453
"rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."
4454
msgstr ""
4455
4456
#: C/files-hidden.page:50(section/p)
4457
msgid ""
4458
"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click "
4459
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or press "
4460
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files "
4461
"again."
4462
msgstr ""
4463
4464
#: C/files-lost.page:8(info/desc)
4465
msgid "Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded."
4466
msgstr ""
4467
4468
#: C/files-lost.page:24(page/title)
4469
msgid "Find a lost file"
4470
msgstr ""
4471
4472
#: C/files-lost.page:26(page/p)
4473
msgid ""
4474
"If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these "
4475
"tips."
4476
msgstr ""
4477
4478
#: C/files-lost.page:30(item/p)
4479
msgid ""
4480
"If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of "
4481
"how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See <link "
4482
"xref=\"files-search\"/> to learn how."
4483
msgstr ""
4484
4485
#: C/files-lost.page:34(item/p)
4486
msgid ""
4487
"If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically "
4488
"saved it to a common folder. Check the <file>Desktop</file> and "
4489
"<file>Downloads</file> folders in your home folder."
4490
msgstr ""
4491
4492
#: C/files-lost.page:39(item/p)
4493
msgid ""
4494
"You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it "
4495
"gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. "
4496
"See <link xref=\"files-recover\"/> to learn how to recover a deleted file."
4497
msgstr ""
4498
4499
#: C/files-lost.page:44(item/p)
4500
msgid ""
4501
"You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files "
4502
"that start with a <file>.</file> or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in "
4503
"the file manager. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden "
4504
"Files</gui></guiseq> in the file manager. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> "
4505
"to learn more."
4506
msgstr ""
4507
4508
#: C/files-open.page:8(info/desc)
4509
msgid ""
4510
"Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of "
4511
"file. You can change the default too."
4512
msgstr ""
4513
4514
#: C/files-open.page:22(page/title)
4515
msgid "Open files with other applications"
4516
msgstr ""
4517
4518
#: C/files-open.page:24(page/p)
4519
msgid ""
4520
"When you double-click a file in the <link xref=\"files-browse\">file "
4521
"manager</link>, it will be opened with the default application for that file "
4522
"type. You can open it in a different application, search online for "
4523
"applications, or set the default application for all files of the same type."
4524
msgstr ""
4525
4526
#: C/files-open.page:29(page/p)
4527
msgid ""
4528
"To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the "
4529
"file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you "
4530
"don't see the application you want, click <gui>Open With Other "
4531
"Application</gui>. By default, the file manager only shows applications it "
4532
"knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on your "
4533
"computer, click <gui>Show other applications</gui>."
4534
msgstr ""
4535
4536
#: C/files-open.page:36(page/p)
4537
msgid ""
4538
"If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more "
4539
"applications by clicking <gui>Find applications online</gui>. The file "
4540
"manager will search online for packages containing applications that are "
4541
"known to handle files of that type."
4542
msgstr ""
4543
4544
#: C/files-open.page:42(section/title)
4545
msgid "Change the default application"
4546
msgstr ""
4547
4548
#: C/files-open.page:43(section/p)
4549
msgid ""
4550
"You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given "
4551
"type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-"
4552
"click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player "
4553
"to open when you double-click an MP3 file."
4554
msgstr ""
4555
4556
#: C/files-open.page:49(item/p)
4557
msgid ""
4558
"Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For "
4559
"example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a "
4560
"<file>.mp3</file> file."
4561
msgstr ""
4562
4563
#: C/files-open.page:52(item/p)
4564
msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
4565
msgstr ""
4566
4567
#: C/files-open.page:53(item/p)
4568
msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."
4569
msgstr ""
4570
4571
#: C/files-open.page:54(item/p)
4572
msgid ""
4573
"Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>. By "
4574
"default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the "
4575
"file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click <gui>Show "
4576
"other applications</gui>."
4577
msgstr ""
4578
4579
#: C/files-open.page:58(item/p)
4580
msgid ""
4581
"If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want "
4582
"to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and "
4583
"click <gui>Add</gui>. This will add it to <gui>Recommended "
4584
"Applications</gui>. You will then be able to use this application by right-"
4585
"clicking the file and selecting it from the list."
4586
msgstr ""
4587
4588
#: C/files-open.page:65(section/p)
4589
msgid ""
4590
"This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for "
4591
"all files with the same type."
4592
msgstr ""
4593
4594
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
4595
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
4596
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
4597
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
4598
#: C/files.page:28(media)
4599
msgctxt "_"
4600
msgid ""
4601
"external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='7c905000084a729c8ee23a600a7ad945'"
4602
msgstr ""
4603
4604
#: C/files.page:15(info/title)
4605
msgctxt "link:trail"
4606
msgid "Files"
4607
msgstr ""
4608
4609
#: C/files.page:17(info/desc)
4610
msgid ""
4611
"<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
4612
"delete\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, "
4613
"<link xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>..."
4614
msgstr ""
4615
4616
#: C/files.page:26(page/title)
4617
msgid "Files, folders & search"
4618
msgstr ""
4619
4620
#: C/files.page:29(media/p)
4621
msgid "<app>Nautilus</app> file manager"
4622
msgstr ""
4623
4624
#: C/files.page:33(links/title)
4625
msgid "Common tasks"
4626
msgstr ""
4627
4628
#: C/files.page:37(links/title)
4629
#: C/hardware.page:32(links/title)
4630
msgid "More topics"
4631
msgstr ""
4632
4633
#: C/files.page:41(section/title)
4634
msgid "Removable drives and external disks"
4635
msgstr ""
4636
4637
#: C/files.page:46(section/title)
4638
msgid "Backing up"
4639
msgstr ""
4640
4641
#: C/files.page:51(section/title)
4642
msgid "Tips and questions"
4643
msgstr ""
4644
4645
#: C/files-recover.page:8(info/desc)
4646
msgid ""
4647
"When you delete a file, they are normally sent to the Trash. You can get "
4648
"them back from the Trash."
4649
msgstr ""
4650
4651
#: C/files-recover.page:19(page/title)
4652
msgid "Recover a file that you deleted"
4653
msgstr ""
4654
4655
#: C/files-recover.page:20(page/p)
4656
msgid ""
4657
"If you deleted a file in the <gui>File Manager</gui> by pressing "
4658
"<key>Delete</key> or clicking the <gui>Move to Trash</gui> option in the "
4659
"right-click menu, the file should be in the Trash. To recover the file:"
4660
msgstr ""
4661
4662
#: C/files-recover.page:23(item/p)
4663
msgid ""
4664
"Open the <gui>launcher</gui> and then click the <app>Trash</app> shortcut "
4665
"which is the shortcut at the bottom of the launcher."
4666
msgstr ""
4667
4668
#: C/files-recover.page:26(item/p)
4669
msgid ""
4670
"If your deleted file is there, right-click on it and select "
4671
"<gui>Restore</gui>. It will be restored to the folder it was deleted from."
4672
msgstr ""
4673
4674
#: C/files-recover.page:29(page/p)
4675
msgid ""
4676
"If you deleted the file using "
4677
"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>, or from the command "
4678
"line, the file can't be recovered using this method because it has been "
4679
"permanently deleted."
4680
msgstr ""
4681
4682
#: C/files-recover.page:31(page/p)
4683
msgid ""
4684
"There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to "
4685
"recover files that were permanently deleted. They are generally not very "
4686
"easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, it's "
4687
"probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can recover "
4688
"it."
4689
msgstr ""
4690
4691
#: C/files-removedrive.page:13(info/desc)
4692
msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."
4693
msgstr ""
4694
4695
#: C/files-removedrive.page:17(page/title)
4696
msgid "Safely remove an external drive"
4697
msgstr ""
4698
4699
#: C/files-removedrive.page:19(page/p)
4700
msgid ""
4701
"When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should "
4702
"safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you "
4703
"run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it, which "
4704
"could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an "
4705
"optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc "
4706
"from your computer."
4707
msgstr ""
4708
4709
#: C/files-removedrive.page:27(item/p)
4710
#: C/files-rename.page:23(item/p)
4711
msgid "<link xref=\"files-browse\">Open the file manager</link>."
4712
msgstr ""
4713
4714
#: C/files-removedrive.page:28(item/p)
4715
msgid ""
4716
"Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to "
4717
"the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
4718
msgstr ""
4719
4720
#: C/files-removedrive.page:33(page/p)
4721
msgid ""
4722
"Alternatively, you can right-click the device and select either "
4723
"<gui>Eject</gui> or <gui>Safely Remove Drive</gui>. USB drives can't be "
4724
"physically ejected, so for these devices, there is no difference between "
4725
"<gui>Eject</gui> and <gui>Safely Remove Drive</gui>."
4726
msgstr ""
4727
4728
#: C/files-removedrive.page:38(page/p)
4729
msgid ""
4730
"If you have any files stored on the device open in any applications, you "
4731
"will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a "
4732
"window telling you that \"the volume is busy\", and listing all the open "
4733
"files on the device. Once you close all the files on the device, the device "
4734
"will automatically be safely removed (so you can unplug or eject it)."
4735
msgstr ""
4736
4737
#: C/files-removedrive.page:44(page/p)
4738
msgid ""
4739
"You can also choose <gui>Unmount Anyway</gui> to remove the device without "
4740
"closing the files. This can cause errors in applications that have those "
4741
"files open."
4742
msgstr ""
4743
4744
#: C/files-removedrive.page:48(page/p)
4745
msgid ""
4746
"If you can't close one of the files, for example if the application using "
4747
"the file is locked up, you can right-click the file in the <gui>Volume is "
4748
"busy</gui> window and select <gui>End Process</gui>. This will force the "
4749
"entire locked up application to close, which could close other files you "
4750
"have open with that application."
4751
msgstr ""
4752
4753
#: C/files-rename.page:7(info/desc)
4754
msgid "Change file or folder name."
4755
msgstr ""
4756
4757
#: C/files-rename.page:20(page/title)
4758
msgid "Rename a file or folder"
4759
msgstr ""
4760
4761
#: C/files-rename.page:24(item/p)
4762
msgid ""
4763
"Right-click on a file or folder and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the "
4764
"file and press <key>F2</key>."
4765
msgstr ""
4766
4767
#: C/files-rename.page:26(item/p)
4768
msgid "Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key>."
4769
msgstr ""
4770
4771
#: C/files-rename.page:29(page/p)
4772
msgid ""
4773
"You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
4774
"basic\">properties</link> window."
4775
msgstr ""
4776
4777
#: C/files-rename.page:32(page/p)
4778
msgid ""
4779
"When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is "
4780
"selected, not the file extension (the part after the \".\"). The extension "
4781
"normally denotes what type of file it is (e.g. <file>file.pdf</file> is a "
4782
"PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to "
4783
"change the extension as well, select it with your mouse, or press "
4784
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq> to select the entire file name."
4785
msgstr ""
4786
4787
#: C/files-rename.page:35(section/title)
4788
msgid "Valid characters for file names"
4789
msgstr ""
4790
4791
#: C/files-rename.page:36(section/p)
4792
msgid ""
4793
"You can use any character except the <key>/</key> (slash) character in file "
4794
"names. Some devices, however, use a <em>file system</em> that has more "
4795
"restrictions on file names. For example, USB flash drives are often "
4796
"formatted with the <em>FAT32</em> file system. On these devices, or if you "
4797
"intend to share files with people who use another operating system, you "
4798
"should avoid the following characters: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, "
4799
"<key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key><</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, "
4800
"<key>></key>, <key>/</key>."
4801
msgstr ""
4802
4803
#: C/files-rename.page:45(note/p)
4804
msgid ""
4805
"If you name a file with a <key>.</key> as the first character, the file will "
4806
"be <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link>."
4807
msgstr ""
4808
4809
#: C/files-rename.page:51(section/title)
4810
#: C/hardware.page:40(section/title)
4811
#: C/mouse.page:35(section/title)
4812
msgid "Common problems"
4813
msgstr ""
4814
4815
#: C/files-rename.page:54(item/title)
4816
msgid "The name is already used"
4817
msgstr ""
4818
4819
#: C/files-rename.page:55(item/p)
4820
msgid ""
4821
"You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. "
4822
"If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you "
4823
"are working in, the file manager will not allow it. Use a different name."
4824
msgstr ""
4825
4826
#: C/files-rename.page:58(item/p)
4827
msgid ""
4828
"File and folder names are case sensitive. For example, <file>File.txt</file> "
4829
"and <file>file.txt</file> are different names. This is allowed, though it's "
4830
"not always a good idea."
4831
msgstr ""
4832
4833
#: C/files-rename.page:63(item/title)
4834
msgid "The file name is too long"
4835
msgstr ""
4836
4837
#: C/files-rename.page:64(item/p)
4838
msgid ""
4839
"On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in "
4840
"their names. Use a shorter name."
4841
msgstr ""
4842
4843
#: C/files-rename.page:67(item/title)
4844
msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"
4845
msgstr ""
4846
4847
#: C/files-rename.page:68(item/p)
4848
msgid ""
4849
"If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the "
4850
"file. Generally, if you do not have the correct permissions to rename a "
4851
"file, you should not be renaming it. See <link xref=\"nautilus-file-"
4852
"properties-permissions\"/>."
4853
msgstr ""
4854
4855
#: C/files-search.page:9(info/desc)
4856
msgid ""
4857
"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use."
4858
msgstr ""
4859
4860
#: C/files-search.page:23(page/title)
4861
msgid "Search for files"
4862
msgstr ""
4863
4864
#: C/files-search.page:25(page/p)
4865
msgid ""
4866
"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within "
4867
"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as "
4868
"special folders in your home folder."
4869
msgstr ""
4870
4871
#: C/files-search.page:30(links/title)
4872
msgid "Other search applications"
4873
msgstr ""
4874
4875
#: C/files-search.page:36(steps/title)
4876
msgid "Search"
4877
msgstr ""
4878
4879
#: C/files-search.page:37(item/p)
4880
msgid "<link xref=\"files-browse\">Open the file manager</link>"
4881
msgstr ""
4882
4883
#: C/files-search.page:38(item/p)
4884
msgid ""
4885
"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that "
4886
"folder."
4887
msgstr ""
4888
4889
#: C/files-search.page:40(item/p)
4890
msgid ""
4891
"Click <gui>Search</gui> in the toolbar, or press "
4892
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
4893
msgstr ""
4894
4895
#: C/files-search.page:42(item/p)
4896
msgid ""
4897
"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name and press enter. "
4898
"For example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type "
4899
"<input>invoice</input>. Words are matched regardless of case."
4900
msgstr ""
4901
4902
#: C/files-search.page:46(item/p)
4903
msgid ""
4904
"You can narrow your results by selecting a different starting folder in "
4905
"<gui>Location</gui>. Or click <gui>Location</gui> and select <gui>File "
4906
"Type</gui> from the drop-down list to narrow your results based on file "
4907
"type. Click the <gui>+</gui> button to add multiple filters if you want to "
4908
"narrow based on location and file type. When you make changes, click "
4909
"<gui>Reload</gui> to search again."
4910
msgstr ""
4911
4912
#: C/files-search.page:53(item/p)
4913
msgid ""
4914
"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the "
4915
"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager."
4916
msgstr ""
4917
4918
#: C/files-search.page:56(item/p)
4919
msgid ""
4920
"Click <gui>Search</gui> in the toolbar again to exit the search and return "
4921
"to the folder."
4922
msgstr ""
4923
4924
#: C/files-search.page:60(page/p)
4925
msgid ""
4926
"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them "
4927
"quickly."
4928
msgstr ""
4929
4930
#: C/files-search.page:64(steps/title)
4931
msgid "Save a search"
4932
msgstr ""
4933
4934
#: C/files-search.page:65(item/p)
4935
msgid "Start a search as above."
4936
msgstr ""
4937
4938
#: C/files-search.page:66(item/p)
4939
msgid ""
4940
"When you're happy with the search parameters, click "
4941
"<guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Save Search As</gui></guiseq>."
4942
msgstr ""
4943
4944
#: C/files-search.page:68(item/p)
4945
msgid ""
4946
"Give the search a name and click <gui>Save</gui>. If you like, select a "
4947
"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will "
4948
"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it."
4949
msgstr ""
4950
4951
#: C/files-select.page:13(info/desc)
4952
msgid ""
4953
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files "
4954
"which have similar names."
4955
msgstr ""
4956
4957
#: C/files-select.page:17(page/title)
4958
msgid "Select files by pattern"
4959
msgstr ""
4960
4961
#: C/files-select.page:19(page/p)
4962
msgid ""
4963
"You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press "
4964
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select "
4965
"Items Matching</gui> window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the "
4966
"file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters "
4967
"available:"
4968
msgstr ""
4969
4970
#: C/files-select.page:26(item/p)
4971
msgid ""
4972
"<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at "
4973
"all."
4974
msgstr ""
4975
4976
#: C/files-select.page:28(item/p)
4977
msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."
4978
msgstr ""
4979
4980
#: C/files-select.page:31(page/p)
4981
msgid "For example:"
4982
msgstr ""
4983
4984
#: C/files-select.page:34(item/p)
4985
msgid ""
4986
"If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all "
4987
"have the same base name <file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the "
4988
"pattern"
4989
msgstr ""
4990
4991
#: C/files-select.page:37(example/p)
4992
msgid "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
4993
msgstr ""
4994
4995
#: C/files-select.page:39(item/p)
4996
msgid ""
4997
"If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, "
4998
"<file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them "
4999
"all with the pattern"
5000
msgstr ""
5001
5002
#: C/files-select.page:42(example/p)
5003
msgid "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
5004
msgstr ""
5005
5006
#: C/files-select.page:44(item/p)
5007
msgid ""
5008
"If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added "
5009
"<file>-edited</file> to the end of the file name of the photos you've "
5010
"edited, select the edited photos with"
5011
msgstr ""
5012
5013
#: C/files-select.page:47(example/p)
5014
msgid "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
5015
msgstr ""
5016
5017
#: C/files-share.page:9(info/desc)
5018
msgid ""
5019
"Easily transfer files to your contacts and devices from the file manager."
5020
msgstr ""
5021
5022
#: C/files-share.page:20(page/title)
5023
msgid "Share and transfer files"
5024
msgstr ""
5025
5026
#: C/files-share.page:28(page/p)
5027
msgid ""
5028
"You can easily share files with your contacts or transfer them to external "
5029
"devices or <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network shares</link> directly "
5030
"from the file manager."
5031
msgstr ""
5032
5033
#: C/files-share.page:33(item/p)
5034
msgid "Open the <link xref=\"files-browse\">file manager</link>."
5035
msgstr ""
5036
5037
#: C/files-share.page:34(item/p)
5038
msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
5039
msgstr ""
5040
5041
#: C/files-share.page:35(item/p)
5042
msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>."
5043
msgstr ""
5044
5045
#: C/files-share.page:36(item/p)
5046
msgid ""
5047
"The <gui>Send To</gui> window will appear. Choose where you want to send the "
5048
"file and click <gui>Send</gui>. See the list of destinations below for more "
5049
"information."
5050
msgstr ""
5051
5052
#: C/files-share.page:42(note/p)
5053
msgid ""
5054
"You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down "
5055
"<key>Ctrl</key>, then right-click any selected file. You can have the files "
5056
"automatically packed into a tar or zip archive."
5057
msgstr ""
5058
5059
#: C/files-share.page:48(list/title)
5060
msgid "Destinations"
5061
msgstr ""
5062
5063
#: C/files-share.page:49(item/p)
5064
msgid ""
5065
"To email the file, select <gui>Email</gui> and enter the recipient's email "
5066
"address."
5067
msgstr ""
5068
5069
#: C/files-share.page:51(item/p)
5070
msgid ""
5071
"To send the file to an instant messaging contact, select <gui>Instant "
5072
"Message</gui>, then select contact from the drop-down list. Your instant "
5073
"messaging application may need to be started for this to work."
5074
msgstr ""
5075
5076
#: C/files-share.page:55(item/p)
5077
msgid ""
5078
"To write the file to a CD or DVD, select <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. See "
5079
"<link xref=\"files-disc-write\"/> to learn more."
5080
msgstr ""
5081
5082
#: C/files-share.page:57(item/p)
5083
msgid ""
5084
"To transfer the file to a Bluetooth device, select <gui>Bluetooth (OBEX "
5085
"Push)</gui>. See <link xref=\"bluetooth\"/> for more information."
5086
msgstr ""
5087
5088
#: C/files-share.page:60(item/p)
5089
msgid ""
5090
"To copy the file to an external device like a USB flash drive, or to upload "
5091
"it to a server you've connected to, select <gui>Removable disks and "
5092
"shares</gui>, then select the device or server you want to copy the file to."
5093
msgstr ""
5094
5095
#: C/files-sort.page:7(info/desc)
5096
msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."
5097
msgstr ""
5098
5099
#: C/files-sort.page:17(page/title)
5100
msgid "Sort files and folders"
5101
msgstr ""
5102
5103
#: C/files-sort.page:19(page/p)
5104
msgid ""
5105
"You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting "
5106
"them in order of date or file size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a "
5107
"list of common ways to sort files."
5108
msgstr ""
5109
5110
#: C/files-sort.page:21(page/p)
5111
msgid ""
5112
"The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you "
5113
"are using. You can change the current view using the <gui>View</gui> menu."
5114
msgstr ""
5115
5116
#: C/files-sort.page:24(page/p)
5117
msgid ""
5118
"When you change how items are sorted in a folder, it only affects that "
5119
"folder. The file manager will remember your sorting choice for that folder, "
5120
"but use the default sort order for other folders. See <link xref=\"nautilus-"
5121
"views\"/> for information on how to change the default sort order."
5122
msgstr ""
5123
5124
#: C/files-sort.page:30(section/title)
5125
msgid "Icon view"
5126
msgstr ""
5127
5128
#: C/files-sort.page:31(section/p)
5129
msgid ""
5130
"To sort files in a different order, right-click a blank space in the folder "
5131
"and choose an option from the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu. Alternatively, "
5132
"use the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Arrange Items</gui></guiseq> menu."
5133
msgstr ""
5134
5135
#: C/files-sort.page:32(section/p)
5136
msgid ""
5137
"As an example, if you select <gui>Sort by Name</gui> from the <gui>Arrange "
5138
"Items</gui> menu, the files will be sorted by their names, in alphabetical "
5139
"order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other options."
5140
msgstr ""
5141
5142
#: C/files-sort.page:33(section/p)
5143
msgid ""
5144
"You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> "
5145
"from the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu."
5146
msgstr ""
5147
5148
#: C/files-sort.page:34(section/p)
5149
msgid ""
5150
"For complete control over the order and position of files in the folder, "
5151
"right-click a blank space in the folder and select <guiseq><gui>Arrange "
5152
"Items</gui><gui>Manually</gui></guiseq>. You can then rearrange the files by "
5153
"dragging them around in the folder. Manual sorting only works in icon view."
5154
msgstr ""
5155
5156
#: C/files-sort.page:35(section/p)
5157
msgid ""
5158
"The <gui>Compact Layout</gui> option in the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu "
5159
"arranges the files so they take up as little space as possible. This is "
5160
"useful if you want to have lots of files visible at once in a folder."
5161
msgstr ""
5162
5163
#: C/files-sort.page:39(section/title)
5164
msgid "List view"
5165
msgstr ""
5166
5167
#: C/files-sort.page:40(section/p)
5168
msgid ""
5169
"To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the "
5170
"file manager. For example, click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click "
5171
"the column heading again to sort in the reverse order."
5172
msgstr ""
5173
5174
#: C/files-sort.page:41(section/p)
5175
msgid ""
5176
"In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those "
5177
"columns. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Visible Columns</gui></guiseq> "
5178
"and select the columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to "
5179
"sort by those columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for descriptions "
5180
"of available columns."
5181
msgstr ""
5182
5183
#: C/files-sort.page:45(section/title)
5184
msgid "Compact view"
5185
msgstr ""
5186
5187
#: C/files-sort.page:46(section/p)
5188
msgid ""
5189
"You can sort files in Compact view in the same way that you can sort them in "
5190
"the Icon view. The only difference is that you can't manually position the "
5191
"files anywhere you want; they are always organized as a list in this view."
5192
msgstr ""
5193
5194
#: C/files-sort.page:50(section/title)
5195
msgid "Ways of sorting files"
5196
msgstr ""
5197
5198
#: C/files-sort.page:53(item/title)
5199
msgid "By Name"
5200
msgstr ""
5201
5202
#: C/files-sort.page:54(item/p)
5203
msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file."
5204
msgstr ""
5205
5206
#: C/files-sort.page:57(item/title)
5207
msgid "By Size"
5208
msgstr ""
5209
5210
#: C/files-sort.page:58(item/p)
5211
msgid ""
5212
"Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from "
5213
"smallest to largest by default."
5214
msgstr ""
5215
5216
#: C/files-sort.page:61(item/title)
5217
msgid "By Type"
5218
msgstr ""
5219
5220
#: C/files-sort.page:62(item/p)
5221
msgid ""
5222
"Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped "
5223
"together, then sorted by name."
5224
msgstr ""
5225
5226
#: C/files-sort.page:65(item/title)
5227
msgid "By Modification Date"
5228
msgstr ""
5229
5230
#: C/files-sort.page:66(item/p)
5231
msgid ""
5232
"Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest "
5233
"to newest by default."
5234
msgstr ""
5235
5236
#: C/files-templates.page:7(info/desc)
5237
msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates."
5238
msgstr ""
5239
5240
#: C/files-templates.page:11(credit/name)
5241
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:12(credit/name)
5242
msgid "Anita Reitere"
5243
msgstr ""
5244
5245
#: C/files-templates.page:17(page/title)
5246
msgid "Templates for commonly-used document types"
5247
msgstr ""
5248
5249
#: C/files-templates.page:19(page/p)
5250
msgid ""
5251
"If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit "
5252
"from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type "
5253
"with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For example, you "
5254
"could create a template document with your letterhead."
5255
msgstr ""
5256
5257
#: C/files-templates.page:25(steps/title)
5258
msgid "Make a new template"
5259
msgstr ""
5260
5261
#: C/files-templates.page:26(item/p)
5262
msgid ""
5263
"Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you "
5264
"could make your letterhead in a word processing application."
5265
msgstr ""
5266
5267
#: C/files-templates.page:27(item/p)
5268
msgid ""
5269
"Save the file with the template content in the <file>Templates</file> folder "
5270
"in your <file>Home</file> folder. If the <file>Templates</file> folder "
5271
"doesn't exist, you will need to create it first."
5272
msgstr ""
5273
5274
#: C/files-templates.page:31(steps/title)
5275
msgid "Use a template to create a document"
5276
msgstr ""
5277
5278
#: C/files-templates.page:32(item/p)
5279
msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document."
5280
msgstr ""
5281
5282
#: C/files-templates.page:33(item/p)
5283
msgid ""
5284
"Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose <gui "
5285
"style=\"menuitem\">Create document</gui>. The names of available templates "
5286
"will be listed in the submenu."
5287
msgstr ""
5288
5289
#: C/files-templates.page:34(item/p)
5290
msgid "Enter a filename for the newly-created document."
5291
msgstr ""
5292
5293
#: C/files-templates.page:35(item/p)
5294
msgid "Double-click the file to open it and start editing."
5295
msgstr ""
5296
5297
#: C/files-tilde.page:7(info/desc)
5298
msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default."
5299
msgstr ""
5300
5301
#: C/files-tilde.page:17(page/title)
5302
msgid "What is a file with a \"~\" at the end of its name?"
5303
msgstr ""
5304
5305
#: C/files-tilde.page:20(note/p)
5306
msgid ""
5307
"Files with a \"~\" at the end of their names (for example, "
5308
"<file>example.txt~</file>) are automatically created backup copies of "
5309
"documents edited in the <app>Gedit</app> text editor, as well as in other "
5310
"applications. It is normally safe to delete them, but there really is no "
5311
"need to."
5312
msgstr ""
5313
5314
#: C/files-tilde.page:22(note/p)
5315
msgid ""
5316
"These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because "
5317
"you either selected <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> "
5318
"or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can hide them "
5319
"again by repeating one of these steps."
5320
msgstr ""
5321
5322
#: C/files-tilde.page:25(page/p)
5323
msgid ""
5324
"These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link "
5325
"xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for advice on dealing with hidden files."
5326
msgstr ""
5327
5328
#: C/get-involved.page:8(info/desc)
5329
msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics."
5330
msgstr ""
5331
5332
#: C/get-involved.page:18(page/title)
5333
msgid "Participate to improve this guide."
5334
msgstr ""
5335
5336
#: C/get-involved.page:19(page/p)
5337
msgid ""
5338
"This help system is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome to "
5339
"participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, "
5340
"incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but aren't), you can "
5341
"file a <em>bug report</em>."
5342
msgstr ""
5343
5344
#: C/get-involved.page:22(page/p)
5345
msgid ""
5346
"To file a bug, press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type "
5347
"<input>ubuntu-bug ubuntu-docs</input>. Press <gui>Enter</gui> to begin the "
5348
"bug collection process."
5349
msgstr ""
5350
5351
#: C/get-involved.page:25(page/p)
5352
msgid ""
5353
"See the <link xref=\"ubuntu-report-bug\">Ubuntu bug reporting "
5354
"instructions</link> for more information about how to file your bug."
5355
msgstr ""
5356
5357
#: C/get-involved.page:28(page/p)
5358
msgid "Thanks for helping make the Ubuntu Help better!"
5359
msgstr ""
5360
5361
#: C/hardware-driver.page:8(info/desc)
5362
msgid ""
5363
"A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are "
5364
"attached to it."
5365
msgstr ""
5366
5367
#: C/hardware-driver.page:19(page/title)
5368
msgid "What is a driver?"
5369
msgstr ""
5370
5371
#: C/hardware-driver.page:21(page/p)
5372
msgid ""
5373
"Devices are the physical \"parts\" of your computer. They may be "
5374
"<em>external</em> like printers and monitor or <em>internal</em> like "
5375
"graphics and audio cards."
5376
msgstr ""
5377
5378
#: C/hardware-driver.page:23(page/p)
5379
msgid ""
5380
"In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know "
5381
"how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a "
5382
"<em>device driver</em>."
5383
msgstr ""
5384
5385
#: C/hardware-driver.page:25(page/p)
5386
msgid ""
5387
"When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver "
5388
"installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but "
5389
"the correct driver isn't available, you won't be able to use the printer. "
5390
"Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any "
5391
"other model."
5392
msgstr ""
5393
5394
#: C/hardware-driver.page:27(page/p)
5395
msgid ""
5396
"On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so "
5397
"everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to "
5398
"be installed manually or may not be available at all."
5399
msgstr ""
5400
5401
#: C/hardware-driver.page:29(page/p)
5402
msgid ""
5403
"In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-"
5404
"functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-"
5405
"sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional."
5406
msgstr ""
5407
5408
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:8(info/desc)
5409
msgid "Proprietary device drivers are not freely available or open source."
5410
msgstr ""
5411
5412
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:12(credit/name)
5413
msgid "Ubuntu Documentation Teak"
5414
msgstr ""
5415
5416
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:19(page/title)
5417
msgid "What are proprietary drivers?"
5418
msgstr ""
5419
5420
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:21(page/p)
5421
msgid ""
5422
"Most of the devices (hardware) attached to your computer should function "
5423
"properly in Ubuntu. These devices are likely to have open source drivers, "
5424
"which means that the drivers can be modified by the Ubuntu developers and "
5425
"problems with them can be fixed."
5426
msgstr ""
5427
5428
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:26(page/p)
5429
msgid ""
5430
"Some hardware does not have open source drivers, usually because the "
5431
"hardware manufacturer has not released details of their hardware which would "
5432
"make it possible to create such a driver. These devices may have limited "
5433
"functionality or may not work at all."
5434
msgstr ""
5435
5436
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:31(page/p)
5437
msgid ""
5438
"If a proprietary driver is available for a certain device, you can install "
5439
"it in order to allow your device to function properly, or to add new "
5440
"features. For example, installing a proprietary driver for certain graphics "
5441
"cards may allow you to use more advanced visual effects."
5442
msgstr ""
5443
5444
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:36(page/p)
5445
msgid ""
5446
"Many computers do not need proprietary drivers at all because the open "
5447
"source drivers fully support the hardware."
5448
msgstr ""
5449
5450
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:40(note/p)
5451
msgid ""
5452
"Most problems with proprietary drivers cannot be fixed by Ubuntu developers."
5453
msgstr ""
5454
5455
#: C/hardware.page:14(info/title)
5456
msgctxt "link:trail"
5457
msgid "Hardware"
5458
msgstr ""
5459
5460
#: C/hardware.page:16(info/desc)
5461
msgid ""
5462
"<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link "
5463
"xref=\"printing\">printers</link>, <link xref=\"power\">power "
5464
"settings</link>, <link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link "
5465
"xref=\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>..."
5466
msgstr ""
5467
5468
#: C/hardware.page:27(page/title)
5469
msgid "Hardware & drivers"
5470
msgstr ""
5471
5472
#: C/hardware.page:37(info/title)
5473
msgctxt "link:trail"
5474
msgid "Problems"
5475
msgstr ""
5476
5477
#: C/hardware.page:38(info/title)
5478
msgctxt "link"
5479
msgid "Hardware problems"
5480
msgstr ""
5481
5482
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
5483
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
5484
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
5485
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
5486
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:67(media)
5487
msgctxt "_"
5488
msgid "external ref='figures/hardware-cardreader.png' md5='__failed__'"
5489
msgstr ""
5490
5491
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:9(info/desc)
5492
msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers"
5493
msgstr ""
5494
5495
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:20(page/title)
5496
msgid "Media card reader problems"
5497
msgstr ""
5498
5499
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:22(page/p)
5500
msgid ""
5501
"Many computers contain readers for SD (Secure Digital), MMC "
5502
"(MultiMediaCard), SmartMedia, Memory Stick, CompactFlash, and other storage "
5503
"media cards. These should be automatically detected and <link xref=\"disk-"
5504
"partitions\">mounted</link>. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are "
5505
"not:"
5506
msgstr ""
5507
5508
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:29(item/p)
5509
msgid ""
5510
"Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they "
5511
"are “upside down” when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is "
5512
"firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CompactFlash, require a "
5513
"small amount of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! "
5514
"If you come up against something solid, do not force it.)"
5515
msgstr ""
5516
5517
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:37(item/p)
5518
msgid ""
5519
"Open <app>Files</app> by using the <gui>Activities</gui> menu. Does the "
5520
"inserted card appear in the <gui>Devices</gui> list in the left sidebar? "
5521
"Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to "
5522
"mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press <key>F9</key> or click "
5523
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Sidebar</gui><gui> Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>.)"
5524
msgstr ""
5525
5526
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:44(item/p)
5527
msgid ""
5528
"If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click "
5529
"<guiseq><gui>Go</gui><gui>Computer</gui></guiseq>. If your card reader is "
5530
"correctly configured, the reader should come up as a drive when no card is "
5531
"present, and the card itself when the card has been mounted (see the picture "
5532
"below)."
5533
msgstr ""
5534
5535
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:50(item/p)
5536
msgid ""
5537
"If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the "
5538
"card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if "
5539
"possible."
5540
msgstr ""
5541
5542
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:55(page/p)
5543
msgid ""
5544
"If no cards or drives are available in the <gui>Computer</gui> folder, it is "
5545
"possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver "
5546
"issues. If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of "
5547
"sitting outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly "
5548
"connect your device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the "
5549
"computer. USB external card readers are also available, and are far better "
5550
"supported by Linux."
5551
msgstr ""
5552
5553
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:63(figure/desc)
5554
msgid ""
5555
"In the depicted <gui>Computer</gui> window, a correctly-configured card "
5556
"reader is represented by three drives: <gui>CompactFlash</gui>, "
5557
"<gui>SmartMedia</gui>, and <gui>Secure Digital</gui>. Only the SD card is "
5558
"mounted, and is visible in the left column (where it says <em>31 MB "
5559
"F...</em>)."
5560
msgstr ""
5561
5562
#: C/hardware-problems-bluetooth.page:15(info/desc)
5563
msgid "Troubleshoot problems with connecting your Bluetooth device."
5564
msgstr ""
5565
5566
#: C/hardware-problems-bluetooth.page:21(page/title)
5567
msgid "Bluetooth problems"
5568
msgstr ""
5569
5570
#: C/hardware-problems-bluetooth.page:23(page/p)
5571
msgid ""
5572
"Bluetooth devices sometimes have problems connecting, or transferring files. "
5573
"Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
5574
msgstr ""
5575
5576
#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:14(info/desc)
5577
msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems."
5578
msgstr ""
5579
5580
#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:20(page/title)
5581
msgid "Screen problems"
5582
msgstr ""
5583
5584
#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:22(page/p)
5585
msgid ""
5586
"Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or "
5587
"configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are "
5588
"experiencing?"
5589
msgstr ""
5590
5591
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
5592
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
5593
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
5594
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
5595
#: C/index.page:17(media)
5596
msgctxt "_"
5597
msgid ""
5598
"external ref='figures/ubuntu-logo.png' md5='d2369e87106064d4c4ff65a0e65dca11'"
5599
msgstr ""
5600
5601
#: C/index.page:6(info/desc)
5602
msgid "Ubuntu Desktop Guide"
5603
msgstr ""
5604
5605
#: C/index.page:8(info/title)
5606
msgctxt "link"
5607
msgid "Ubuntu Desktop Guide"
5608
msgstr ""
5609
5610
#: C/index.page:9(info/title)
5611
msgctxt "text"
5612
msgid "Ubuntu Desktop Guide"
5613
msgstr ""
5614
5615
#: C/index.page:17(page/title)
5616
msgid ""
5617
"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/ubuntu-logo.png\">Ubuntu Logo</media> "
5618
"Ubuntu Desktop Guide"
5619
msgstr ""
5620
5621
#: C/keyboard.page:10(info/desc)
5622
msgid ""
5623
"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Keyboard layouts</link>, <link "
5624
"xref=\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link "
5625
"xref=\"a11y#mobility\">keyboard accessibility</link>..."
5626
msgstr ""
5627
5628
#: C/keyboard.page:24(page/title)
5629
msgid "Keyboard"
5630
msgstr ""
5631
5632
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:8(info/desc)
5633
msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."
5634
msgstr ""
5635
5636
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:21(page/title)
5637
msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"
5638
msgstr ""
5639
5640
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:23(page/p)
5641
msgid ""
5642
"You could lose the keyboard cursor in a text field, but if the keyboard "
5643
"cursor blinks, it is easier to find it. To make the cursor blink and to "
5644
"adjust the speed of it:"
5645
msgstr ""
5646
5647
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:27(item/p)
5648
msgid ""
5649
"Click the icon at the far right of the top panel and select <gui>System "
5650
"Settings</gui>."
5651
msgstr ""
5652
5653
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:28(item/p)
5654
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:29(item/p)
5655
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:32(item/p)
5656
msgid "In the Hardware section, click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
5657
msgstr ""
5658
5659
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:29(item/p)
5660
msgid "Select <gui>Cursor blinks in text fields</gui>."
5661
msgstr ""
5662
5663
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:30(item/p)
5664
msgid ""
5665
"Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."
5666
msgstr ""
5667
5668
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14(info/desc)
5669
msgid "Make your keyboard behave like a keyboard for another language."
5670
msgstr ""
5671
5672
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18(page/title)
5673
msgid "Use alternate keyboard layouts"
5674
msgstr ""
5675
5676
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:20(page/p)
5677
msgid ""
5678
"Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. "
5679
"Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such "
5680
"as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a "
5681
"keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols "
5682
"printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple "
5683
"languages."
5684
msgstr ""
5685
5686
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:28(item/p)
5687
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:31(item/p)
5688
#: C/session-language.page:34(item/p)
5689
msgid ""
5690
"Click the icon at the very right of the top panel and select <gui>System "
5691
"Settings</gui>."
5692
msgstr ""
5693
5694
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30(item/p)
5695
msgid "Switch to the <gui>Layouts</gui> tab."
5696
msgstr ""
5697
5698
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31(item/p)
5699
msgid ""
5700
"Click the <gui>Add</gui> button, select a layout under the <gui>By "
5701
"country</gui> or <gui>By language</gui> tabs, and click <gui>Add</gui>."
5702
msgstr ""
5703
5704
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35(page/p)
5705
msgid ""
5706
"When you add multiple layouts, you can quickly switch between them using the "
5707
"keyboard layout indicator menu in the panel. The menu will display a short "
5708
"string identifying the current layout, such as <gui>USA</gui> or "
5709
"<gui>GBr</gui> for the standard English layout. Click the layout indicator "
5710
"and select the layout you want to use from the menu."
5711
msgstr ""
5712
5713
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41(page/p)
5714
msgid ""
5715
"When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the "
5716
"same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different "
5717
"layout for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article "
5718
"in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will "
5719
"be remembered for each window as you switch between windows."
5720
msgstr ""
5721
5722
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47(page/p)
5723
msgid ""
5724
"By default, new windows will use the default keyboard layout. You can "
5725
"instead choose to have them use the layout of the window you were last "
5726
"using. The default layout is the layout at the top of the list. Use the "
5727
"<gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to move layouts up and "
5728
"down in the list."
5729
msgstr ""
5730
5731
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:17(info/desc)
5732
msgid ""
5733
"Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the "
5734
"delay and speed of repeat keys."
5735
msgstr ""
5736
5737
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:22(page/title)
5738
msgid "Turn off repeated key presses"
5739
msgstr ""
5740
5741
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24(page/p)
5742
msgid ""
5743
"By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol "
5744
"will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking "
5745
"your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change "
5746
"how long it takes before key presses start repeating."
5747
msgstr ""
5748
5749
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:33(item/p)
5750
msgid ""
5751
"On the <gui>General</gui> tab, turn off <gui>Key presses repeat when key is "
5752
"held down</gui> to disable repeated keys entirely. Alternatively, adjust the "
5753
"<gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to hold a key down to "
5754
"begin repeating it, and adjust the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to control how "
5755
"quickly key presses repeat."
5756
msgstr ""
5757
5758
#: C/look-background.page:9(info/desc)
5759
msgid "How to set an image as your desktop background."
5760
msgstr ""
5761
5762
#: C/look-background.page:17(credit/name)
5763
msgid "April Gonzales"
5764
msgstr ""
5765
5766
#: C/look-background.page:31(page/title)
5767
msgid "Change the desktop background"
5768
msgstr ""
5769
5770
#: C/look-background.page:33(page/p)
5771
msgid ""
5772
"You can change the image used on your desktop background, or set it to a "
5773
"simple color or gradient."
5774
msgstr ""
5775
5776
#: C/look-background.page:37(item/p)
5777
msgid ""
5778
"Right click on the desktop and select <gui>Change Desktop Background</gui>."
5779
msgstr ""
5780
5781
#: C/look-background.page:38(item/p)
5782
msgid ""
5783
"Select an image or color. The settings are applied immediately. <link "
5784
"xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> to view "
5785
"your entire desktop."
5786
msgstr ""
5787
5788
#: C/look-background.page:43(page/p)
5789
msgid "There are three choices in the drop-down list on the left."
5790
msgstr ""
5791
5792
#: C/look-background.page:46(item/p)
5793
msgid ""
5794
"Select <gui>Wallpapers</gui> to use one of the many professional background "
5795
"images that ship with Ubuntu. With the exception of the Ubuntu wallpaper, "
5796
"all of the default wallpaper choices were created by winners of a Community "
5797
"Wallpaper Contest."
5798
msgstr ""
5799
5800
#: C/look-background.page:50(item/p)
5801
msgid ""
5802
"Some wallpapers are partially transparent and allow a background color to "
5803
"show through. For these wallpapers, there will be a color selector button in "
5804
"the bottom right."
5805
msgstr ""
5806
5807
#: C/look-background.page:53(item/p)
5808
msgid ""
5809
"Select <gui>Pictures Folder</gui> to use one of your own photos from your "
5810
"Pictures folder. Most photo management applications store photos there."
5811
msgstr ""
5812
5813
#: C/look-background.page:56(item/p)
5814
msgid ""
5815
"You can also select <gui>Colors & Gradients</gui> to just use a flat "
5816
"color or a linear gradient. Color selector buttons will appear in the bottom "
5817
"right corner."
5818
msgstr ""
5819
5820
#: C/look-background.page:61(page/p)
5821
msgid ""
5822
"You can also browse for any picture on your computer by clicking the "
5823
"<gui>+</gui> button. Any picture you add this way will show up under "
5824
"<gui>Pictures Folder</gui>. You can remove it from the list by selecting it "
5825
"and clicking the <gui>-</gui> button."
5826
msgstr ""
5827
5828
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8(info/desc)
5829
msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."
5830
msgstr ""
5831
5832
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:25(page/title)
5833
msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"
5834
msgstr ""
5835
5836
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:27(page/p)
5837
msgid ""
5838
"This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not "
5839
"the right one for your screen."
5840
msgstr ""
5841
5842
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:29(page/p)
5843
msgid ""
5844
"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the panel and go to "
5845
"<gui>System Settings</gui>. In the Hardware section, choose "
5846
"<gui>Displays</gui>. Try some of the <gui>Resolution</gui> options and set "
5847
"the one that makes the screen look better."
5848
msgstr ""
5849
5850
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:39(section/title)
5851
msgid "When multiple displays are connected"
5852
msgstr ""
5853
5854
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:41(section/p)
5855
msgid ""
5856
"If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal "
5857
"monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. "
5858
"However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one "
5859
"resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy."
5860
msgstr ""
5861
5862
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:43(section/p)
5863
msgid ""
5864
"You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you "
5865
"won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In "
5866
"effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. "
5867
"You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same "
5868
"window on both screens at once."
5869
msgstr ""
5870
5871
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:45(section/p)
5872
msgid "To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:"
5873
msgstr ""
5874
5875
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:49(item/p)
5876
msgid ""
5877
"Click the icon at the very right of the panel and select <gui>System "
5878
"Settings</gui>. Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
5879
msgstr ""
5880
5881
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:53(item/p)
5882
msgid "Uncheck <gui>Mirror Displays</gui>."
5883
msgstr ""
5884
5885
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57(item/p)
5886
msgid ""
5887
"Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the "
5888
"<gui>Displays</gui> window. Change the <gui>Resolution</gui> until that "
5889
"display looks right."
5890
msgstr ""
5891
5892
#: C/look-resolution.page:10(info/desc)
5893
msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."
5894
msgstr ""
5895
5896
#: C/look-resolution.page:23(page/title)
5897
msgid "Change the size/rotation of the screen"
5898
msgstr ""
5899
5900
#: C/look-resolution.page:25(page/p)
5901
msgid ""
5902
"You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by "
5903
"changing the <em>screen resolution</em>. You can change which way up things "
5904
"appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the "
5905
"<em>rotation</em>."
5906
msgstr ""
5907
5908
#: C/look-resolution.page:27(page/p)
5909
msgid ""
5910
"To change either of these options, click the icon on the very right of the "
5911
"panel and click <gui>System Settings</gui>. Go to the Hardware section and "
5912
"open <gui>Displays</gui>."
5913
msgstr ""
5914
5915
#: C/look-resolution.page:30(note/p)
5916
msgid ""
5917
"When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected "
5918
"automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual "
5919
"display. If this does not happen, just click <gui>Detect Displays</gui>."
5920
msgstr ""
5921
5922
#: C/look-resolution.page:34(section/title)
5923
msgid "Resolution"
5924
msgstr ""
5925
5926
#: C/look-resolution.page:35(section/p)
5927
msgid ""
5928
"The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each "
5929
"direction that can be displayed."
5930
msgstr ""
5931
5932
#: C/look-resolution.page:36(section/p)
5933
msgid ""
5934
"You can choose the one you prefer from the options in the drop-down menu. "
5935
"Notice that if you choose one that is not the right for your screen it may "
5936
"<link xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">look fuzzy or pixelated</link>."
5937
msgstr ""
5938
5939
#: C/look-resolution.page:38(section/p)
5940
msgid ""
5941
"To save the changes, click <gui>Apply</gui>. If the screen goes blank, wait "
5942
"for a minute and the settings will be returned to their previous values. "
5943
"Otherwise, click <gui>Keep This Configuration</gui> in the window that "
5944
"appears."
5945
msgstr ""
5946
5947
#: C/look-resolution.page:42(section/title)
5948
msgid "Rotation"
5949
msgstr ""
5950
5951
#: C/look-resolution.page:43(section/p)
5952
msgid ""
5953
"There are some laptops that can rotate physically their screens in many "
5954
"directions, so it is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You "
5955
"can choose the rotation you want for your screen from the drop-down menu."
5956
msgstr ""
5957
5958
#: C/look-resolution.page:45(section/p)
5959
msgid "When you've selected the one you prefer, click <gui>Apply</gui>."
5960
msgstr ""
5961
5962
#: C/media.page:14(info/desc)
5963
msgid ""
5964
"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link "
5965
"xref=\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing "
5966
"photos</link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>..."
5967
msgstr ""
5968
5969
#: C/media.page:23(page/title)
5970
msgid "Sound, video & pictures"
5971
msgstr ""
5972
5973
#: C/media.page:27(info/title)
5974
msgctxt "sort"
5975
msgid "Sound"
5976
msgstr ""
5977
5978
#: C/media.page:28(info/title)
5979
msgctxt "link:trail"
5980
msgid "Sound"
5981
msgstr ""
5982
5983
#: C/media.page:29(info/title)
5984
msgctxt "link:topic"
5985
msgid "Sound"
5986
msgstr ""
5987
5988
#: C/media.page:30(info/desc)
5989
msgid ""
5990
"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
5991
"usespeakers\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
5992
"usemic\">microphones</link>..."
5993
msgstr ""
5994
5995
#: C/media.page:37(section/title)
5996
msgid "Basic sound"
5997
msgstr ""
5998
5999
#: C/media.page:41(info/title)
6000
msgctxt "link"
6001
msgid "Music and players"
6002
msgstr ""
6003
6004
#: C/media.page:42(section/title)
6005
msgid "Music and portable audio players"
6006
msgstr ""
6007
6008
#: C/media.page:46(info/title)
6009
msgctxt "link"
6010
msgid "Photos"
6011
msgstr ""
6012
6013
#: C/media.page:47(section/title)
6014
msgid "Photos and digital cameras"
6015
msgstr ""
6016
6017
#: C/media.page:51(info/title)
6018
msgctxt "link"
6019
msgid "Videos"
6020
msgstr ""
6021
6022
#: C/media.page:52(section/title)
6023
msgid "Videos and video cameras"
6024
msgstr ""
6025
6026
#: C/more-help.page:19(info/desc)
6027
msgid ""
6028
"<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>, <link "
6029
"xref=\"get-involved\">help improve this guide</link>..."
6030
msgstr ""
6031
6032
#: C/more-help.page:23(page/title)
6033
msgid "Get more help"
6034
msgstr ""
6035
6036
#: C/mouse.page:7(info/desc)
6037
msgid ""
6038
"<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Left-handed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
6039
"sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
6040
"click\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>..."
6041
msgstr ""
6042
6043
#: C/mouse.page:21(page/title)
6044
msgid "Mouse"
6045
msgstr ""
6046
6047
#: C/mouse.page:32(info/title)
6048
msgctxt "link"
6049
msgid "Common mouse problems"
6050
msgstr ""
6051
6052
#: C/mouse.page:33(info/title)
6053
msgctxt "link:trail"
6054
msgid "Common problems"
6055
msgstr ""
6056
6057
#: C/mouse.page:40(info/title)
6058
msgctxt "link"
6059
msgid "Tips"
6060
msgstr ""
6061
6062
#: C/mouse.page:41(info/title)
6063
msgctxt "link:trail"
6064
msgid "Tips"
6065
msgstr ""
6066
6067
#: C/mouse.page:43(section/title)
6068
msgid "Tips"
6069
msgstr ""
6070
6071
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:9(info/desc)
6072
msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks."
6073
msgstr ""
6074
6075
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:19(page/title)
6076
msgid "Disable touchpad while typing"
6077
msgstr ""
6078
6079
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:21(page/p)
6080
msgid ""
6081
"Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while "
6082
"typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can "
6083
"disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time "
6084
"after your last key stroke."
6085
msgstr ""
6086
6087
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:28(item/p)
6088
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:33(item/p)
6089
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:30(item/p)
6090
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:28(item/p)
6091
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:36(item/p)
6092
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25(item/p)
6093
msgid "Click <gui>Mouse and Touchpad</gui>."
6094
msgstr ""
6095
6096
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:29(item/p)
6097
msgid ""
6098
"Switch to the <gui>Touchpad</gui> tab and select <gui>Disable touchpad while "
6099
"typing</gui>."
6100
msgstr ""
6101
6102
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:9(info/desc)
6103
msgid ""
6104
"Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to "
6105
"double-click."
6106
msgstr ""
6107
6108
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:24(page/title)
6109
msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"
6110
msgstr ""
6111
6112
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:26(page/p)
6113
msgid ""
6114
"Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly "
6115
"enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two "
6116
"separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the "
6117
"mouse button so quickly, you should increase the timeout."
6118
msgstr ""
6119
6120
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:34(item/p)
6121
msgid ""
6122
"Under <gui>Double-Click Timeout</gui>, adjust the <gui>Timeout</gui> slider "
6123
"to a value you find comfortable. Use the smiley face under the slider to "
6124
"test your settings. A single click will make it smile. A double-click will "
6125
"give it an ear-to-ear grin."
6126
msgstr ""
6127
6128
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41(note/p)
6129
msgid ""
6130
"If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you "
6131
"have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try "
6132
"plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works "
6133
"properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see "
6134
"if it still has the same problem."
6135
msgstr ""
6136
6137
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:14(info/desc)
6138
msgid "Change how far you have to move your mouse pointer to start dragging."
6139
msgstr ""
6140
6141
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:19(page/title)
6142
msgid "Adjust the mouse drag threshold"
6143
msgstr ""
6144
6145
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:21(page/p)
6146
msgid ""
6147
"When you click something, it's not uncommon for your hand to move a little "
6148
"between the time you press the mouse button and the time you release it. For "
6149
"this reason, dragging only starts if you move the pointer past a certain "
6150
"threshold, so that you don't accidentally start dragging every time you "
6151
"click. You can control the minimum distance required to start dragging."
6152
msgstr ""
6153
6154
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:31(item/p)
6155
msgid ""
6156
"Under <gui>Drag and Drop</gui>, adjust the <gui>Threshold</gui> slider to a "
6157
"value you find comfortable. Try moving the settings window by dragging the "
6158
"titlebar to test the current value."
6159
msgstr ""
6160
6161
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:7(info/desc)
6162
msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."
6163
msgstr ""
6164
6165
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:21(page/title)
6166
msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"
6167
msgstr ""
6168
6169
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:23(page/p)
6170
msgid ""
6171
"You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or "
6172
"touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use."
6173
msgstr ""
6174
6175
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:29(item/p)
6176
msgid ""
6177
"On the <gui>Mouse</gui> tab, select <gui>Left-handed</gui>. This settings "
6178
"will affect both your mouse and touchpad."
6179
msgstr ""
6180
6181
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:6(info/desc)
6182
msgid ""
6183
"Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and "
6184
"more."
6185
msgstr ""
6186
6187
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:24(page/title)
6188
msgid "Middle-click"
6189
msgstr ""
6190
6191
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:26(page/p)
6192
msgid ""
6193
"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a "
6194
"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to "
6195
"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the "
6196
"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click."
6197
msgstr ""
6198
6199
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32(page/p)
6200
msgid ""
6201
"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers "
6202
"at once to middle-click. You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
6203
"click\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to work."
6204
msgstr ""
6205
6206
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:37(page/p)
6207
msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts."
6208
msgstr ""
6209
6210
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40(item/p)
6211
msgid ""
6212
"One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called "
6213
"primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to "
6214
"where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at "
6215
"the mouse position."
6216
msgstr ""
6217
6218
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:44(item/p)
6219
msgid ""
6220
"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the "
6221
"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This "
6222
"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button."
6223
msgstr ""
6224
6225
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49(item/p)
6226
msgid ""
6227
"You can quickly open a new window for an application with middle-click. "
6228
"Simply middle-click on the application's icon, either in the "
6229
"<gui>launcher</gui> on the left, or in the <gui>dash</gui>."
6230
msgstr ""
6231
6232
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53(item/p)
6233
msgid ""
6234
"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle "
6235
"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will "
6236
"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the <app>Firefox</app> "
6237
"web browser, though. In <app>Firefox</app>, if you middle-click anywhere "
6238
"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you "
6239
"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed "
6240
"<key>Enter</key>."
6241
msgstr ""
6242
6243
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:60(item/p)
6244
msgid ""
6245
"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a "
6246
"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web "
6247
"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you "
6248
"had double-clicked."
6249
msgstr ""
6250
6251
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:66(page/p)
6252
msgid ""
6253
"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for "
6254
"other functions. Search your application's help for <em>middle-click</em> or "
6255
"<em>middle mouse button</em>."
6256
msgstr ""
6257
6258
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:9(info/desc)
6259
msgid ""
6260
"How to enable <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> to click and move the mouse pointer with "
6261
"a keypad."
6262
msgstr ""
6263
6264
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:25(page/title)
6265
msgid "Click and move the mouse pointer without a mouse"
6266
msgstr ""
6267
6268
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:27(page/p)
6269
msgid ""
6270
"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can "
6271
"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard."
6272
msgstr ""
6273
6274
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:35(item/p)
6275
msgid "Switch <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> on."
6276
msgstr ""
6277
6278
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37(item/p)
6279
msgid ""
6280
"Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to "
6281
"move the mouse pointer using the keypad."
6282
msgstr ""
6283
6284
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:47(page/p)
6285
msgid ""
6286
"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged "
6287
"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a "
6288
"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (<key>Fn</key>) key "
6289
"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this "
6290
"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads."
6291
msgstr ""
6292
6293
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:55(page/p)
6294
msgid ""
6295
"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing "
6296
"<key>8</key> will move the pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will "
6297
"move it downwards. Press the <key>5</key> key to click once with the mouse, "
6298
"or quickly press it twice to double-click. Most keyboards have a special key "
6299
"which allows you to right-click; it is often near to the space bar. Note, "
6300
"however, that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where "
6301
"your mouse pointer is."
6302
msgstr ""
6303
6304
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65(page/p)
6305
msgid ""
6306
"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while Mouse Keys is enabled, "
6307
"turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad "
6308
"when <key>Num Lock</key> is turned on, though."
6309
msgstr ""
6310
6311
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72(note/p)
6312
msgid ""
6313
"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not "
6314
"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used."
6315
msgstr ""
6316
6317
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:7(info/desc)
6318
msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working."
6319
msgstr ""
6320
6321
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:19(page/title)
6322
msgid "Mouse pointer not moving"
6323
msgstr ""
6324
6325
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:24(section/title)
6326
msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in"
6327
msgstr ""
6328
6329
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:25(section/p)
6330
msgid ""
6331
"If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your "
6332
"computer."
6333
msgstr ""
6334
6335
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29(section/p)
6336
msgid ""
6337
"If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a "
6338
"different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector "
6339
"with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port "
6340
"rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer "
6341
"if it was not plugged in."
6342
msgstr ""
6343
6344
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:39(section/title)
6345
msgid "Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer"
6346
msgstr ""
6347
6348
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:42(item/p)
6349
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:36(item/p)
6350
msgid ""
6351
"Go to the <link xref=\"unity-dash-intro\">dash</link> and open the "
6352
"<app>Terminal</app>."
6353
msgstr ""
6354
6355
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:46(item/p)
6356
msgid ""
6357
"In the terminal window, at the prompt (the $), type <cmd>xsetpointer -l | "
6358
"grep Pointer</cmd>, exactly as it appears here, and press <key>Enter</key>."
6359
msgstr ""
6360
6361
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:52(item/p)
6362
msgid ""
6363
"A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the "
6364
"items says <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> next to it, and that one of the "
6365
"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> items has the name of the mouse to the left "
6366
"of it."
6367
msgstr ""
6368
6369
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:57(item/p)
6370
msgid ""
6371
"If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by "
6372
"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, then the mouse was not recognized by your "
6373
"computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. "
6374
"In this case you should check that the mouse is <link xref=\"#plugged-"
6375
"in\">plugged</link> in and in <link xref=\"#broken\">working "
6376
"condition</link>."
6377
msgstr ""
6378
6379
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:62(section/p)
6380
msgid ""
6381
"If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some "
6382
"extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model "
6383
"of your mouse."
6384
msgstr ""
6385
6386
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:68(section/p)
6387
msgid ""
6388
"It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support "
6389
"from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been "
6390
"detected properly."
6391
msgstr ""
6392
6393
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:84(section/title)
6394
msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"
6395
msgstr ""
6396
6397
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:85(section/p)
6398
msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works."
6399
msgstr ""
6400
6401
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:89(section/p)
6402
msgid ""
6403
"If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of "
6404
"the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that "
6405
"it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be "
6406
"broken."
6407
msgstr ""
6408
6409
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:96(section/title)
6410
msgid "Checking wireless mice"
6411
msgstr ""
6412
6413
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:100(item/p)
6414
msgid ""
6415
"Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go "
6416
"to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button."
6417
msgstr ""
6418
6419
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:106(item/p)
6420
msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged."
6421
msgstr ""
6422
6423
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:111(item/p)
6424
msgid ""
6425
"Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."
6426
msgstr ""
6427
6428
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:116(item/p)
6429
msgid ""
6430
"If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make "
6431
"sure that they are both set to the same channel."
6432
msgstr ""
6433
6434
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:122(item/p)
6435
msgid ""
6436
"You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a "
6437
"connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if "
6438
"this is the case."
6439
msgstr ""
6440
6441
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:130(section/p)
6442
msgid ""
6443
"Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them "
6444
"into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, "
6445
"you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might "
6446
"depend on the make or model of your mouse."
6447
msgstr ""
6448
6449
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:9(info/desc)
6450
msgid ""
6451
"Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."
6452
msgstr ""
6453
6454
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:28(page/title)
6455
msgid "Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad"
6456
msgstr ""
6457
6458
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:30(page/p)
6459
msgid ""
6460
"If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your "
6461
"touchpad, you can adjust the pointer sensitivity and acceleration for these "
6462
"devices."
6463
msgstr ""
6464
6465
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:37(item/p)
6466
msgid ""
6467
"Adjust the <gui>Acceleration</gui> and <gui>Sensitivity</gui> sliders until "
6468
"the pointer motion is comfortable for you. Sensitivity is how much your "
6469
"pointer initially moves when you move your mouse."
6470
msgstr ""
6471
6472
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40(item/p)
6473
msgid ""
6474
"The farther you move your mouse, the faster and faster the pointer moves "
6475
"relative to your movement. This helps you get the pointer across the screen "
6476
"without lifting your hand, while still letting you point and click "
6477
"accurately. Acceleration controls this behavior."
6478
msgstr ""
6479
6480
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:48(note/p)
6481
msgid ""
6482
"You can set the sensitivity and acceleration differently for your mouse and "
6483
"touchpad. Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device "
6484
"aren't the most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the "
6485
"<gui>Mouse</gui> and <gui>Touchpad</gui> tabs."
6486
msgstr ""
6487
6488
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7(info/desc)
6489
msgid "Click or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
6490
msgstr ""
6491
6492
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:17(page/title)
6493
msgid "Click or scroll with the touchpad"
6494
msgstr ""
6495
6496
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:19(page/p)
6497
msgid ""
6498
"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, "
6499
"without separate hardware buttons. Access these features in the mouse and "
6500
"touchpad settings."
6501
msgstr ""
6502
6503
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:26(item/p)
6504
msgid "Switch to the <gui>Touchpad</gui> tab."
6505
msgstr ""
6506
6507
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29(page/p)
6508
msgid ""
6509
"To click, double-click, and drag with your touchpad, select <gui>Enable "
6510
"mouse clicks with the touchpad</gui>. To click, tap on the touchpad. To "
6511
"double-click, tap twice. If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, you "
6512
"can right-click by tapping with two fingers at once. To drag an item, double-"
6513
"tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. Drag the item where you "
6514
"want it, then lift your finger to drop. You still need to use hardware "
6515
"buttons to right-click."
6516
msgstr ""
6517
6518
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:38(page/p)
6519
msgid ""
6520
"You can scroll using your touchpad using either the edges of the touchpad or "
6521
"using two fingers."
6522
msgstr ""
6523
6524
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41(page/p)
6525
msgid ""
6526
"Select <gui>Edge scrolling</gui> under <gui>Scrolling</gui> to scroll using "
6527
"the edge of your touchpad. When this is selected, dragging your finger up "
6528
"and down along the right side of your touchpad will scroll vertically. If "
6529
"you also select <gui>Enable horizontal scrolling</gui>, dragging your finger "
6530
"left and right along the bottom of your touchpad will scroll horizontally."
6531
msgstr ""
6532
6533
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48(page/p)
6534
msgid ""
6535
"Select <gui>Two-finger scrolling</gui> under <gui>Scrolling</gui> to scroll "
6536
"with two fingers. When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one "
6537
"finger will work as normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of "
6538
"the touchpad, it will scroll instead. If you also select <gui>Enable "
6539
"horizontal scrolling</gui>, you can move your fingers left and right to "
6540
"scroll horizontally. Be careful to space your fingers a bit apart. If your "
6541
"fingers are too close together, they just look like one big finger to your "
6542
"touchpad."
6543
msgstr ""
6544
6545
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:58(note/p)
6546
msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."
6547
msgstr ""
6548
6549
#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:7(info/desc)
6550
msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds."
6551
msgstr ""
6552
6553
#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17(page/title)
6554
msgid "Mouse has a delay before it will work"
6555
msgstr ""
6556
6557
#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:19(page/p)
6558
msgid ""
6559
"Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "
6560
"\"wake up\" before they will work. They automatically go to sleep when not "
6561
"in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad you can "
6562
"click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."
6563
msgstr ""
6564
6565
#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:22(page/p)
6566
msgid ""
6567
"Laptop touchpads sometimes have a delay after you stop typing before they "
6568
"will start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the "
6569
"touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
6570
"disabletouchpad\"/> for details."
6571
msgstr ""
6572
6573
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:14(info/desc)
6574
msgid ""
6575
"Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "
6576
"\"copy protected\"."
6577
msgstr ""
6578
6579
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:18(page/title)
6580
msgid "I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store"
6581
msgstr ""
6582
6583
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:20(page/p)
6584
msgid ""
6585
"If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't "
6586
"play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS "
6587
"computer and then copied it over."
6588
msgstr ""
6589
6590
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:22(page/p)
6591
msgid ""
6592
"This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by "
6593
"your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the "
6594
"right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play MP3 files, "
6595
"you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio "
6596
"format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. "
6597
"The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for "
6598
"that format so that you can play it."
6599
msgstr ""
6600
6601
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:24(page/p)
6602
msgid ""
6603
"If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't "
6604
"play it, the song might be <em>copy protected</em> (also known as being "
6605
"<em>DRM restricted</em>). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song "
6606
"and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you "
6607
"is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you "
6608
"will probably not be able to play it - you generally need special software "
6609
"from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not "
6610
"supported on Linux."
6611
msgstr ""
6612
6613
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:26(page/p)
6614
msgid ""
6615
"You can learn more about DRM from the <link "
6616
"href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
6617
msgstr ""
6618
6619
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:14(info/desc)
6620
msgid ""
6621
"Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward."
6622
msgstr ""
6623
6624
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:18(page/title)
6625
msgid "Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it"
6626
msgstr ""
6627
6628
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:20(page/p)
6629
msgid ""
6630
"When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music "
6631
"player application and also in the file manager (the <app>Files</app> "
6632
"application in the <gui>Launcher</gui>). You must copy songs onto the iPod "
6633
"using the music player - if you copy them across using the file manager, it "
6634
"won't work because the songs won't be put into the right location. iPods "
6635
"have a special location for storing songs that music player applications "
6636
"know how to get to but the file manager does not."
6637
msgstr ""
6638
6639
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:22(page/p)
6640
msgid ""
6641
"You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you "
6642
"unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to <link "
6643
"xref=\"files-removedrive\">safely remove it</link>. This will make sure that "
6644
"all of the songs have been copied across properly."
6645
msgstr ""
6646
6647
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:24(page/p)
6648
msgid ""
6649
"A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the "
6650
"music player application you're using does not support converting the songs "
6651
"from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an "
6652
"audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis "
6653
"(.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the "
6654
"iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software "
6655
"(also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not "
6656
"be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song."
6657
msgstr ""
6658
6659
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:14(info/desc)
6660
msgid ""
6661
"Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can "
6662
"use them."
6663
msgstr ""
6664
6665
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:18(page/title)
6666
msgid "My new iPod won't work"
6667
msgstr ""
6668
6669
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:20(page/p)
6670
msgid ""
6671
"If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, "
6672
"it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. "
6673
"This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the "
6674
"<app>iTunes</app> software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS X."
6675
msgstr ""
6676
6677
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:22(page/p)
6678
msgid ""
6679
"To set-up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it "
6680
"in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. When asked for the "
6681
"<gui>Volume Format</gui>, choose <gui>MS-DOS (FAT)</gui>, <gui>Windows</gui> "
6682
"or similar. The other format does not work as well with Linux."
6683
msgstr ""
6684
6685
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:24(page/p)
6686
msgid ""
6687
"Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it "
6688
"into a Linux computer."
6689
msgstr ""
6690
6691
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:15(info/desc)
6692
msgid ""
6693
"Add a <input>.is_audio_player</input> file to tell your computer that it's "
6694
"an audio player."
6695
msgstr ""
6696
6697
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:19(page/title)
6698
msgid "Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?"
6699
msgstr ""
6700
6701
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:21(page/p)
6702
msgid ""
6703
"If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you "
6704
"can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been "
6705
"properly recognized as an audio player."
6706
msgstr ""
6707
6708
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:23(page/p)
6709
msgid ""
6710
"Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't "
6711
"help, <link xref=\"files-browse\">open the file manager</link>. You should "
6712
"see the player listed under <gui>Devices</gui> in the sidebar - click it to "
6713
"open the folder for the audio player. Now, click "
6714
"<guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Document</gui><gui>Empty "
6715
"Document</gui></guiseq>, type <input>.is_audio_player</input> and press "
6716
"<key>Enter</key> (the period and underscores are important, and it should be "
6717
"all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognize the device as an "
6718
"audio player."
6719
msgstr ""
6720
6721
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:25(page/p)
6722
msgid ""
6723
"Now, find the audio player in the file manager sidebar and eject it (right-"
6724
"click and click <gui>Eject</gui>). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This "
6725
"time it should have been recognized as an audio player by your music "
6726
"organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it."
6727
msgstr ""
6728
6729
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:28(note/p)
6730
msgid ""
6731
"These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They "
6732
"should work if your player is a <em>USB Mass Storage</em> device, though; it "
6733
"should say in its manual if it is."
6734
msgstr ""
6735
6736
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:32(note/p)
6737
msgid ""
6738
"When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the "
6739
"<input>.is_audio_player</input> file. This is because the period in the "
6740
"file's name tells the file manager to hide the file. You can check that it "
6741
"is still there by clicking <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden "
6742
"Files</gui></guiseq>."
6743
msgstr ""
6744
6745
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8(info/desc)
6746
msgid ""
6747
"Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify "
6748
"trash behavior."
6749
msgstr ""
6750
6751
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:28(page/title)
6752
msgid "File manager behavior preferences"
6753
msgstr ""
6754
6755
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:29(page/p)
6756
msgid ""
6757
"You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, whether "
6758
"folders are opened in new windows, how executable text files are handled, "
6759
"and the trash behavior. In any file manager window, click "
6760
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the "
6761
"<gui>Behavior</gui> tab."
6762
msgstr ""
6763
6764
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:36(section/title)
6765
msgid "Behavior"
6766
msgstr ""
6767
6768
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:39(title/gui)
6769
msgid "Single click to open items"
6770
msgstr ""
6771
6772
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:40(title/gui)
6773
msgid "Double click to open items"
6774
msgstr ""
6775
6776
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:41(item/p)
6777
msgid ""
6778
"By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can "
6779
"instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. "
6780
"When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
6781
"while clicking to select one or more files."
6782
msgstr ""
6783
6784
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:47(title/gui)
6785
msgid "Open each folder in its own window"
6786
msgstr ""
6787
6788
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:48(item/p)
6789
msgid ""
6790
"When you open a folder in the file manager, it will normally open in the "
6791
"same window. You can right-click a folder and select <gui>Open in New "
6792
"Window</gui> to open any single folder in a new window. If you often do "
6793
"this, select this option if you would rather have each folder open in its "
6794
"own window by default."
6795
msgstr ""
6796
6797
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:58(section/title)
6798
msgid "Executable text files"
6799
msgstr ""
6800
6801
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:59(section/p)
6802
msgid ""
6803
"An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run "
6804
"(execute). The <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
6805
"permissions#files\">file permissions</link> must also allow for the file to "
6806
"run as a program. The most common are Shell, Python, and Perl scripts. These "
6807
"have extensions .sh, .py, and .pl respectively."
6808
msgstr ""
6809
6810
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:60(section/p)
6811
msgid ""
6812
"You can select to <gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>, "
6813
"<gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui> or <gui>Ask each "
6814
"time</gui>. If the last option is selected, a dialog box will appear asking "
6815
"if you wish to run or view the selected text file."
6816
msgstr ""
6817
6818
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:67(info/title)
6819
msgctxt "link"
6820
msgid "File manager trash preferences"
6821
msgstr ""
6822
6823
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:69(section/title)
6824
msgid "Trash"
6825
msgstr ""
6826
6827
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:73(title/gui)
6828
msgid "Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files"
6829
msgstr ""
6830
6831
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:74(item/p)
6832
msgid ""
6833
"This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will "
6834
"be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete "
6835
"files."
6836
msgstr ""
6837
6838
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:77(title/gui)
6839
msgid "Include a delete command that bypasses Trash"
6840
msgstr ""
6841
6842
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:78(item/p)
6843
msgid ""
6844
"Selecting this option will add a <gui>Delete</gui> menu item to the "
6845
"<gui>Edit</gui> menu as well as the menu that pops up when you right-click "
6846
"on an item in the <app>Files</app> application."
6847
msgstr ""
6848
6849
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:80(note/p)
6850
msgid ""
6851
"Deleting an item using the <gui>Delete</gui> menu option bypasses the Trash "
6852
"altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way "
6853
"to recover the deleted item."
6854
msgstr ""
6855
6856
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:7(info/desc)
6857
msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager."
6858
msgstr ""
6859
6860
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:17(page/title)
6861
msgid "Edit folder bookmarks"
6862
msgstr ""
6863
6864
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:18(page/p)
6865
msgid ""
6866
"Your bookmarks are listed in the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> menu of the file "
6867
"manager."
6868
msgstr ""
6869
6870
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:20(steps/title)
6871
msgid "Delete a bookmark:"
6872
msgstr ""
6873
6874
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:21(item/p)
6875
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:34(item/p)
6876
msgid ""
6877
"Click on <guiseq><gui>Bookmarks</gui><gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui></guiseq>."
6878
msgstr ""
6879
6880
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:22(item/p)
6881
msgid ""
6882
"In the <gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to "
6883
"delete and click <gui>Remove</gui>."
6884
msgstr ""
6885
6886
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:23(item/p)
6887
msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
6888
msgstr ""
6889
6890
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:27(steps/title)
6891
msgid "Add a bookmark:"
6892
msgstr ""
6893
6894
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28(item/p)
6895
msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
6896
msgstr ""
6897
6898
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29(item/p)
6899
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Bookmarks</gui><gui>Add Bookmark</gui></guiseq>."
6900
msgstr ""
6901
6902
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:33(steps/title)
6903
msgid "Rename a bookmark"
6904
msgstr ""
6905
6906
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35(item/p)
6907
msgid ""
6908
"In the <gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to "
6909
"rename."
6910
msgstr ""
6911
6912
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36(item/p)
6913
msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark."
6914
msgstr ""
6915
6916
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38(note/p)
6917
msgid ""
6918
"Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two "
6919
"different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same "
6920
"name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell "
6921
"them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other "
6922
"than the name of the folder it points to."
6923
msgstr ""
6924
6925
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:7(info/desc)
6926
msgid ""
6927
"View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or "
6928
"WebDAV."
6929
msgstr ""
6930
6931
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:18(page/title)
6932
msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"
6933
msgstr ""
6934
6935
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:20(page/p)
6936
msgid ""
6937
"You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on "
6938
"that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a "
6939
"convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share "
6940
"files with other people on your local network."
6941
msgstr ""
6942
6943
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:26(page/p)
6944
msgid ""
6945
"To browse files over the network, first <link xref=\"files-browse\">open the "
6946
"file manager</link>"
6947
msgstr ""
6948
6949
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:28(page/p)
6950
msgid ""
6951
"Click <gui>Browse Network</gui> in the sidebar, or select <gui>Network</gui> "
6952
"from the <gui>Go</gui> menu. The file manager will find any computers on "
6953
"your local area network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you "
6954
"want to connect to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the "
6955
"computer you're looking for, you can manually connect to a server by typing "
6956
"in its internet/network address."
6957
msgstr ""
6958
6959
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:37(steps/title)
6960
msgid "Connect to a file server"
6961
msgstr ""
6962
6963
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:38(item/p)
6964
msgid ""
6965
"In the file manager, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui> <gui>Connect to "
6966
"Server</gui></guiseq>."
6967
msgstr ""
6968
6969
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:40(item/p)
6970
msgid ""
6971
"Enter the server address, select the type of server, and enter any "
6972
"additional information as required. Then click <gui>Connect</gui>. Details "
6973
"on server types are <link xref=\"#types\">listed below</link>."
6974
msgstr ""
6975
6976
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:43(item/p)
6977
msgid ""
6978
"For servers on the internet, you can usually use the domain name (e.g. "
6979
"<sys>ftp.example.com</sys>). For computers on your local network, however, "
6980
"you may have to use the computer's <link xref=\"net-findip\">numeric IP "
6981
"address</link>."
6982
msgstr ""
6983
6984
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:48(item/p)
6985
msgid ""
6986
"A new window will open showing you the files on the server. You can browse "
6987
"the files just as you would for those on your own computer."
6988
msgstr ""
6989
6990
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:50(item/p)
6991
msgid ""
6992
"The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it quickly in "
6993
"the future"
6994
msgstr ""
6995
6996
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:56(section/title)
6997
msgid "Different types of servers"
6998
msgstr ""
6999
7000
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:58(section/p)
7001
msgid ""
7002
"You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and "
7003
"allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a user "
7004
"name and password."
7005
msgstr ""
7006
7007
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:61(section/p)
7008
msgid ""
7009
"You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a "
7010
"server. For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to "
7011
"delete files."
7012
msgstr ""
7013
7014
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:66(terms/title)
7015
msgid "Types of servers"
7016
msgstr ""
7017
7018
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:68(item/title)
7019
msgid "SSH"
7020
msgstr ""
7021
7022
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:69(item/p)
7023
msgid ""
7024
"If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect "
7025
"using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they "
7026
"can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in. If you "
7027
"use a secure shell key to log in, leave the password field blank."
7028
msgstr ""
7029
7030
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:79(item/p)
7031
msgid ""
7032
"When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted "
7033
"so that other users on your network can't see it."
7034
msgstr ""
7035
7036
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:83(item/title)
7037
msgid "FTP (with login)"
7038
msgstr ""
7039
7040
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:84(item/p)
7041
msgid ""
7042
"FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not "
7043
"encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some "
7044
"servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or "
7045
"download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and "
7046
"upload files."
7047
msgstr ""
7048
7049
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:91(item/title)
7050
msgid "Public FTP"
7051
msgstr ""
7052
7053
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:92(item/p)
7054
msgid ""
7055
"Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or "
7056
"anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a user name and password, "
7057
"and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files."
7058
msgstr ""
7059
7060
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:96(note/p)
7061
msgid ""
7062
"Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public user name and "
7063
"password, or with a public user name using your email address as the "
7064
"password. For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and "
7065
"use the credentials specified by the FTP site."
7066
msgstr ""
7067
7068
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:103(item/title)
7069
msgid "Windows share"
7070
msgstr ""
7071
7072
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:104(item/p)
7073
msgid ""
7074
"Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local "
7075
"area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into "
7076
"<em>domains</em> for organization and to better control access. If you have "
7077
"the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows "
7078
"share from the file manager."
7079
msgstr ""
7080
7081
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:111(item/title)
7082
msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"
7083
msgstr ""
7084
7085
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:112(item/p)
7086
msgid ""
7087
"Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to "
7088
"share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the "
7089
"server you're connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose "
7090
"this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users "
7091
"can't see your password."
7092
msgstr ""
7093
7094
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
7095
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
7096
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
7097
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
7098
#: C/nautilus-display.page:32(media)
7099
msgctxt "_"
7100
msgid ""
7101
"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' "
7102
"md5='c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
7103
msgstr ""
7104
7105
#: C/nautilus-display.page:8(info/desc)
7106
msgid "Control icon captions and the date format used in the file manager."
7107
msgstr ""
7108
7109
#: C/nautilus-display.page:22(page/title)
7110
msgid "File manager display preferences"
7111
msgstr ""
7112
7113
#: C/nautilus-display.page:24(page/p)
7114
msgid ""
7115
"You can control various aspects of how the file manager displays files, "
7116
"including captions under icons and how dates are formatted. In any file "
7117
"manager window, click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> "
7118
"and select the <gui>Display</gui> tab."
7119
msgstr ""
7120
7121
#: C/nautilus-display.page:30(section/title)
7122
msgid "Icon captions"
7123
msgstr ""
7124
7125
#: C/nautilus-display.page:33(media/p)
7126
msgid "File manager icons with captions"
7127
msgstr ""
7128
7129
#: C/nautilus-display.page:35(section/p)
7130
msgid ""
7131
"When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files "
7132
"and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for "
7133
"example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last "
7134
"modified."
7135
msgstr ""
7136
7137
#: C/nautilus-display.page:39(section/p)
7138
msgid ""
7139
"As you zoom in on a folder (under the <gui>View</gui> menu), the file "
7140
"manager will display more and more information in captions. You can choose "
7141
"up to three things to show in captions. The first will be displayed at most "
7142
"zoom levels. The last will only be shown at very large sizes."
7143
msgstr ""
7144
7145
#: C/nautilus-display.page:43(section/p)
7146
msgid ""
7147
"The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you "
7148
"can use in list view. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more "
7149
"information."
7150
msgstr ""
7151
7152
#: C/nautilus-display.page:46(note/p)
7153
msgid ""
7154
"If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon "
7155
"caption changes to take effect. Click "
7156
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Reload</gui></guiseq> or press "
7157
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>."
7158
msgstr ""
7159
7160
#: C/nautilus-display.page:52(section/title)
7161
msgid "Date format"
7162
msgstr ""
7163
7164
#: C/nautilus-display.page:53(section/p)
7165
msgid ""
7166
"Access and modification times for files can be displayed in icon captions or "
7167
"in list view columns. You can choose the date format that is easiest for you "
7168
"from the <gui>Format</gui> drop-down list. Available formats include a "
7169
"verbose format like you might write by hand, an international standard "
7170
"format, and a format that uses relative phrases like <em>today</em> and "
7171
"<em>yesterday</em>. The drop-down list shows the formats by example, by "
7172
"showing the current date and time in that format."
7173
msgstr ""
7174
7175
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:8(info/desc)
7176
msgid ""
7177
"View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default "
7178
"applications."
7179
msgstr ""
7180
7181
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:25(page/title)
7182
msgid "File properties"
7183
msgstr ""
7184
7185
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:27(page/p)
7186
msgid ""
7187
"To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select "
7188
"<gui>Properties</gui>. You can also select the file and press "
7189
"<guiseq><gui>Alt</gui><gui>Enter</gui></guiseq>."
7190
msgstr ""
7191
7192
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:31(page/p)
7193
msgid ""
7194
"The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the "
7195
"size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this "
7196
"information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-"
7197
"list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
7198
"captions\">icon captions</link>. You can also use this window to <link "
7199
"xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">set file permissions</link> "
7200
"and <link xref=\"files-open\">choose applications to open files</link>."
7201
msgstr ""
7202
7203
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:40(page/p)
7204
msgid ""
7205
"The information given on the <gui>Basic</gui> tab is explained below. There "
7206
"are also <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
7207
"permissions\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-"
7208
"open#default\">Open With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such "
7209
"as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information "
7210
"like the dimensions, duration, and codec."
7211
msgstr ""
7212
7213
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:56(section/title)
7214
msgid "Basic properties"
7215
msgstr ""
7216
7217
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:59(title/gui)
7218
#: C/nautilus-list.page:31(title/gui)
7219
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:28(td/p)
7220
msgid "Name"
7221
msgstr ""
7222
7223
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:60(item/p)
7224
msgid ""
7225
"You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file "
7226
"outside the properties window. See <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
7227
msgstr ""
7228
7229
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:65(title/gui)
7230
#: C/nautilus-list.page:40(title/gui)
7231
msgid "Type"
7232
msgstr ""
7233
7234
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66(item/p)
7235
msgid ""
7236
"This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, "
7237
"OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which "
7238
"applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can't "
7239
"open a picture with a music player. See <link xref=\"files-open\"/> for more "
7240
"information on this."
7241
msgstr ""
7242
7243
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71(item/p)
7244
msgid ""
7245
"The <em>MIME type</em> of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a "
7246
"standard way that computers use to refer to the file type."
7247
msgstr ""
7248
7249
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:76(item/title)
7250
msgid "Contents"
7251
msgstr ""
7252
7253
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77(item/p)
7254
msgid ""
7255
"This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder "
7256
"rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If "
7257
"the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, "
7258
"even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If "
7259
"the folder is empty, the contents will display <gui>nothing</gui>."
7260
msgstr ""
7261
7262
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:81(item/title)
7263
#: C/nautilus-list.page:35(title/gui)
7264
msgid "Size"
7265
msgstr ""
7266
7267
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82(item/p)
7268
msgid ""
7269
"This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The "
7270
"size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an "
7271
"indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email "
7272
"(big files take longer to send/receive)."
7273
msgstr ""
7274
7275
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83(item/p)
7276
msgid ""
7277
"Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, "
7278
"the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is "
7279
"1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on."
7280
msgstr ""
7281
7282
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:87(item/title)
7283
#: C/nautilus-list.page:59(title/gui)
7284
msgid "Location"
7285
msgstr ""
7286
7287
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:88(item/p)
7288
msgid ""
7289
"The location of each file on your computer is given by its <em>absolute "
7290
"path</em>. This is a unique \"address\" of the file on your computer, made "
7291
"up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. "
7292
"For example, if Jim had a file called <file>Resume.pdf</file> in his Home "
7293
"folder, its location would be <file>/home/jim/Resume.pdf</file>."
7294
msgstr ""
7295
7296
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:92(item/title)
7297
msgid "Volume"
7298
msgstr ""
7299
7300
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93(item/p)
7301
msgid ""
7302
"The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where "
7303
"the file is physically stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a "
7304
"CD, or a <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share or file "
7305
"server</link>. Hard disks can be split up into several <link xref=\"disk-"
7306
"partitions\">disk partitions</link>; the partition will be displayed under "
7307
"<gui>Volume</gui> too."
7308
msgstr ""
7309
7310
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:103(item/title)
7311
msgid "Free Space"
7312
msgstr ""
7313
7314
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:104(item/p)
7315
msgid ""
7316
"This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which "
7317
"is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking "
7318
"if the hard disk is full."
7319
msgstr ""
7320
7321
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:111(item/title)
7322
msgid "Accessed"
7323
msgstr ""
7324
7325
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:112(item/p)
7326
msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened."
7327
msgstr ""
7328
7329
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:116(item/title)
7330
msgid "Modified"
7331
msgstr ""
7332
7333
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:117(item/p)
7334
msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved."
7335
msgstr ""
7336
7337
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:9(info/desc)
7338
msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders."
7339
msgstr ""
7340
7341
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:25(page/title)
7342
msgid "Set file permissions"
7343
msgstr ""
7344
7345
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:27(page/p)
7346
msgid ""
7347
"You can use file permissions control who can view and edit files that you "
7348
"own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select "
7349
"<gui>Properties</gui>, then select the <gui>Permissions</gui> tab."
7350
msgstr ""
7351
7352
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:31(page/p)
7353
msgid ""
7354
"See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details "
7355
"on the types of permissions you can set."
7356
msgstr ""
7357
7358
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:35(section/title)
7359
msgid "Files"
7360
msgstr ""
7361
7362
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:37(section/p)
7363
msgid ""
7364
"You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all "
7365
"other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can "
7366
"give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-"
7367
"only if you don't want to accidentally change it."
7368
msgstr ""
7369
7370
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:42(section/p)
7371
msgid ""
7372
"Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is "
7373
"common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not "
7374
"often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for "
7375
"departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a "
7376
"group. You can set the file's group and control the permissions for all "
7377
"users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong "
7378
"to."
7379
msgstr ""
7380
7381
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:50(section/p)
7382
msgid ""
7383
"You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in "
7384
"the file's group."
7385
msgstr ""
7386
7387
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:53(section/p)
7388
msgid ""
7389
"If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow "
7390
"executing file as program</gui> to run it. Even with this option selected, "
7391
"the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what "
7392
"to do. See <link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> for more "
7393
"information."
7394
msgstr ""
7395
7396
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:61(section/title)
7397
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:62(title/gui)
7398
msgid "Folders"
7399
msgstr ""
7400
7401
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:62(section/p)
7402
msgid ""
7403
"You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. "
7404
"See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, "
7405
"groups, and other users."
7406
msgstr ""
7407
7408
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:65(section/p)
7409
msgid ""
7410
"The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can "
7411
"set for a file."
7412
msgstr ""
7413
7414
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:69(title/gui)
7415
msgid "None"
7416
msgstr ""
7417
7418
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70(item/p)
7419
msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder."
7420
msgstr ""
7421
7422
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:74(title/gui)
7423
msgid "List files only"
7424
msgstr ""
7425
7426
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75(item/p)
7427
msgid ""
7428
"The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be "
7429
"able to open, create, or delete files."
7430
msgstr ""
7431
7432
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:79(title/gui)
7433
msgid "Access files"
7434
msgstr ""
7435
7436
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:80(item/p)
7437
msgid ""
7438
"The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have "
7439
"permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create "
7440
"new files or delete files."
7441
msgstr ""
7442
7443
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:85(title/gui)
7444
msgid "Create and delete files"
7445
msgstr ""
7446
7447
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:86(item/p)
7448
msgid ""
7449
"The user will have full access to the directory, including opening, "
7450
"creating, and deleting files."
7451
msgstr ""
7452
7453
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:91(section/p)
7454
msgid ""
7455
"You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the "
7456
"folder by using the <gui>File access</gui> drop-down lists and the "
7457
"<gui>Execute</gui> option. Leave the drop-down lists as <gui>---</gui> for "
7458
"no change, or the <gui>Execute</gui> check box in the indeterminate state (a "
7459
"horizontal line across it)."
7460
msgstr ""
7461
7462
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:96(section/p)
7463
msgid ""
7464
"If you click <gui>Apply Permissions to Enclosed Files</gui>, the file "
7465
"manager will adjust the read, write, and execute permissions of contained "
7466
"files based on the <gui>File access</gui> and <gui>Execute</gui> options you "
7467
"set. It will also change the permissions of contained folders to match the "
7468
"permissions of that folder. Permissions for enclosed files are applied to "
7469
"files in subfolders as well, to any depth."
7470
msgstr ""
7471
7472
#: C/nautilus-list.page:7(info/desc)
7473
msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."
7474
msgstr ""
7475
7476
#: C/nautilus-list.page:20(page/title)
7477
msgid "File manager list columns preferences"
7478
msgstr ""
7479
7480
#: C/nautilus-list.page:22(page/p)
7481
msgid ""
7482
"There are 12 columns of information that you can display in the file "
7483
"manager's list view. Click "
7484
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the "
7485
"<gui>List Columns</gui> tab to select which columns will be visible."
7486
msgstr ""
7487
7488
#: C/nautilus-list.page:25(note/p)
7489
msgid ""
7490
"Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the "
7491
"order in which the selected columns will appear."
7492
msgstr ""
7493
7494
#: C/nautilus-list.page:32(item/p)
7495
msgid "The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed."
7496
msgstr ""
7497
7498
#: C/nautilus-list.page:36(item/p)
7499
msgid ""
7500
"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the "
7501
"folder. The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
7502
msgstr ""
7503
7504
#: C/nautilus-list.page:41(item/p)
7505
msgid ""
7506
"Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 "
7507
"audio, and more."
7508
msgstr ""
7509
7510
#: C/nautilus-list.page:44(title/gui)
7511
msgid "Date Modified"
7512
msgstr ""
7513
7514
#: C/nautilus-list.page:45(item/p)
7515
msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."
7516
msgstr ""
7517
7518
#: C/nautilus-list.page:49(title/gui)
7519
msgid "Date Accessed"
7520
msgstr ""
7521
7522
#: C/nautilus-list.page:50(item/p)
7523
msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was accessed."
7524
msgstr ""
7525
7526
#: C/nautilus-list.page:53(title/gui)
7527
msgid "Group"
7528
msgstr ""
7529
7530
#: C/nautilus-list.page:54(item/p)
7531
msgid ""
7532
"The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their "
7533
"own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users "
7534
"might be in groups according to department or project."
7535
msgstr ""
7536
7537
#: C/nautilus-list.page:60(item/p)
7538
msgid "The path to the location of the file."
7539
msgstr ""
7540
7541
#: C/nautilus-list.page:63(title/gui)
7542
msgid "MIME Type"
7543
msgstr ""
7544
7545
#: C/nautilus-list.page:64(item/p)
7546
msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."
7547
msgstr ""
7548
7549
#: C/nautilus-list.page:68(title/gui)
7550
msgid "Permissions"
7551
msgstr ""
7552
7553
#: C/nautilus-list.page:69(item/p)
7554
msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
7555
msgstr ""
7556
7557
#: C/nautilus-list.page:72(item/p)
7558
msgid ""
7559
"The first character <gui>-</gui> is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means "
7560
"regular file and <gui>d</gui> means directory (folder)."
7561
msgstr ""
7562
7563
#: C/nautilus-list.page:75(item/p)
7564
msgid ""
7565
"The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user "
7566
"who owns the file."
7567
msgstr ""
7568
7569
#: C/nautilus-list.page:78(item/p)
7570
msgid ""
7571
"The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the "
7572
"group that owns the file."
7573
msgstr ""
7574
7575
#: C/nautilus-list.page:81(item/p)
7576
msgid ""
7577
"The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions "
7578
"for all other users on the system."
7579
msgstr ""
7580
7581
#: C/nautilus-list.page:84(item/p)
7582
msgid "Each character has the following meanings:"
7583
msgstr ""
7584
7585
#: C/nautilus-list.page:88(item/p)
7586
msgid "r : Read permission."
7587
msgstr ""
7588
7589
#: C/nautilus-list.page:89(item/p)
7590
msgid "w : Write permission."
7591
msgstr ""
7592
7593
#: C/nautilus-list.page:90(item/p)
7594
msgid "x : Execute permission."
7595
msgstr ""
7596
7597
#: C/nautilus-list.page:91(item/p)
7598
msgid "- : No permission."
7599
msgstr ""
7600
7601
#: C/nautilus-list.page:96(title/gui)
7602
msgid "Octal Permissions"
7603
msgstr ""
7604
7605
#: C/nautilus-list.page:97(item/p)
7606
msgid ""
7607
"Displays the file permissions in octal notation prefixed with '40' for "
7608
"folders and '100' for files. In the last three digits, each digit represents "
7609
"user class, group class and other users respectively."
7610
msgstr ""
7611
7612
#: C/nautilus-list.page:99(item/p)
7613
msgid "Read adds 4 to the total of each of the last three digits."
7614
msgstr ""
7615
7616
#: C/nautilus-list.page:100(item/p)
7617
msgid "Write adds 2 to the total."
7618
msgstr ""
7619
7620
#: C/nautilus-list.page:101(item/p)
7621
msgid "Execute adds 1 to the total."
7622
msgstr ""
7623
7624
#: C/nautilus-list.page:105(title/gui)
7625
msgid "Owner"
7626
msgstr ""
7627
7628
#: C/nautilus-list.page:106(item/p)
7629
msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."
7630
msgstr ""
7631
7632
#: C/nautilus-list.page:110(title/gui)
7633
msgid "SELinux Context"
7634
msgstr ""
7635
7636
#: C/nautilus-list.page:111(item/p)
7637
msgid "Displays the SELinux Context of the file, if applicable."
7638
msgstr ""
7639
7640
#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:16(page/title)
7641
msgid "File manager preferences"
7642
msgstr ""
7643
7644
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:8(info/desc)
7645
msgid "Control when thumbnails and previews are used for files."
7646
msgstr ""
7647
7648
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:21(page/title)
7649
msgid "File manager preview preferences"
7650
msgstr ""
7651
7652
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:23(page/p)
7653
msgid ""
7654
"The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image and video files, and "
7655
"can also preview text files and sound files. Previews can be slow for large "
7656
"files or over networks, so you can control when previews are made. In any "
7657
"file manager window, click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui> "
7658
"<gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the <gui>Preview</gui> tab."
7659
msgstr ""
7660
7661
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:29(page/p)
7662
msgid ""
7663
"By default, all previews are only done for local files on your computer or "
7664
"connected external drives. The file manager can <link xref=\"nautilus-"
7665
"connect\">browse files on other computers</link> over a local area network "
7666
"or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area network, and "
7667
"the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set some or all of the "
7668
"preview options to <gui>Always</gui>."
7669
msgstr ""
7670
7671
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:38(title/gui)
7672
msgid "Text Files"
7673
msgstr ""
7674
7675
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:39(item/p)
7676
msgid ""
7677
"The icon for plain text files looks like a piece of paper with text inside. "
7678
"The file manager automatically extracts the first few lines of text from the "
7679
"file and shows it in the icon. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn "
7680
"it on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
7681
msgstr ""
7682
7683
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:46(title/gui)
7684
msgid "Other Previewable Files"
7685
msgstr ""
7686
7687
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:47(item/p)
7688
msgid ""
7689
"The file manager can automatically create thumbnails for images, videos, PDF "
7690
"files, and various other file types. Applications with custom file types can "
7691
"even provide thumbnail support for files they create. You can turn this "
7692
"feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local "
7693
"external drives. You can also only allow thumbnails to be created for files "
7694
"below a certain file size."
7695
msgstr ""
7696
7697
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:55(title/gui)
7698
msgid "Sound Files"
7699
msgstr ""
7700
7701
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:56(item/p)
7702
msgid ""
7703
"You can <link xref=\"files-preview-music\">preview music and other sounds "
7704
"files</link> by hovering your mouse. You can turn this feature on or off, or "
7705
"turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
7706
msgstr ""
7707
7708
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:63(item/p)
7709
msgid ""
7710
"If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view "
7711
"columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon "
7712
"captions</link>, folders will be shown with a count of how many files and "
7713
"folders they contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for "
7714
"very large folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, "
7715
"or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
7716
msgstr ""
7717
7718
#: C/nautilus-views.page:8(info/desc)
7719
msgid ""
7720
"Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager."
7721
msgstr ""
7722
7723
#: C/nautilus-views.page:26(page/title)
7724
msgid "File manager views preferences"
7725
msgstr ""
7726
7727
#: C/nautilus-views.page:27(page/p)
7728
msgid ""
7729
"You can control the default view for new folders, how files and folders are "
7730
"sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and "
7731
"whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. In any file manager window, "
7732
"click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the "
7733
"<gui>Views</gui> tab."
7734
msgstr ""
7735
7736
#: C/nautilus-views.page:34(section/title)
7737
msgid "Default view"
7738
msgstr ""
7739
7740
#: C/nautilus-views.page:37(title/gui)
7741
msgid "View new folders using"
7742
msgstr ""
7743
7744
#: C/nautilus-views.page:38(item/p)
7745
msgid ""
7746
"By default, new folders are shown in icon view. You can select a view for "
7747
"each folder as you browse, and the file manager will remember which view you "
7748
"prefer for each folder. But if you often use the list or compact views, you "
7749
"can use these views by default."
7750
msgstr ""
7751
7752
#: C/nautilus-views.page:42(item/p)
7753
msgid ""
7754
"Change the view for an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu by "
7755
"clicking <gui>Icons</gui>, <gui>List</gui>, or <gui>Compact</gui>."
7756
msgstr ""
7757
7758
#: C/nautilus-views.page:46(title/gui)
7759
msgid "Arrange items"
7760
msgstr ""
7761
7762
#: C/nautilus-views.page:47(item/p)
7763
msgid ""
7764
"You can arrange the items in your folder by name, file size, file type, when "
7765
"they were last modified, when they were last accessed, or when they were "
7766
"trashed. You can change how files are sorted in an individual folder using "
7767
"the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Arrange Items</gui></guiseq> menu, or by "
7768
"clicking the list column headers in list view. See <link xref=\"files-"
7769
"sort\"/> for details. This menu only affects the current folder, and the "
7770
"file manager will remember your preferred sorting technique for each folder."
7771
msgstr ""
7772
7773
#: C/nautilus-views.page:54(item/p)
7774
msgid ""
7775
"Use the <gui>Arrange items</gui> drop-down list in the preferences to change "
7776
"the default order used in new folders."
7777
msgstr ""
7778
7779
#: C/nautilus-views.page:58(title/gui)
7780
msgid "Sort folders before files"
7781
msgstr ""
7782
7783
#: C/nautilus-views.page:59(item/p)
7784
msgid ""
7785
"By default, the file manager will show all folders before files. Folders and "
7786
"files will each be arranged according to the selected sort order. If you "
7787
"would rather not treat folders specially and have them mixed with files "
7788
"according to the sort order, select this option."
7789
msgstr ""
7790
7791
#: C/nautilus-views.page:65(title/gui)
7792
msgid "Show hidden and backup files"
7793
msgstr ""
7794
7795
#: C/nautilus-views.page:66(item/p)
7796
msgid ""
7797
"The file manager does not display hidden files or folders by default. See "
7798
"<link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for information on hidden files. You can show "
7799
"hidden files in an individual window from the <gui>View</gui> menu. If you "
7800
"prefer to always show hidden files, or want to see hidden files in every "
7801
"open file manager window, select this option."
7802
msgstr ""
7803
7804
#: C/nautilus-views.page:77(section/title)
7805
msgid "Icon view defaults"
7806
msgstr ""
7807
7808
#: C/nautilus-views.page:80(title/gui)
7809
#: C/nautilus-views.page:103(title/gui)
7810
#: C/nautilus-views.page:125(title/gui)
7811
msgid "Default zoom level"
7812
msgstr ""
7813
7814
#: C/nautilus-views.page:81(item/p)
7815
msgid ""
7816
"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in icon view. You can do "
7817
"this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and the file "
7818
"manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you frequently "
7819
"use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
7820
msgstr ""
7821
7822
#: C/nautilus-views.page:85(item/p)
7823
msgid ""
7824
"In icon view, more or fewer captions are shown based on your zoom level. See "
7825
"<link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\"/> for more information."
7826
msgstr ""
7827
7828
#: C/nautilus-views.page:89(title/gui)
7829
msgid "Text beside icons"
7830
msgstr ""
7831
7832
#: C/nautilus-views.page:90(item/p)
7833
msgid ""
7834
"Selecting this option will place folder and file names to the right of "
7835
"icons, rather than below them. This is a more compact layout that allows you "
7836
"to see more information at once."
7837
msgstr ""
7838
7839
#: C/nautilus-views.page:99(section/title)
7840
msgid "Compact view defaults"
7841
msgstr ""
7842
7843
#: C/nautilus-views.page:104(item/p)
7844
msgid ""
7845
"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in compact view. You can "
7846
"do this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and the file "
7847
"manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you frequently "
7848
"use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
7849
msgstr ""
7850
7851
#: C/nautilus-views.page:110(title/gui)
7852
msgid "All columns have the same width"
7853
msgstr ""
7854
7855
#: C/nautilus-views.page:111(item/p)
7856
msgid ""
7857
"By default, each column in compact view is as wide as it needs to be to fit "
7858
"the names of the items in that column. Selecting this option will make all "
7859
"the columns have the same width. This will make files and folders that have "
7860
"names longer than the column width be displayed with an ellipsis (...) at "
7861
"the end."
7862
msgstr ""
7863
7864
#: C/nautilus-views.page:122(section/title)
7865
msgid "List view defaults"
7866
msgstr ""
7867
7868
#: C/nautilus-views.page:126(item/p)
7869
msgid ""
7870
"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view. You can do "
7871
"this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and the file "
7872
"manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you frequently "
7873
"use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
7874
msgstr ""
7875
7876
#: C/nautilus-views.page:136(section/title)
7877
msgid "Tree view defaults"
7878
msgstr ""
7879
7880
#: C/nautilus-views.page:137(section/p)
7881
msgid ""
7882
"You can show a full folder tree in your file manager sidebar by selecting "
7883
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui><gui>Tree</gui></guiseq>. By "
7884
"default, the tree sidebar only shows folders. If you want to show files in "
7885
"the sidebar as well, turn <gui>Show only folders</gui> off."
7886
msgstr ""
7887
7888
#: C/net-adhoc.page:13(info/desc)
7889
msgid ""
7890
"You can connect computers together by forming an <em>ad-hoc</em> wireless "
7891
"network."
7892
msgstr ""
7893
7894
#: C/net-adhoc.page:17(page/title)
7895
msgid "Connect directly to another computer with a wireless connection"
7896
msgstr ""
7897
7898
#: C/net-adhoc.page:19(page/p)
7899
msgid ""
7900
"You can connect computers together by forming an <em>ad-hoc</em> wireless "
7901
"network. This is useful if one of the computers has a printer connected to "
7902
"it that you want to share, or if you want to transfer files between them."
7903
msgstr ""
7904
7905
#: C/net-adhoc.page:21(page/p)
7906
msgid ""
7907
"With a normal (<em>infrastructure</em>) wireless network, you would connect "
7908
"both computers to a wireless network provided by wireless base station or "
7909
"router. If you don't have a base station, however, an ad-hoc network will "
7910
"still allow you to connect the computers to each other."
7911
msgstr ""
7912
7913
#: C/net-adhoc.page:23(page/p)
7914
msgid "To set-up an ad-hoc wireless network:"
7915
msgstr ""
7916
7917
#: C/net-adhoc.page:26(item/p)
7918
msgid ""
7919
"On one of the computers, click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the top panel "
7920
"and select <gui>Edit Connections</gui>."
7921
msgstr ""
7922
7923
#: C/net-adhoc.page:30(item/p)
7924
msgid "Go to the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab and click <gui>Add</gui>."
7925
msgstr ""
7926
7927
#: C/net-adhoc.page:34(item/p)
7928
msgid ""
7929
"In the window that appears, choose a name for the wireless network and then "
7930
"look at the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab."
7931
msgstr ""
7932
7933
#: C/net-adhoc.page:38(item/p)
7934
msgid ""
7935
"Choose an <gui>SSID</gui>. This is the name of the network that other people "
7936
"will be able to see."
7937
msgstr ""
7938
7939
#: C/net-adhoc.page:42(item/p)
7940
msgid ""
7941
"Change the <gui>Mode</gui> to <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> and leave the other settings "
7942
"at their defaults. Click <gui>Save</gui>."
7943
msgstr ""
7944
7945
#: C/net-adhoc.page:46(item/p)
7946
msgid ""
7947
"On the other computer, click the <gui>network indicator</gui> on the top bar "
7948
"and look for a network with the SSID you chose. It might take a minute or "
7949
"two to appear in the list."
7950
msgstr ""
7951
7952
#: C/net-adhoc.page:47(item/p)
7953
msgid ""
7954
"Click the name of your new ad-hoc network to connect to it. Once connected, "
7955
"you will be able to access network shares and so on, like you would if both "
7956
"computers were connected to a conventional wireless network."
7957
msgstr ""
7958
7959
#: C/net-adhoc.page:51(page/p)
7960
msgid ""
7961
"These instructions will be different if one of the computers is not running "
7962
"Linux. You may find it easiest to set-up the ad-hoc network on the Linux "
7963
"computer and connect to it using the other computer."
7964
msgstr ""
7965
7966
#: C/net-adhoc.page:53(page/p)
7967
msgid ""
7968
"Also note that some wireless network cards do not support ad-hoc networking, "
7969
"so you will not be able to use them to create an ad-hoc network."
7970
msgstr ""
7971
7972
#: C/net-adhoc.page:56(section/title)
7973
msgid "Securing an ad-hoc network"
7974
msgstr ""
7975
7976
#: C/net-adhoc.page:57(section/p)
7977
msgid ""
7978
"Anyone in the area will be able to connect to your ad-hoc network, so it's "
7979
"not very secure. You can add a <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">WEP/WPA "
7980
"password</link> to the network to protect it from unauthorized access."
7981
msgstr ""
7982
7983
#: C/net-adhoc.page:59(section/p)
7984
msgid "To add a password:"
7985
msgstr ""
7986
7987
#: C/net-adhoc.page:63(item/p)
7988
#: C/net-manual.page:25(item/p)
7989
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:27(item/p)
7990
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:28(item/p)
7991
msgid ""
7992
"Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the top panel and click <gui>Edit "
7993
"Connections</gui>."
7994
msgstr ""
7995
7996
#: C/net-adhoc.page:67(item/p)
7997
msgid ""
7998
"Go to the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab, select the ad-hoc wireless network and "
7999
"click <gui>Edit</gui>."
8000
msgstr ""
8001
8002
#: C/net-adhoc.page:71(item/p)
8003
msgid ""
8004
"Go to the <gui>Wireless Security</gui> tab and change the "
8005
"<gui>Security</gui> from <gui>None</gui>."
8006
msgstr ""
8007
8008
#: C/net-adhoc.page:75(item/p)
8009
msgid ""
8010
"Choose your own password and then click <gui>Save</gui>. The other computers "
8011
"connected to the ad-hoc connection will have to reconnect and you'll have to "
8012
"enter the password on each of them."
8013
msgstr ""
8014
8015
#: C/net-antivirus.page:8(info/desc)
8016
msgid ""
8017
"There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software."
8018
msgstr ""
8019
8020
#: C/net-antivirus.page:23(page/title)
8021
msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?"
8022
msgstr ""
8023
8024
#: C/net-antivirus.page:25(page/p)
8025
msgid ""
8026
"If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having "
8027
"anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the "
8028
"background, constantly checking for computer viruses which might find their "
8029
"way onto your computer and cause problems."
8030
msgstr ""
8031
8032
#: C/net-antivirus.page:27(page/p)
8033
msgid ""
8034
"Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use "
8035
"it. Viruses which affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is "
8036
"because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no-one "
8037
"writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, "
8038
"and security problems which viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly."
8039
msgstr ""
8040
8041
#: C/net-antivirus.page:29(page/p)
8042
msgid ""
8043
"Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to "
8044
"worry about them at the moment."
8045
msgstr ""
8046
8047
#: C/net-antivirus.page:31(page/p)
8048
msgid ""
8049
"If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files "
8050
"that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, "
8051
"you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the <app>Ubuntu Software "
8052
"Center</app> where a number of applications are available."
8053
msgstr ""
8054
8055
#: C/net-browser.page:10(info/desc)
8056
msgid ""
8057
"<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Change the default browser</link>, <link "
8058
"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install flash</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-"
8059
"java-plugin\">install the java plugin</link>..."
8060
msgstr ""
8061
8062
#: C/net-browser.page:17(credit/name)
8063
#: C/net-chat.page:19(credit/name)
8064
#: C/net-email.page:15(credit/name)
8065
#: C/net-general.page:18(credit/name)
8066
#: C/net-problem.page:16(credit/name)
8067
#: C/net-security.page:16(credit/name)
8068
#: C/net-wired.page:16(credit/name)
8069
#: C/net-wireless.page:20(credit/name)
8070
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:17(credit/name)
8071
msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team"
8072
msgstr ""
8073
8074
#: C/net-browser.page:22(page/title)
8075
msgid "Web Browsers"
8076
msgstr ""
8077
8078
#: C/net-chat.page:11(info/desc)
8079
msgid ""
8080
"<link xref=\"net-chat-empathy\">Chat on any network using "
8081
"<app>Empathy</app></link>, <link xref=\"net-chat-video\">make video "
8082
"calls</link>, <link xref=\"net-chat-skype\">install skype</link>, <link "
8083
"xref=\"net-chat-social\">social networking apps</link>"
8084
msgstr ""
8085
8086
#: C/net-chat.page:24(page/title)
8087
msgid "Chat & Social Networking"
8088
msgstr ""
8089
8090
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:15(info/desc)
8091
msgid ""
8092
"With <app>Empathy</app> you can chat, call and video call with friends and "
8093
"colleagues on a variety of networks"
8094
msgstr ""
8095
8096
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:20(page/title)
8097
msgid "Instant messaging on Ubuntu"
8098
msgstr ""
8099
8100
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:22(page/p)
8101
msgid ""
8102
"With the <app>Empathy</app> application, you can chat with people online and "
8103
"with friends and colleagues who use Google Talk, AIM, Windows Live and many "
8104
"other chat programs. With a microphone or a webcam you can also have audio "
8105
"or video calls."
8106
msgstr ""
8107
8108
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:29(page/p)
8109
msgid ""
8110
"Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start <app>Empathy Instant "
8111
"Messaging</app> from the <link xref=\"unity-dash-intro\">dash</link>, the "
8112
"<link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">launcher</link> or choose "
8113
"<gui>Chat</gui> from the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">Messaging "
8114
"Menu</link>."
8115
msgstr ""
8116
8117
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:37(note/p)
8118
msgid ""
8119
"You can change your instant messaging status (Available, Away, Busy etc) "
8120
"from the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">Me Menu</link>."
8121
msgstr ""
8122
8123
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:43(page/p)
8124
msgid ""
8125
"For help with using Empathy, read the <link href=\"ghelp:empathy\">Empathy "
8126
"manual</link>."
8127
msgstr ""
8128
8129
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:14(info/desc)
8130
msgid ""
8131
"<app>Skype</app> is proprietary software and must be installed manually on "
8132
"Ubuntu"
8133
msgstr ""
8134
8135
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:19(page/title)
8136
msgid "How can I use Skype on Ubuntu?"
8137
msgstr ""
8138
8139
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:21(page/p)
8140
msgid ""
8141
"<app>Skype</app> is proprietary software that allows you to make calls over "
8142
"the Internet using your computer."
8143
msgstr ""
8144
8145
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:26(page/p)
8146
msgid ""
8147
"Skype uses decentralized peer-to-peer technologies, so your calls do not go "
8148
"through a central server, but through distributed servers and other users."
8149
msgstr ""
8150
8151
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:31(page/p)
8152
msgid ""
8153
"The Skype software is free to use, but it is not free software; the source "
8154
"code is proprietary and not available for modification."
8155
msgstr ""
8156
8157
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:36(page/p)
8158
msgid ""
8159
"Skype is not installed by default on Ubuntu. <link "
8160
"href=\"apt:skype\">Install the <em>skype</em> package</link> to use it."
8161
msgstr ""
8162
8163
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:41(note/p)
8164
msgid ""
8165
"You need to <link xref=\"addremove-sources#canonical-partner\">activate the "
8166
"Canonical Partner Repository</link> to install <app>Skype</app>"
8167
msgstr ""
8168
8169
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:55(list/title)
8170
msgid "Additional resources for help with <app>Skype</app>"
8171
msgstr ""
8172
8173
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:57(item/p)
8174
msgid ""
8175
"<link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/SkypeRecordingHowto\"> How to "
8176
"record Skype conversations </link>"
8177
msgstr ""
8178
8179
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:63(item/p)
8180
msgid ""
8181
"<link href=\"https://wiki.ubuntu.com/SkypeWebCams\"> A list of webcams which "
8182
"are compatible with Skype </link>"
8183
msgstr ""
8184
8185
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:69(item/p)
8186
msgid ""
8187
"<link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/SkypeTroubleshooting\"> "
8188
"Troubleshooting Skype - for advanced users </link>"
8189
msgstr ""
8190
8191
#: C/net-chat-social.page:13(info/desc)
8192
msgid ""
8193
"Post to <em>Twitter</em>, <em>Facebook</em> and other social networking "
8194
"sites directly from your desktop"
8195
msgstr ""
8196
8197
#: C/net-chat-social.page:18(page/title)
8198
msgid "Social networking from the desktop"
8199
msgstr ""
8200
8201
#: C/net-chat-social.page:20(page/p)
8202
msgid ""
8203
"With Ubuntu you can post to your favorite social networking sites from your "
8204
"desktop. Ubuntu uses the <app>Gwibber</app> application to allow you to "
8205
"organize your social networking sites in one place, and to post updates from "
8206
"the <gui>Me Menu</gui> without opening any website."
8207
msgstr ""
8208
8209
#: C/net-chat-social.page:27(page/p)
8210
msgid "To set up your social networking accounts:"
8211
msgstr ""
8212
8213
#: C/net-chat-social.page:32(item/p)
8214
msgid ""
8215
"Click the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">Me menu</link> on the right "
8216
"hand side of the top panel."
8217
msgstr ""
8218
8219
#: C/net-chat-social.page:36(item/p)
8220
msgid "Choose <gui>Broadcast Accounts...</gui>"
8221
msgstr ""
8222
8223
#: C/net-chat-social.page:40(item/p)
8224
msgid ""
8225
"Choose the social networking site you want to set up and click <gui>Add</gui>"
8226
msgstr ""
8227
8228
#: C/net-chat-social.page:44(item/p)
8229
msgid ""
8230
"Click <gui>Authorize</gui> and insert your account settings for that site, "
8231
"and follow the instructions"
8232
msgstr ""
8233
8234
#: C/net-chat-social.page:51(page/p)
8235
msgid ""
8236
"You can now view your social networking messages from the <link xref=\"unity-"
8237
"appmenu-intro\"> Messaging menu</link> on the right hand side of the top "
8238
"bar, in the <gui>Broadcast</gui> section. Click on any of the items in that "
8239
"section to open <gui>Gwibber</gui> and to read or post messages to your "
8240
"social network."
8241
msgstr ""
8242
8243
#: C/net-chat-social.page:59(note/p)
8244
msgid ""
8245
"You can download a PDF guide to using <app>Gwibber</app> <link href=\" "
8246
"http://gwibber.com/docs/user-"
8247
"guide/current/master_social_networking_with_gwibber.pdf\"> from the Gwibber "
8248
"website</link>."
8249
msgstr ""
8250
8251
#: C/net-chat-video.page:13(info/desc)
8252
msgid "What applications can I use to make video calls?"
8253
msgstr ""
8254
8255
#: C/net-chat-video.page:17(page/title)
8256
msgid "Video calls"
8257
msgstr ""
8258
8259
#: C/net-chat-video.page:19(page/p)
8260
msgid ""
8261
"You can make video calls from Ubuntu without installing any additional "
8262
"software using <app>Empathy</app> - via the <em>Google Talk</em>, <em>MSN "
8263
"</em>, <em>Jabber </em>, and <em>SIP</em> networks. See <link "
8264
"href=\"ghelp:empathy?audio-video\">the Empathy manual</link> for help on "
8265
"making video calls with <app>Empathy</app>."
8266
msgstr ""
8267
8268
#: C/net-chat-video.page:28(list/title)
8269
msgid "Other applications which support video calls include"
8270
msgstr ""
8271
8272
#: C/net-chat-video.page:30(item/p)
8273
msgid "<app>Skype</app>"
8274
msgstr ""
8275
8276
#: C/net-chat-video.page:34(item/p)
8277
msgid "<app>Ekiga</app>"
8278
msgstr ""
8279
8280
#: C/net-default-browser.page:14(info/desc)
8281
msgid ""
8282
"Change the default web browser by going to <gui>System Info</gui> in the "
8283
"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
8284
msgstr ""
8285
8286
#: C/net-default-browser.page:18(page/title)
8287
msgid "Change the default web browser"
8288
msgstr ""
8289
8290
#: C/net-default-browser.page:20(page/p)
8291
msgid ""
8292
"When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will "
8293
"automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser "
8294
"installed, however, the page may not open up in your preferred web browser. "
8295
"To fix this, change the default web browser:"
8296
msgstr ""
8297
8298
#: C/net-default-browser.page:28(item/p)
8299
#: C/net-default-email.page:28(item/p)
8300
msgid ""
8301
"Open <gui>System Info</gui> and choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from "
8302
"the list on the left side of the window."
8303
msgstr ""
8304
8305
#: C/net-default-browser.page:32(item/p)
8306
msgid ""
8307
"Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing "
8308
"the <gui>Web</gui> option."
8309
msgstr ""
8310
8311
#: C/net-default-browser.page:36(page/p)
8312
msgid ""
8313
"When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not "
8314
"the default browser any more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
8315
"button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default "
8316
"browser again."
8317
msgstr ""
8318
8319
#: C/net-default-email.page:14(info/desc)
8320
msgid ""
8321
"Change the default email client by going to <gui>System Info</gui> in the "
8322
"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
8323
msgstr ""
8324
8325
#: C/net-default-email.page:18(page/title)
8326
msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
8327
msgstr ""
8328
8329
#: C/net-default-email.page:20(page/p)
8330
msgid ""
8331
"When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your "
8332
"word processing application), your default mail application will open up "
8333
"with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you have more than one mail "
8334
"application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. "
8335
"You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:"
8336
msgstr ""
8337
8338
#: C/net-default-email.page:32(item/p)
8339
msgid ""
8340
"Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing "
8341
"the <gui>Mail</gui> option."
8342
msgstr ""
8343
8344
#: C/net-editcon.page:24(info/desc)
8345
msgid "Learn how to change wireless connection options."
8346
msgstr ""
8347
8348
#: C/net-editcon.page:31(page/title)
8349
msgid "Edit a wireless connection"
8350
msgstr ""
8351
8352
#: C/net-editcon.page:37(page/p)
8353
msgid ""
8354
"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a "
8355
"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the <gui>network "
8356
"menu</gui> in the top panel and select <gui>Edit Connections</gui>."
8357
msgstr ""
8358
8359
#: C/net-editcon.page:42(note/p)
8360
msgid ""
8361
"Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, "
8362
"so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here "
8363
"are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks."
8364
msgstr ""
8365
8366
#: C/net-editcon.page:46(section/title)
8367
msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically"
8368
msgstr ""
8369
8370
#: C/net-editcon.page:49(title/gui)
8371
msgid "Connect automatically"
8372
msgstr ""
8373
8374
#: C/net-editcon.page:50(item/p)
8375
msgid ""
8376
"Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this "
8377
"wireless network whenever it is in range."
8378
msgstr ""
8379
8380
#: C/net-editcon.page:51(item/p)
8381
msgid ""
8382
"If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the "
8383
"computer will connect to the first one shown in the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab "
8384
"in the <gui>Network Connections</gui> window. It won't disconnect from one "
8385
"available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range."
8386
msgstr ""
8387
8388
#: C/net-editcon.page:55(title/gui)
8389
msgid "Available to all users"
8390
msgstr ""
8391
8392
#: C/net-editcon.page:56(item/p)
8393
msgid ""
8394
"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access "
8395
"to this wireless network. If the network has a <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
8396
"wepwpa\">WEP/WPA password</link> and you have checked this option, you will "
8397
"only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your "
8398
"computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the "
8399
"password themselves."
8400
msgstr ""
8401
8402
#: C/net-editcon.page:57(item/p)
8403
msgid ""
8404
"If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-"
8405
"explain\">administrator</link> to change any of the settings for this "
8406
"network. You may be asked to enter your admin password."
8407
msgstr ""
8408
8409
#: C/net-editcon.page:63(section/title)
8410
msgid "Wireless"
8411
msgstr ""
8412
8413
#: C/net-editcon.page:66(title/gui)
8414
msgid "SSID"
8415
msgstr ""
8416
8417
#: C/net-editcon.page:67(item/p)
8418
msgid ""
8419
"This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise "
8420
"known as the <em>Service Set Identifier</em>. Don't change this unless you "
8421
"have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by changing the "
8422
"settings of your wireless router or base station)."
8423
msgstr ""
8424
8425
#: C/net-editcon.page:71(title/gui)
8426
msgid "Mode"
8427
msgstr ""
8428
8429
#: C/net-editcon.page:72(item/p)
8430
msgid ""
8431
"Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an "
8432
"<gui>Infrastructure</gui> network (one where computers wirelessly connect to "
8433
"a central base station or router) or an <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> network (where "
8434
"there is no base station, and the computers in the network connect to one "
8435
"another). Most networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link "
8436
"xref=\"net-adhoc\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
8437
msgstr ""
8438
8439
#: C/net-editcon.page:73(item/p)
8440
msgid ""
8441
"If you choose <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, you will see two other options, "
8442
"<gui>Band</gui> and <gui>Channel</gui>. These determine which wireless "
8443
"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers "
8444
"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only <gui>A</gui> or "
8445
"only <gui>B/G</gui>), so you might want to pick a band that all of the "
8446
"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be "
8447
"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down "
8448
"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too."
8449
msgstr ""
8450
8451
#: C/net-editcon.page:77(title/gui)
8452
msgid "BSSID"
8453
msgstr ""
8454
8455
#: C/net-editcon.page:78(item/p)
8456
msgid ""
8457
"This is the <em>Basic Service Set Identifier</em>. The SSID (see above) is "
8458
"the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a "
8459
"name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers "
8460
"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a <link "
8461
"xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">network is hidden</link>, it will not have an "
8462
"SSID but it will have a BSSID."
8463
msgstr ""
8464
8465
#: C/net-editcon.page:82(title/gui)
8466
msgid "Device MAC address"
8467
msgstr ""
8468
8469
#: C/net-editcon.page:83(item/p)
8470
msgid ""
8471
"A <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC address</link> is a code which "
8472
"identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an "
8473
"Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to a "
8474
"network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory."
8475
msgstr ""
8476
8477
#: C/net-editcon.page:84(item/p)
8478
msgid ""
8479
"This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
8480
msgstr ""
8481
8482
#: C/net-editcon.page:88(title/gui)
8483
msgid "Cloned MAC address"
8484
msgstr ""
8485
8486
#: C/net-editcon.page:89(item/p)
8487
msgid ""
8488
"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC "
8489
"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only "
8490
"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband "
8491
"modem). If you put that MAC address into the <gui>cloned MAC address</gui> "
8492
"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC "
8493
"address rather than its real one."
8494
msgstr ""
8495
8496
#: C/net-editcon.page:93(title/gui)
8497
msgid "MTU"
8498
msgstr ""
8499
8500
#: C/net-editcon.page:94(item/p)
8501
msgid ""
8502
"This setting changes the <em>Maximum Transmission Unit</em>, which is the "
8503
"maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When "
8504
"files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small chunks (or "
8505
"packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is "
8506
"for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the "
8507
"connection is. In general, you should not need to change this setting."
8508
msgstr ""
8509
8510
#: C/net-editcon.page:101(section/title)
8511
msgid "Wireless Security"
8512
msgstr ""
8513
8514
#: C/net-editcon.page:104(title/gui)
8515
msgid "Security"
8516
msgstr ""
8517
8518
#: C/net-editcon.page:105(item/p)
8519
msgid ""
8520
"This defines what sort of <em>encryption</em> your wireless network uses. "
8521
"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being "
8522
"intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites "
8523
"you're visiting and so on."
8524
msgstr ""
8525
8526
#: C/net-editcon.page:106(item/p)
8527
msgid ""
8528
"Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported "
8529
"by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a "
8530
"password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also "
8531
"require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See <link xref=\"net-"
8532
"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of wireless "
8533
"encryption."
8534
msgstr ""
8535
8536
#: C/net-editcon.page:112(section/title)
8537
msgid "IPv4 Settings"
8538
msgstr ""
8539
8540
#: C/net-editcon.page:121(section/p)
8541
msgid ""
8542
"Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and "
8543
"which DNS servers it should use. Change the <gui>Method</gui> to see "
8544
"different ways of getting/setting that information."
8545
msgstr ""
8546
8547
#: C/net-editcon.page:122(section/p)
8548
msgid "The following methods are available:"
8549
msgstr ""
8550
8551
#: C/net-editcon.page:125(title/gui)
8552
msgid "Automatic (DHCP)"
8553
msgstr ""
8554
8555
#: C/net-editcon.page:126(item/p)
8556
msgid ""
8557
"Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a <em>DHCP "
8558
"server</em>. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) "
8559
"connected to the network which decides which network settings your computer "
8560
"should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically "
8561
"be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP."
8562
msgstr ""
8563
8564
#: C/net-editcon.page:130(title/gui)
8565
msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only"
8566
msgstr ""
8567
8568
#: C/net-editcon.page:131(item/p)
8569
msgid ""
8570
"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a "
8571
"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which "
8572
"DNS server to use)."
8573
msgstr ""
8574
8575
#: C/net-editcon.page:135(title/gui)
8576
msgid "Manual"
8577
msgstr ""
8578
8579
#: C/net-editcon.page:136(item/p)
8580
msgid ""
8581
"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings "
8582
"yourself, including which IP address the computer should use."
8583
msgstr ""
8584
8585
#: C/net-editcon.page:140(title/gui)
8586
msgid "Link-Local Only"
8587
msgstr ""
8588
8589
#: C/net-editcon.page:141(item/p)
8590
msgid ""
8591
"<em>Link-Local</em> is a way of connecting computers together on a network "
8592
"without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other "
8593
"information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the computers on the "
8594
"network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. "
8595
"This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together "
8596
"so they communicate with each other."
8597
msgstr ""
8598
8599
#: C/net-editcon.page:145(title/gui)
8600
msgid "Disabled"
8601
msgstr ""
8602
8603
#: C/net-editcon.page:146(item/p)
8604
msgid ""
8605
"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from "
8606
"connecting to it. Note that <gui>IPv4</gui> and <gui>IPv6</gui> are treated "
8607
"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If "
8608
"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled."
8609
msgstr ""
8610
8611
#: C/net-editcon.page:153(section/title)
8612
msgid "IPv6 Settings"
8613
msgstr ""
8614
8615
#: C/net-editcon.page:158(section/p)
8616
msgid ""
8617
"This is similar to the <gui>IPv4</gui> tab except it deals with the newer "
8618
"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular "
8619
"at the moment."
8620
msgstr ""
8621
8622
#: C/net-email.page:10(info/desc)
8623
msgid "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Default email apps</link>"
8624
msgstr ""
8625
8626
#: C/net-email.page:19(credit/name)
8627
#: C/net-general.page:22(credit/name)
8628
msgid "The GNOME Documentation Team"
8629
msgstr ""
8630
8631
#: C/net-email.page:23(page/title)
8632
msgid "Email & email software"
8633
msgstr ""
8634
8635
#: C/net-email-virus.page:16(info/desc)
8636
msgid ""
8637
"Viruses are unlikely to infect your Linux computer but could infect other "
8638
"people you email."
8639
msgstr ""
8640
8641
#: C/net-email-virus.page:20(page/title)
8642
msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?"
8643
msgstr ""
8644
8645
#: C/net-email-virus.page:22(page/p)
8646
msgid ""
8647
"Viruses are programs which cause problems if they manage to find their way "
8648
"onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is "
8649
"through email messages."
8650
msgstr ""
8651
8652
#: C/net-email-virus.page:24(page/p)
8653
msgid ""
8654
"Viruses which can affect computers running Linux are rare, so you are <link "
8655
"xref=\"net-antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or "
8656
"otherwise</link>. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will "
8657
"probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need "
8658
"to scan your email for viruses."
8659
msgstr ""
8660
8661
#: C/net-email-virus.page:26(page/p)
8662
msgid ""
8663
"You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to "
8664
"forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your "
8665
"friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected "
8666
"email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows "
8667
"computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install "
8668
"an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it's "
8669
"unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus "
8670
"software of their own anyway."
8671
msgstr ""
8672
8673
#: C/net-findip.page:18(info/desc)
8674
msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."
8675
msgstr ""
8676
8677
#: C/net-findip.page:22(page/title)
8678
msgid "Find your IP address"
8679
msgstr ""
8680
8681
#: C/net-findip.page:24(page/p)
8682
msgid ""
8683
"Knowing your IP address can help you to troubleshoot problems with your "
8684
"internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have "
8685
"<em>two</em> IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal "
8686
"network and an IP address for your computer on the internet."
8687
msgstr ""
8688
8689
#: C/net-findip.page:26(page/p)
8690
msgid "Find your internal IP address:"
8691
msgstr ""
8692
8693
#: C/net-findip.page:28(item/p)
8694
msgid "Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the top panel."
8695
msgstr ""
8696
8697
#: C/net-findip.page:29(item/p)
8698
msgid "Select <gui>Connection information</gui>."
8699
msgstr ""
8700
8701
#: C/net-findip.page:30(item/p)
8702
msgid ""
8703
"Your internal IP address will be displayed as the <gui>IP Address</gui>."
8704
msgstr ""
8705
8706
#: C/net-findip.page:33(page/p)
8707
msgid ""
8708
"Click <gui>Close</gui> to close the <gui>Connection Information</gui> window."
8709
msgstr ""
8710
8711
#: C/net-findip.page:35(page/p)
8712
msgid "Find your external, internet IP address:"
8713
msgstr ""
8714
8715
#: C/net-findip.page:37(item/p)
8716
msgid ""
8717
"Visit <link "
8718
"href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</link>."
8719
msgstr ""
8720
8721
#: C/net-findip.page:38(item/p)
8722
msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you"
8723
msgstr ""
8724
8725
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7(info/desc)
8726
msgid "You can control what programs are accessible by the network."
8727
msgstr ""
8728
8729
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:14(credit/name)
8730
msgid "Jeremy Bicha"
8731
msgstr ""
8732
8733
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:21(page/title)
8734
msgid "Enabling and blocking firewall access"
8735
msgstr ""
8736
8737
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:23(page/p)
8738
msgid ""
8739
"Ubuntu comes equipped with the <app>Uncomplicated Firewall</app> "
8740
"(<app>ufw</app>) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu "
8741
"does not have any open network services (except for basic network "
8742
"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to "
8743
"block incoming attempted malicious connections."
8744
msgstr ""
8745
8746
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:25(page/p)
8747
msgid ""
8748
"For more information about how to use ufw, see the <link "
8749
"href=\"https://wiki.ubuntu.com/UncomplicatedFirewall\">online "
8750
"documentation</link>."
8751
msgstr ""
8752
8753
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28(section/title)
8754
msgid "Turn the firewall on or off"
8755
msgstr ""
8756
8757
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:29(section/p)
8758
msgid ""
8759
"To turn on the firewall, enter <cmd>sudo ufw enable</cmd> in a terminal. To "
8760
"turn off ufw, enter <cmd>sudo ufw disable</cmd>."
8761
msgstr ""
8762
8763
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:33(section/title)
8764
msgid "Allow or block specific network activity"
8765
msgstr ""
8766
8767
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:34(section/p)
8768
msgid ""
8769
"Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can "
8770
"share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which "
8771
"additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to "
8772
"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules "
8773
"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow <app>SSH</app> connections, "
8774
"enter <cmd>sudo ufw allow ssh</cmd> in a terminal. To block ssh, enter "
8775
"<cmd>sudo ufw block ssh</cmd>."
8776
msgstr ""
8777
8778
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:35(section/p)
8779
msgid ""
8780
"Each program that provides services uses a specific <em>network port</em>. "
8781
"To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to "
8782
"its assigned port on the firewall. To allow connections on port 53, enter "
8783
"<cmd>sudo ufw allow 53</cmd> in a terminal. To block port 53, enter "
8784
"<cmd>sudo ufw block 53</cmd>."
8785
msgstr ""
8786
8787
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:36(section/p)
8788
msgid ""
8789
"To check the current status of ufw, enter <cmd>sudo ufw status</cmd> in a "
8790
"terminal."
8791
msgstr ""
8792
8793
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:40(section/title)
8794
msgid "Use ufw without a terminal"
8795
msgstr ""
8796
8797
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41(section/p)
8798
msgid ""
8799
"You can also install <app>gufw</app> if you prefer to set up the firewall "
8800
"without using a terminal. To install, click <link href=\"apt:gufw\">this "
8801
"link</link>."
8802
msgstr ""
8803
8804
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42(section/p)
8805
msgid ""
8806
"You can launch this program by searching for <app>Firewall "
8807
"Configuration</app> in the <gui>Dash</gui>. The program does not need to be "
8808
"kept open for the firewall to work."
8809
msgstr ""
8810
8811
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:8(info/desc)
8812
msgid ""
8813
"You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access "
8814
"for a program with your firewall."
8815
msgstr ""
8816
8817
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:18(page/title)
8818
msgid "Commonly-used network ports"
8819
msgstr ""
8820
8821
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19(page/p)
8822
msgid ""
8823
"This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications which provide "
8824
"network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can "
8825
"change your system's firewall to <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">block or "
8826
"allow access</link> to these applications. There are thousands of ports in "
8827
"use, so this table isn't complete."
8828
msgstr ""
8829
8830
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:25(td/p)
8831
msgid "Port"
8832
msgstr ""
8833
8834
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:31(td/p)
8835
msgid "Description"
8836
msgstr ""
8837
8838
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:38(td/p)
8839
msgid "5353/udp"
8840
msgstr ""
8841
8842
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:41(td/p)
8843
msgid "mDNS, Avahi"
8844
msgstr ""
8845
8846
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:44(td/p)
8847
msgid ""
8848
"Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, "
8849
"without you having to specify the details manually."
8850
msgstr ""
8851
8852
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:49(td/p)
8853
msgid "631/udp"
8854
msgstr ""
8855
8856
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:52(td/p)
8857
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:63(td/p)
8858
#: C/printing.page:26(page/title)
8859
msgid "Printing"
8860
msgstr ""
8861
8862
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:55(td/p)
8863
msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network."
8864
msgstr ""
8865
8866
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:60(td/p)
8867
msgid "631/tcp"
8868
msgstr ""
8869
8870
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:66(td/p)
8871
msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network."
8872
msgstr ""
8873
8874
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:71(td/p)
8875
msgid "5298/tcp"
8876
msgstr ""
8877
8878
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:74(td/p)
8879
msgid "Presence"
8880
msgstr ""
8881
8882
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:77(td/p)
8883
msgid ""
8884
"Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the "
8885
"network, such as \"online\" or \"busy\"."
8886
msgstr ""
8887
8888
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:82(td/p)
8889
msgid "5900/tcp"
8890
msgstr ""
8891
8892
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:85(td/p)
8893
msgid "Remote desktop"
8894
msgstr ""
8895
8896
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:88(td/p)
8897
msgid ""
8898
"Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide "
8899
"remote assistance."
8900
msgstr ""
8901
8902
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:93(td/p)
8903
msgid "3689/tcp"
8904
msgstr ""
8905
8906
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:96(td/p)
8907
msgid "Music sharing (DAAP)"
8908
msgstr ""
8909
8910
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:99(td/p)
8911
msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network."
8912
msgstr ""
8913
8914
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:13(info/desc)
8915
msgid ""
8916
"Using a static IP address can make it easier to administer some network "
8917
"services."
8918
msgstr ""
8919
8920
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:17(page/title)
8921
msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"
8922
msgstr ""
8923
8924
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:19(page/p)
8925
msgid ""
8926
"Most networks will automatically assign an IP address and other details to "
8927
"your computer when you connect to the network. These details can change "
8928
"periodically, but you might want to have a fixed IP address for the computer "
8929
"so you always know what its address is (for example, if it is a file server)."
8930
msgstr ""
8931
8932
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:20(page/p)
8933
msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:"
8934
msgstr ""
8935
8936
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:23(item/p)
8937
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:29(item/p)
8938
msgid ""
8939
"Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the top panel and select <gui>Edit "
8940
"Connections</gui>."
8941
msgstr ""
8942
8943
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:24(item/p)
8944
msgid ""
8945
"Select the Auto eth connection on the <gui>Wired</gui>tab or your WiFi "
8946
"network on the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab and click <gui>Edit</gui>."
8947
msgstr ""
8948
8949
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:25(item/p)
8950
msgid ""
8951
"Click on the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> "
8952
"to <em>Manual</em>."
8953
msgstr ""
8954
8955
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26(item/p)
8956
msgid ""
8957
"If no connection information is listed in the <gui>Addresses</gui> list, or "
8958
"if you want to set up a new connection, click <gui>Add</gui>."
8959
msgstr ""
8960
8961
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:27(item/p)
8962
msgid ""
8963
"Enter the <em>IP Address</em>, <em>Netmask</em>, and <em>Gateway</em> "
8964
"information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on "
8965
"your network setup; there are specific rules governing which IP addresses "
8966
"and netmasks are valid for a given network."
8967
msgstr ""
8968
8969
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:28(item/p)
8970
msgid ""
8971
"If necessary, enter a <em>Domain Name Server</em> address into the <gui>DNS "
8972
"servers</gui> box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain "
8973
"names; most corporate networks and internet providers have dedicated DNS "
8974
"servers."
8975
msgstr ""
8976
8977
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29(item/p)
8978
msgid "Click <gui>Save</gui>."
8979
msgstr ""
8980
8981
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30(item/p)
8982
msgid "Close the network settings window."
8983
msgstr ""
8984
8985
#: C/net-general.page:10(info/desc)
8986
msgid ""
8987
"<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find your IP address</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
8988
"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP & WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
8989
"macaddress\">MAC addresses</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>..."
8990
msgstr ""
8991
8992
#: C/net-general.page:28(page/title)
8993
msgid "Networking terms & tips"
8994
msgstr ""
8995
8996
#: C/net-install-flash.page:14(info/desc)
8997
msgid ""
8998
"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, "
8999
"which display videos and interactive web pages."
9000
msgstr ""
9001
9002
#: C/net-install-flash.page:18(page/title)
9003
msgid "Install the Flash plug-in"
9004
msgstr ""
9005
9006
#: C/net-install-flash.page:20(page/p)
9007
msgid ""
9008
"<app>Flash</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser which allows you "
9009
"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some "
9010
"websites won't work without Flash."
9011
msgstr ""
9012
9013
#: C/net-install-flash.page:27(page/p)
9014
msgid ""
9015
"If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling "
9016
"you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free "
9017
"(but not open-source) download for most web browsers."
9018
msgstr ""
9019
9020
#: C/net-install-flash.page:30(steps/title)
9021
msgid "How to install Flash"
9022
msgstr ""
9023
9024
#: C/net-install-flash.page:32(item/p)
9025
msgid ""
9026
"Click <link href=\"apt:flashplugin-installer\">this link</link> to launch "
9027
"the <app>Software Center</app>."
9028
msgstr ""
9029
9030
#: C/net-install-flash.page:35(item/p)
9031
msgid ""
9032
"Read the information and reviews to make sure you want to install Flash."
9033
msgstr ""
9034
9035
#: C/net-install-flash.page:38(item/p)
9036
msgid ""
9037
"If you choose to install Flash, click <gui>Install</gui> from the Software "
9038
"Center window."
9039
msgstr ""
9040
9041
#: C/net-install-flash.page:41(item/p)
9042
msgid ""
9043
"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. "
9044
"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it "
9045
"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash."
9046
msgstr ""
9047
9048
#: C/net-install-flash.page:46(section/title)
9049
msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash"
9050
msgstr ""
9051
9052
#: C/net-install-flash.page:47(section/p)
9053
msgid ""
9054
"A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These "
9055
"tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by "
9056
"handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not "
9057
"being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)."
9058
msgstr ""
9059
9060
#: C/net-install-flash.page:48(section/p)
9061
msgid ""
9062
"You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash "
9063
"player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible "
9064
"on your computer. Here are a few of the options:"
9065
msgstr ""
9066
9067
#: C/net-install-flash.page:50(item/p)
9068
msgid "<link href=\"apt:browser-plugin-gnash\">Gnash</link>"
9069
msgstr ""
9070
9071
#: C/net-install-flash.page:51(item/p)
9072
msgid "<link href=\"apt:browser-plugin-lightspark\">LightSpark</link>"
9073
msgstr ""
9074
9075
#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13(info/desc)
9076
msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java."
9077
msgstr ""
9078
9079
#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17(page/title)
9080
msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in"
9081
msgstr ""
9082
9083
#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18(page/p)
9084
msgid ""
9085
"Some websites use small <em>Java</em> programs, which require a Java plugin "
9086
"to be installed in order to run."
9087
msgstr ""
9088
9089
#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20(page/p)
9090
msgid ""
9091
"<link href=\"apt:icedtea6-plugin\">Install the icedtea6-plugin "
9092
"package</link> to view Java programs in your browser."
9093
msgstr ""
9094
9095
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:14(info/desc)
9096
msgid ""
9097
"Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in "
9098
"lets you view these pages."
9099
msgstr ""
9100
9101
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:18(page/title)
9102
msgid "Install the Silverlight plug-in"
9103
msgstr ""
9104
9105
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:25(page/p)
9106
msgid ""
9107
"<app>Silverlight</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser which "
9108
"allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. "
9109
"Some websites won't work without Silverlight."
9110
msgstr ""
9111
9112
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:27(page/p)
9113
msgid ""
9114
"If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in "
9115
"installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message "
9116
"should have instructions telling you how to get the plug-in, but these "
9117
"instructions might not be suitable for your web browser or version of Linux."
9118
msgstr ""
9119
9120
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:29(page/p)
9121
msgid ""
9122
"If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the "
9123
"<em>Moonlight</em> plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of "
9124
"Silverlight which runs on Linux."
9125
msgstr ""
9126
9127
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:32(page/p)
9128
msgid ""
9129
"Please see the <link href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/moonlight/\">Moonlight "
9130
"website</link> for more information and installation instructions."
9131
msgstr ""
9132
9133
#: C/net-macaddress.page:17(info/desc)
9134
msgid "The unique code assigned to network hardware."
9135
msgstr ""
9136
9137
#: C/net-macaddress.page:21(page/title)
9138
msgid "What is a MAC address?"
9139
msgstr ""
9140
9141
#: C/net-macaddress.page:23(page/p)
9142
msgid ""
9143
"A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique code that is assigned by the "
9144
"manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an "
9145
"ethernet card). <em>MAC</em> stands for <em>Media Access Control</em>, and "
9146
"each code is intended to be unique to a particular device."
9147
msgstr ""
9148
9149
#: C/net-macaddress.page:25(page/p)
9150
msgid ""
9151
"A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a "
9152
"colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> is an example of a MAC address."
9153
msgstr ""
9154
9155
#: C/net-macaddress.page:27(page/p)
9156
msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"
9157
msgstr ""
9158
9159
#: C/net-macaddress.page:29(item/p)
9160
msgid "Click the <gui>network indicator</gui> on the top bar."
9161
msgstr ""
9162
9163
#: C/net-macaddress.page:30(item/p)
9164
msgid "Select <gui>Connection Information</gui>."
9165
msgstr ""
9166
9167
#: C/net-macaddress.page:31(item/p)
9168
msgid ""
9169
"Your MAC address will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui>."
9170
msgstr ""
9171
9172
#: C/net-macaddress.page:34(note/p)
9173
msgid ""
9174
"In practice, you may need to <link xref=\"net-editcon\">modify or \"spoof\" "
9175
"a MAC address</link>. For example, some internet service providers may "
9176
"require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the "
9177
"network card stops working, and you need to change your network card, the "
9178
"service won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC "
9179
"address."
9180
msgstr ""
9181
9182
#: C/net-manual.page:17(page/title)
9183
msgid "Manually set network settings"
9184
msgstr ""
9185
9186
#: C/net-manual.page:19(page/p)
9187
msgid ""
9188
"If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your "
9189
"computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic "
9190
"assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may "
9191
"need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your "
9192
"router or switch."
9193
msgstr ""
9194
9195
#: C/net-manual.page:21(page/p)
9196
msgid "To manually set your network settings:"
9197
msgstr ""
9198
9199
#: C/net-manual.page:29(item/p)
9200
msgid ""
9201
"Find the network connection that you want to set up manually. For example, "
9202
"if you plug in to the network with a cable, look at the <gui>Wired</gui> tab."
9203
msgstr ""
9204
9205
#: C/net-manual.page:33(item/p)
9206
msgid ""
9207
"Click the connection you want to edit to select it, then click "
9208
"<gui>Edit</gui>."
9209
msgstr ""
9210
9211
#: C/net-manual.page:37(item/p)
9212
msgid ""
9213
"Go to the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to "
9214
"<gui>Manual</gui>."
9215
msgstr ""
9216
9217
#: C/net-manual.page:41(item/p)
9218
msgid ""
9219
"Click <gui>Add</gui> and type the <em>IP address</em>, <em>network mask</em> "
9220
"and <em>default gateway IP address</em> into the columns in the "
9221
"<gui>Addresses</gui> list. Press <key>Enter</key> when you've finished "
9222
"typing each address."
9223
msgstr ""
9224
9225
#: C/net-manual.page:42(item/p)
9226
msgid ""
9227
"All three of these addresses must be \"IP addresses\", which will be four "
9228
"numbers separated by periods (e.g. 123.45.6.78)."
9229
msgstr ""
9230
9231
#: C/net-manual.page:46(item/p)
9232
msgid ""
9233
"Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use, separated by "
9234
"commas."
9235
msgstr ""
9236
9237
#: C/net-manual.page:50(item/p)
9238
msgid ""
9239
"Click <gui>Save</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, go to the "
9240
"network icon on the top bar and connect to it. Test the network settings by "
9241
"trying to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for "
9242
"example."
9243
msgstr ""
9244
9245
#: C/net-mobile.page:13(info/desc)
9246
msgid "Connect to the internet using mobile broadband"
9247
msgstr ""
9248
9249
#: C/net-mobile.page:17(page/title)
9250
msgid "Connect to mobile broadband"
9251
msgstr ""
9252
9253
#: C/net-mobile.page:19(page/p)
9254
msgid ""
9255
"<em>Mobile Broadband</em> refers to any kind of high speed Internet "
9256
"connection which is provided by an external device such as a 3G USB stick or "
9257
"mobile phone with built-in HSPA/UMTS/GPRS data connection. Some laptops have "
9258
"recently been produced with mobile broadband devices already inside them."
9259
msgstr ""
9260
9261
#: C/net-mobile.page:26(page/p)
9262
msgid ""
9263
"Most mobile broadband devices should be recognised automatically when you "
9264
"connect them to your computer. Ubuntu will prompt you to configure the "
9265
"device."
9266
msgstr ""
9267
9268
#: C/net-mobile.page:33(item/p)
9269
msgid ""
9270
"The <gui>New Mobile Broadband Connection</gui> wizard will open "
9271
"automatically when you connect the device."
9272
msgstr ""
9273
9274
#: C/net-mobile.page:39(item/p)
9275
msgid ""
9276
"Click <gui>Forward</gui> and enter your details, including the country where "
9277
"your Mobile Broadband device was issued, the network provider and type of "
9278
"connection (for example, <em>Contract</em> or <em>pre-pay</em>)."
9279
msgstr ""
9280
9281
#: C/net-mobile.page:47(item/p)
9282
msgid "Give your connection a name and click <gui>Apply</gui>."
9283
msgstr ""
9284
9285
#: C/net-mobile.page:52(item/p)
9286
msgid ""
9287
"Your connection is now ready to use. To connect, click the <gui>network "
9288
"menu</gui> in the <gui>top panel</gui> and select your new connection."
9289
msgstr ""
9290
9291
#: C/net-mobile.page:58(item/p)
9292
msgid ""
9293
"To disconnect, click the <gui>network menu</gui> in the top panel and click "
9294
"<gui>Disconnect</gui>."
9295
msgstr ""
9296
9297
#: C/net-mobile.page:64(page/p)
9298
msgid ""
9299
"If you are not prompted to configure the device when you connect it, it may "
9300
"still be recognised by Ubuntu. In such cases you can add the connection "
9301
"manually."
9302
msgstr ""
9303
9304
#: C/net-mobile.page:71(item/p)
9305
msgid ""
9306
"Click the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">network menu</link> in the top "
9307
"panel and select <gui>Edit Connections...</gui>"
9308
msgstr ""
9309
9310
#: C/net-mobile.page:77(item/p)
9311
msgid "Swith to the <gui>Mobile Broadband</gui> tab."
9312
msgstr ""
9313
9314
#: C/net-mobile.page:82(item/p)
9315
msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui>."
9316
msgstr ""
9317
9318
#: C/net-mobile.page:87(item/p)
9319
msgid ""
9320
"This should open the <gui>New Mobile Broadband Connection</gui> wizard. "
9321
"Enter your details as described above."
9322
msgstr ""
9323
9324
#: C/net-nonm.page:13(info/desc)
9325
msgid ""
9326
"Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>. Type <input>nm-"
9327
"applet</input>"
9328
msgstr ""
9329
9330
#: C/net-nonm.page:17(page/title)
9331
msgid "There's no network menu in the top panel"
9332
msgstr ""
9333
9334
#: C/net-nonm.page:19(page/p)
9335
msgid ""
9336
"If the network menu has disappeared from the top panel, your <app>Network "
9337
"Manager</app> may not be running. To start it up again:"
9338
msgstr ""
9339
9340
#: C/net-nonm.page:22(item/p)
9341
msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
9342
msgstr ""
9343
9344
#: C/net-nonm.page:23(item/p)
9345
msgid "Type <input>nm-applet</input> and press <gui>Enter</gui>."
9346
msgstr ""
9347
9348
#: C/net-nonm.page:24(item/p)
9349
msgid ""
9350
"The <gui>Wireless Network Authentication</gui> box may pop up. Enter your "
9351
"password in the appropriate box and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
9352
msgstr ""
9353
9354
#: C/net-nonm.page:27(page/p)
9355
msgid ""
9356
"If this doesn't work, there could be a problem with the Network Manager. To "
9357
"see if this is the case, go to the <link xref=\"unity-dash-"
9358
"intro\">dash</link> and open the Terminal. Type <cmd>nm-applet</cmd> and "
9359
"press <key>Enter</key> and see if the network menu appears. If it doesn't, "
9360
"you should see some error messages appear in the Terminal. These should tell "
9361
"you what is going wrong, but they may be quite technical in nature. If so, "
9362
"ask for help on a support forum and quote these error messages."
9363
msgstr ""
9364
9365
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:15(info/desc)
9366
msgid "Make your network connection available to all users."
9367
msgstr ""
9368
9369
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:19(page/title)
9370
msgid "Other users can't connect to the internet"
9371
msgstr ""
9372
9373
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:21(page/p)
9374
msgid ""
9375
"If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer "
9376
"can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when "
9377
"they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they "
9378
"may not be entering the right wireless security password."
9379
msgstr ""
9380
9381
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:23(page/p)
9382
msgid ""
9383
"You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network "
9384
"connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it "
9385
"up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it "
9386
"without being asked any questions. To do this:"
9387
msgstr ""
9388
9389
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:31(item/p)
9390
msgid ""
9391
"Find the connection you want everyone to be able to use. You will probably "
9392
"need to switch to the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab. Select the network name and "
9393
"then click <gui>Edit</gui>."
9394
msgstr ""
9395
9396
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:35(item/p)
9397
msgid ""
9398
"Check <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. You will "
9399
"have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only admin users can "
9400
"do this."
9401
msgstr ""
9402
9403
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:39(item/p)
9404
msgid ""
9405
"Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without "
9406
"entering any further details."
9407
msgstr ""
9408
9409
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:13(info/desc)
9410
msgid ""
9411
"You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the "
9412
"connection settings."
9413
msgstr ""
9414
9415
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:17(page/title)
9416
msgid "Other users can't control the network connections"
9417
msgstr ""
9418
9419
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:19(page/p)
9420
msgid ""
9421
"If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, "
9422
"you may have set the connection to be <gui>available to all users</gui>. "
9423
"This makes it so that everyone on the computer can <em>connect</em> using "
9424
"that connection, but only users <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">with "
9425
"administrative rights</link> are allowed to change its settings."
9426
msgstr ""
9427
9428
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:21(page/p)
9429
msgid ""
9430
"The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are "
9431
"changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the "
9432
"connection."
9433
msgstr ""
9434
9435
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:23(page/p)
9436
msgid ""
9437
"If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, "
9438
"make it so the connection is <em>not</em> available to everyone on the "
9439
"computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage their own connection "
9440
"settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for "
9441
"the connection."
9442
msgstr ""
9443
9444
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:26(steps/title)
9445
msgid "Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more"
9446
msgstr ""
9447
9448
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:32(item/p)
9449
msgid ""
9450
"Find the connection you want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves. "
9451
"Click to select it and then click <gui>Edit</gui>."
9452
msgstr ""
9453
9454
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:36(item/p)
9455
msgid ""
9456
"You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only "
9457
"admin users can do this."
9458
msgstr ""
9459
9460
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:40(item/p)
9461
msgid ""
9462
"Uncheck <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. Other "
9463
"users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves."
9464
msgstr ""
9465
9466
#: C/net.page:15(info/desc)
9467
msgid ""
9468
"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
9469
"wired\">wired</link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">connection problems</link>, "
9470
"<link xref=\"net-browser\">web browsing</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
9471
"email\">email accounts</link>, <link xref=\"net-chat\">instant "
9472
"messaging</link>..."
9473
msgstr ""
9474
9475
#: C/net.page:26(page/title)
9476
msgid "Networking, web, email & chat"
9477
msgstr ""
9478
9479
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:13(info/desc)
9480
msgid ""
9481
"Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, "
9482
"turn the wireless card off and on again..."
9483
msgstr ""
9484
9485
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:17(page/title)
9486
msgid "I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect"
9487
msgstr ""
9488
9489
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:19(page/p)
9490
msgid ""
9491
"If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
9492
"wepwpa\">wireless password</link> but you still can't successfully connect "
9493
"to a wireless network, try some of the following:"
9494
msgstr ""
9495
9496
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:23(item/p)
9497
msgid "Double-check that you have the right password"
9498
msgstr ""
9499
9500
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:24(item/p)
9501
msgid ""
9502
"Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-"
9503
"case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters "
9504
"wrong."
9505
msgstr ""
9506
9507
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:28(item/p)
9508
msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"
9509
msgstr ""
9510
9511
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:29(item/p)
9512
msgid ""
9513
"The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a "
9514
"string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f). If you "
9515
"have access to the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing "
9516
"the pass key instead. Make sure you select the correct <gui>wireless "
9517
"security</gui> option when asked for your password (for example, select "
9518
"<gui>WEP 40/128-bit Key</gui> if you're typing the 40-character pass key for "
9519
"a WEP-encrypted connection)."
9520
msgstr ""
9521
9522
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:33(item/p)
9523
msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"
9524
msgstr ""
9525
9526
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:34(item/p)
9527
msgid ""
9528
"Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means "
9529
"they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - "
9530
"see <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."
9531
msgstr ""
9532
9533
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:38(item/p)
9534
msgid "Check that you're using the right type of wireless security"
9535
msgstr ""
9536
9537
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:39(item/p)
9538
msgid ""
9539
"When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type "
9540
"of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by "
9541
"the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but "
9542
"sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, "
9543
"use trial and error to go through the different options."
9544
msgstr ""
9545
9546
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:43(item/p)
9547
msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"
9548
msgstr ""
9549
9550
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:44(item/p)
9551
msgid ""
9552
"Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless "
9553
"connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack "
9554
"the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, "
9555
"or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different "
9556
"<em>firmware</em>). See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for "
9557
"more information."
9558
msgstr ""
9559
9560
#: C/net-problem.page:10(info/desc)
9561
msgid ""
9562
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Troubleshooting wireless "
9563
"connections</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">Finding your wifi "
9564
"network</link>,"
9565
msgstr ""
9566
9567
#: C/net-problem.page:21(page/title)
9568
msgid "Network problems"
9569
msgstr ""
9570
9571
#: C/net-proxy.page:14(info/desc)
9572
msgid ""
9573
"A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security "
9574
"purposes."
9575
msgstr ""
9576
9577
#: C/net-proxy.page:18(page/title)
9578
msgid "What is a proxy?"
9579
msgstr ""
9580
9581
#: C/net-proxy.page:20(page/p)
9582
msgid ""
9583
"A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at. They are commonly "
9584
"used in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites "
9585
"you can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging-in, "
9586
"or to do security checks on websites."
9587
msgstr ""
9588
9589
#: C/net-proxy.page:22(page/p)
9590
msgid ""
9591
"When you go to a website, the text and images on that website pass through "
9592
"the proxy first before reaching your computer. For example, the proxy may "
9593
"scan the contents of the website and decide whether to display it or whether "
9594
"to show you a different page."
9595
msgstr ""
9596
9597
#: C/net-proxy.page:24(page/p)
9598
msgid ""
9599
"An example of where proxies are commonly used is in universities. When a "
9600
"student connects to the university's wireless network and tries to visit a "
9601
"website, the proxy will instead redirect them to a log-in page. They will "
9602
"then log in to the network and can go to the page they were trying to look "
9603
"at. Someone who is not a student will get the same log-in page but will not "
9604
"know the password and be unable to browse the web. This stops unauthorized "
9605
"people from using the connection."
9606
msgstr ""
9607
9608
#: C/net-security.page:10(info/desc)
9609
msgid ""
9610
"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirus software</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
9611
"firewall-on-off\">basic firewalls</link>..."
9612
msgstr ""
9613
9614
#: C/net-security.page:21(page/title)
9615
msgid "Keeping safe on the internet"
9616
msgstr ""
9617
9618
#: C/net-security-tips.page:10(info/desc)
9619
msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet"
9620
msgstr ""
9621
9622
#: C/net-security-tips.page:21(page/title)
9623
msgid "Staying safe on the internet"
9624
msgstr ""
9625
9626
#: C/net-security-tips.page:23(page/p)
9627
msgid ""
9628
"A reason why you may be using Linux is for the robust security that it is "
9629
"known for. One reason Linux is relatively safe from malware and viruses is "
9630
"due to the number of people that use it. Viruses are targeted at popular "
9631
"operating systems like Windows that have an extremely massive user base. "
9632
"Linux is also very secure due to its open source nature which allows experts "
9633
"to modify and enhance the security features included with each distribution."
9634
msgstr ""
9635
9636
#: C/net-security-tips.page:29(page/p)
9637
msgid ""
9638
"Despite the measures taken to ensure your installation of Linux is secure, "
9639
"there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet you are "
9640
"still susceptible to:"
9641
msgstr ""
9642
9643
#: C/net-security-tips.page:33(item/p)
9644
msgid ""
9645
"Phishing Scams (Sites that try to obtain sensitive information through "
9646
"deception)"
9647
msgstr ""
9648
9649
#: C/net-security-tips.page:34(item/p)
9650
msgid "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Forwarding malicious emails</link>"
9651
msgstr ""
9652
9653
#: C/net-security-tips.page:35(item/p)
9654
msgid ""
9655
"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Applications with malicious intents "
9656
"(Viruses)</link>"
9657
msgstr ""
9658
9659
#: C/net-security-tips.page:36(item/p)
9660
msgid ""
9661
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Unwarranted remote/local network "
9662
"access</link>"
9663
msgstr ""
9664
9665
#: C/net-security-tips.page:39(page/p)
9666
msgid ""
9667
"To stay safe from malicious exploits, keep in mind the following tips:"
9668
msgstr ""
9669
9670
#: C/net-security-tips.page:42(item/p)
9671
msgid ""
9672
"Do not open emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do "
9673
"not know."
9674
msgstr ""
9675
9676
#: C/net-security-tips.page:43(item/p)
9677
msgid ""
9678
"If a website's offer is too good to be true or asks for sensitive "
9679
"information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what you are "
9680
"submitting and the potential consequences if that information is compromised "
9681
"by identity thieves or other criminals."
9682
msgstr ""
9683
9684
#: C/net-security-tips.page:46(item/p)
9685
msgid ""
9686
"Be careful in providing any application root level permissions, especially "
9687
"ones that you have not used before or apps that are not well-known. "
9688
"Providing anyone/anything with root level permissions puts your computer at "
9689
"high risk to exploitation."
9690
msgstr ""
9691
9692
#: C/net-security-tips.page:49(item/p)
9693
msgid ""
9694
"Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having "
9695
"<app>SSH</app> or <app>VNC</app> running can be useful but also leaves your "
9696
"computer open to intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a <link "
9697
"xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">firewall</link> to help protect your computer "
9698
"from intrusion."
9699
msgstr ""
9700
9701
#: C/net-slow.page:13(info/desc)
9702
msgid ""
9703
"Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it "
9704
"could be the time of day."
9705
msgstr ""
9706
9707
#: C/net-slow.page:17(page/title)
9708
msgid "The internet seems slow"
9709
msgstr ""
9710
9711
#: C/net-slow.page:19(page/p)
9712
msgid ""
9713
"If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of "
9714
"things that could be causing the slow down."
9715
msgstr ""
9716
9717
#: C/net-slow.page:21(page/p)
9718
msgid ""
9719
"Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from "
9720
"the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things "
9721
"that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)"
9722
msgstr ""
9723
9724
#: C/net-slow.page:25(item/p)
9725
msgid "Busy time of day"
9726
msgstr ""
9727
9728
#: C/net-slow.page:26(item/p)
9729
msgid ""
9730
"Internet service providers commonly set-up internet connections so that they "
9731
"are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, "
9732
"through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest "
9733
"of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this "
9734
"is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same "
9735
"time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You're most likely to experience "
9736
"this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the "
9737
"evenings, for example)."
9738
msgstr ""
9739
9740
#: C/net-slow.page:30(item/p)
9741
msgid "Downloading lots of things at once"
9742
msgstr ""
9743
9744
#: C/net-slow.page:31(item/p)
9745
msgid ""
9746
"If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading "
9747
"several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not "
9748
"be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower."
9749
msgstr ""
9750
9751
#: C/net-slow.page:35(item/p)
9752
msgid "Unreliable connection"
9753
msgstr ""
9754
9755
#: C/net-slow.page:36(item/p)
9756
msgid ""
9757
"Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or "
9758
"those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference "
9759
"center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable."
9760
msgstr ""
9761
9762
#: C/net-slow.page:40(item/p)
9763
msgid "Low wireless connection signal"
9764
msgstr ""
9765
9766
#: C/net-slow.page:41(item/p)
9767
msgid ""
9768
"If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network "
9769
"menu on the top panel to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the "
9770
"internet may be slow because you don't have a very strong signal."
9771
msgstr ""
9772
9773
#: C/net-slow.page:45(item/p)
9774
msgid "Using a slower mobile internet connection"
9775
msgstr ""
9776
9777
#: C/net-slow.page:46(item/p)
9778
msgid ""
9779
"If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may "
9780
"have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, "
9781
"the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast \"mobile "
9782
"broadband\" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection "
9783
"like GPRS."
9784
msgstr ""
9785
9786
#: C/net-slow.page:50(item/p)
9787
msgid "Web browser has a problem"
9788
msgstr ""
9789
9790
#: C/net-slow.page:51(item/p)
9791
msgid ""
9792
"Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem which makes them run slow. This "
9793
"could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website which "
9794
"the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a "
9795
"long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then "
9796
"opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference."
9797
msgstr ""
9798
9799
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:14(info/desc)
9800
msgid "Connect to a private local network over the internet."
9801
msgstr ""
9802
9803
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:18(page/title)
9804
msgid "Virtual Private Networks (VPNs)"
9805
msgstr ""
9806
9807
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:20(page/p)
9808
msgid ""
9809
"A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a "
9810
"local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the "
9811
"local network at your workplace while you're on a business trip. You would "
9812
"find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to "
9813
"your workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the "
9814
"network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the "
9815
"hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually <em>encrypted</em> "
9816
"to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to "
9817
"without logging in."
9818
msgstr ""
9819
9820
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:22(page/p)
9821
msgid ""
9822
"There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some "
9823
"extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out "
9824
"the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which "
9825
"<em>VPN client</em> you need to use. Then, open <app>Ubuntu Software "
9826
"Center</app> and search for the <app>network-manager</app> package which "
9827
"works with your VPN (if there is one) and install it. You will need to click "
9828
"the <gui>Show technical items</gui> link at the bottom of <app>Ubuntu "
9829
"Software Center</app>."
9830
msgstr ""
9831
9832
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:25(note/p)
9833
msgid ""
9834
"If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will "
9835
"probably have to download and install some client software from the company "
9836
"that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some "
9837
"different instructions to get that working."
9838
msgstr ""
9839
9840
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:28(page/p)
9841
msgid "Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:"
9842
msgstr ""
9843
9844
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:32(item/p)
9845
msgid ""
9846
"Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the top panel and, under <gui>VPN "
9847
"Connections</gui>, select <gui>Configure VPN</gui>."
9848
msgstr ""
9849
9850
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:36(item/p)
9851
msgid ""
9852
"Click <gui>Add</gui> and choose which kind of VPN connection you have."
9853
msgstr ""
9854
9855
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:40(item/p)
9856
msgid ""
9857
"Click <gui>Create</gui> and follow the instructions on the screen, entering "
9858
"details like your username and password as you go."
9859
msgstr ""
9860
9861
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:44(item/p)
9862
msgid ""
9863
"When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the <gui>network menu</gui> "
9864
"on the top panel, go to <gui>VPN Connections</gui> and click on the "
9865
"connection you just created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the "
9866
"network icon will change as it tries to connect."
9867
msgstr ""
9868
9869
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:48(item/p)
9870
msgid ""
9871
"Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to "
9872
"double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the "
9873
"network menu, selecting <gui>Edit Connections</gui> and going to the "
9874
"<gui>VPN</gui> tab."
9875
msgstr ""
9876
9877
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:52(item/p)
9878
msgid ""
9879
"To disconnect from the VPN, click the network menu and select "
9880
"<gui>Disconnect</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."
9881
msgstr ""
9882
9883
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:13(info/desc)
9884
msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer."
9885
msgstr ""
9886
9887
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:17(page/title)
9888
msgid "What is an IP address?"
9889
msgstr ""
9890
9891
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:19(page/p)
9892
msgid ""
9893
"IP address stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each device "
9894
"that is connected to a network (such as the Internet) has one."
9895
msgstr ""
9896
9897
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:21(page/p)
9898
msgid ""
9899
"An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique "
9900
"set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. "
9901
"Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your "
9902
"computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers."
9903
msgstr ""
9904
9905
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:23(page/p)
9906
msgid ""
9907
"Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated "
9908
"by a period. <code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."
9909
msgstr ""
9910
9911
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:25(note/p)
9912
msgid ""
9913
"An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP "
9914
"addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer accesses the "
9915
"network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP "
9916
"addresses are more common that static addresses--static IP addresses are "
9917
"typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as "
9918
"administering a server."
9919
msgstr ""
9920
9921
#: C/net-wired.page:10(info/desc)
9922
msgid ""
9923
"<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Wired internet connections</link>, <link "
9924
"xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">fixed IP addresses</link>..."
9925
msgstr ""
9926
9927
#: C/net-wired.page:21(page/title)
9928
msgid "Wired Networking"
9929
msgstr ""
9930
9931
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:14(info/desc)
9932
msgid ""
9933
"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
9934
"network cable."
9935
msgstr ""
9936
9937
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:18(page/title)
9938
msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network"
9939
msgstr ""
9940
9941
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:20(page/p)
9942
msgid ""
9943
"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
9944
"network cable. The network icon on the top panel should rotate for a few "
9945
"seconds and then will change to a \"socket\" icon when you are connected."
9946
msgstr ""
9947
9948
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:22(page/p)
9949
msgid ""
9950
"If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network "
9951
"cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the "
9952
"rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, the other end should "
9953
"be plugged into a switch, router, wall socket or similar (depending on the "
9954
"network setup you have)."
9955
msgstr ""
9956
9957
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:25(note/p)
9958
msgid ""
9959
"You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable "
9960
"(at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you "
9961
"should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch."
9962
msgstr ""
9963
9964
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:28(page/p)
9965
msgid ""
9966
"If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic set-"
9967
"up (DHCP). In this case you'll have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure "
9968
"it manually</link>."
9969
msgstr ""
9970
9971
#: C/net-wireless.page:12(info/desc)
9972
msgid ""
9973
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Connect to wifi</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
9974
"wireless-hidden\">Hidden networks</link>, <link xref=\"net-editcon\">Edit "
9975
"connection settings</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
9976
"disconnecting\">Disconnecting</link>..."
9977
msgstr ""
9978
9979
#: C/net-wireless.page:25(page/title)
9980
msgid "Wireless Networking"
9981
msgstr ""
9982
9983
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19(info/desc)
9984
msgid "Click the network menu on the top panel and uncheck Enable Wireless."
9985
msgstr ""
9986
9987
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:23(page/title)
9988
msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"
9989
msgstr ""
9990
9991
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:25(page/p)
9992
msgid ""
9993
"If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless "
9994
"connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may "
9995
"also want to switch off your wireless to save power."
9996
msgstr ""
9997
9998
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27(page/p)
9999
msgid ""
10000
"To do this, click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the top panel and uncheck "
10001
"<gui>Enable Wireless</gui>. This will turn off your wireless connection "
10002
"until you switch it back on again."
10003
msgstr ""
10004
10005
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:29(page/p)
10006
msgid ""
10007
"To turn wireless back on, click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the top panel "
10008
"and select <gui>Enable Wireless</gui> so that it has a checkmark in front of "
10009
"it."
10010
msgstr ""
10011
10012
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:31(note/p)
10013
msgid ""
10014
"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off <link "
10015
"xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">Bluetooth</link>."
10016
msgstr ""
10017
10018
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:20(info/desc)
10019
msgid "Get on the internet - wirelessly."
10020
msgstr ""
10021
10022
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:24(page/title)
10023
msgid "Connect to a wireless network"
10024
msgstr ""
10025
10026
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:26(page/p)
10027
msgid ""
10028
"If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless "
10029
"network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared "
10030
"files on the network, and so on."
10031
msgstr ""
10032
10033
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:29(item/p)
10034
msgid ""
10035
"If you have a wireless hardware switch on your computer, make sure that it "
10036
"is turned on."
10037
msgstr ""
10038
10039
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:30(item/p)
10040
msgid ""
10041
"Click the <gui>network menu</gui> in the <gui>top panel</gui>, and look for "
10042
"your desired network."
10043
msgstr ""
10044
10045
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32(item/p)
10046
msgid "Select the name of your wireless network."
10047
msgstr ""
10048
10049
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:33(item/p)
10050
msgid ""
10051
"If the name of your wireless network isn't in the list, click <gui>More "
10052
"Networks</gui> to see if the network is further down the list. If you still "
10053
"don't see the network, you may be out of range or the network <link "
10054
"xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">might be hidden</link>."
10055
msgstr ""
10056
10057
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:36(item/p)
10058
msgid ""
10059
"If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-"
10060
"wepwpa\">encryption key</link>), enter the password when prompted and click "
10061
"<gui>Connect</gui>."
10062
msgstr ""
10063
10064
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:37(item/p)
10065
msgid ""
10066
"If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the "
10067
"wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have "
10068
"to ask the person who administers the wireless network."
10069
msgstr ""
10070
10071
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:38(item/p)
10072
msgid ""
10073
"The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect "
10074
"to the network."
10075
msgstr ""
10076
10077
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:40(item/p)
10078
msgid ""
10079
"If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several "
10080
"bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If "
10081
"there aren't many bars, the connection is weak and might not be very "
10082
"reliable."
10083
msgstr ""
10084
10085
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:44(page/p)
10086
msgid ""
10087
"If the connection is not successful, you <link xref=\"net-passwordok-"
10088
"noconnect\">may be asked for your password again</link> or it might just "
10089
"tell you that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of "
10090
"things that could have caused this to happen - you could have entered the "
10091
"wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your computer's "
10092
"wireless card might have a problem, for example. See <link xref=\"net-"
10093
"wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more help."
10094
msgstr ""
10095
10096
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:46(page/p)
10097
msgid ""
10098
"A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that "
10099
"you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download "
10100
"speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the <em>device "
10101
"which provides the internet connection</em> (like a router or modem), but "
10102
"the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different "
10103
"speeds."
10104
msgstr ""
10105
10106
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:48(note/p)
10107
msgid ""
10108
"Connecting to a wireless network is easy in most cases, but there can "
10109
"sometimes be problems."
10110
msgstr ""
10111
10112
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:49(note/p)
10113
msgid ""
10114
"If you experience any trouble with accessing your network, visit some of the "
10115
"other networking-related help topics by clicking on one of the \"See Also\" "
10116
"links at the bottom of this page."
10117
msgstr ""
10118
10119
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:18(info/desc)
10120
msgid ""
10121
"You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect "
10122
"properly."
10123
msgstr ""
10124
10125
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:22(page/title)
10126
msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"
10127
msgstr ""
10128
10129
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24(page/p)
10130
msgid ""
10131
"You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even "
10132
"though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to "
10133
"reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the "
10134
"top bar will rotate if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be annoying, "
10135
"especially if you were using the internet at the time."
10136
msgstr ""
10137
10138
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:27(section/title)
10139
msgid "Weak wireless signal"
10140
msgstr ""
10141
10142
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29(section/p)
10143
msgid ""
10144
"A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you "
10145
"have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too "
10146
"far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong "
10147
"enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you "
10148
"and the base station can also weaken the signal."
10149
msgstr ""
10150
10151
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31(section/p)
10152
msgid ""
10153
"The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. "
10154
"If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station."
10155
msgstr ""
10156
10157
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:36(section/title)
10158
msgid "Network connection not being established properly"
10159
msgstr ""
10160
10161
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38(section/p)
10162
msgid ""
10163
"Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you "
10164
"have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected. "
10165
"This normally happens because your computer was only partially successful in "
10166
"connecting to the network—it managed to establish a connection, but was "
10167
"unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so was disconnected."
10168
msgstr ""
10169
10170
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40(section/p)
10171
msgid ""
10172
"A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless "
10173
"passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because "
10174
"the network requires a username to log in, for example)."
10175
msgstr ""
10176
10177
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:45(section/title)
10178
msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers"
10179
msgstr ""
10180
10181
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:47(section/p)
10182
msgid ""
10183
"Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks "
10184
"are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into "
10185
"minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens "
10186
"quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless "
10187
"connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens "
10188
"very regularly, you may want to consider using different hardware."
10189
msgstr ""
10190
10191
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:52(section/title)
10192
msgid "Busy wireless networks"
10193
msgstr ""
10194
10195
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54(section/p)
10196
msgid ""
10197
"Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for "
10198
"example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. "
10199
"Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of "
10200
"the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected."
10201
msgstr ""
10202
10203
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:15(info/desc)
10204
msgid ""
10205
"The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless "
10206
"networks nearby, or you might be out of range."
10207
msgstr ""
10208
10209
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:19(page/title)
10210
msgid "I can't see my wireless network in the list"
10211
msgstr ""
10212
10213
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:21(page/p)
10214
msgid ""
10215
"There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless "
10216
"network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network "
10217
"icon on the top bar."
10218
msgstr ""
10219
10220
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:25(item/p)
10221
msgid ""
10222
"If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned "
10223
"off, or it <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working "
10224
"properly</link>. Make sure it is turned on."
10225
msgstr ""
10226
10227
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:29(item/p)
10228
msgid ""
10229
"If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking "
10230
"for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at "
10231
"the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the right and hover "
10232
"your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks."
10233
msgstr ""
10234
10235
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:33(item/p)
10236
msgid ""
10237
"You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless "
10238
"base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while."
10239
msgstr ""
10240
10241
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:37(item/p)
10242
msgid ""
10243
"The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned "
10244
"on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so "
10245
"and then check if the network has appeared in the list."
10246
msgstr ""
10247
10248
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:41(item/p)
10249
msgid ""
10250
"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
10251
"hidden\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
10252
msgstr ""
10253
10254
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19(info/desc)
10255
msgid ""
10256
"Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the top panel and select <gui>Connect "
10257
"to Hidden Wireless Network</gui>."
10258
msgstr ""
10259
10260
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:23(page/title)
10261
msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"
10262
msgstr ""
10263
10264
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:25(page/p)
10265
msgid ""
10266
"It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden "
10267
"networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you "
10268
"click the network menu in the top panel (nor will they appear in the list of "
10269
"wireless networks on any other computer)."
10270
msgstr ""
10271
10272
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27(page/p)
10273
msgid ""
10274
"To connect to a hidden wireless network, click the <gui>network menu</gui> "
10275
"on the top panel and select <gui>Connect to Hidden Wireless Network</gui>. "
10276
"In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of "
10277
"wireless security and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
10278
msgstr ""
10279
10280
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29(page/p)
10281
msgid ""
10282
"You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station/router to "
10283
"see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the <em>BSSID</em> "
10284
"(Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: "
10285
"<gui>02:00:01:02:03:04</gui>."
10286
msgstr ""
10287
10288
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:31(page/p)
10289
msgid ""
10290
"You should also check the wireless base station's security settings; look "
10291
"for terms like WEP and WPA."
10292
msgstr ""
10293
10294
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34(note/p)
10295
msgid ""
10296
"You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by "
10297
"preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this "
10298
"is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still "
10299
"detectable."
10300
msgstr ""
10301
10302
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:13(credit/name)
10303
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:6(credit/name)
10304
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:11(credit/name)
10305
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:11(credit/name)
10306
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:12(credit/name)
10307
msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"
10308
msgstr ""
10309
10310
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:21(info/desc)
10311
msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections"
10312
msgstr ""
10313
10314
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:25(page/title)
10315
msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter"
10316
msgstr ""
10317
10318
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27(page/p)
10319
msgid ""
10320
"This guide is designed to help you troubleshoot and resolve problems with "
10321
"accessing a wireless network."
10322
msgstr ""
10323
10324
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29(note/p)
10325
msgid ""
10326
"Due to the technical nature of troubleshooting network problems, this guide "
10327
"contains some commands that will need to be entered into a "
10328
"<app>terminal</app> window. While this may seem intimidating at first, do "
10329
"not be afraid! The guide will direct you at each step."
10330
msgstr ""
10331
10332
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:31(page/p)
10333
msgid ""
10334
"We will proceed through the following tasks to connect your computer to the "
10335
"internet:"
10336
msgstr ""
10337
10338
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:34(item/p)
10339
msgid ""
10340
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check\">Perform an initial "
10341
"check</link>"
10342
msgstr ""
10343
10344
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37(item/p)
10345
msgid ""
10346
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info\">Gather information "
10347
"about your hardware</link>"
10348
msgstr ""
10349
10350
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40(item/p)
10351
msgid ""
10352
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check\">Check your "
10353
"hardware</link>"
10354
msgstr ""
10355
10356
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:43(item/p)
10357
msgid ""
10358
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Check your device "
10359
"drivers</link>"
10360
msgstr ""
10361
10362
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:52(page/p)
10363
msgid ""
10364
"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link in the upper-right portion "
10365
"of the page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you "
10366
"through each step in the guide."
10367
msgstr ""
10368
10369
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:12(info/desc)
10370
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:19(info/desc)
10371
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:19(info/desc)
10372
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20(info/desc)
10373
msgid "Troubleshoot your connection to a wireless network."
10374
msgstr ""
10375
10376
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:16(page/title)
10377
msgid "Check your device drivers"
10378
msgstr ""
10379
10380
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:19(section/title)
10381
msgid "Check for automatically loaded drivers"
10382
msgstr ""
10383
10384
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:21(section/p)
10385
msgid ""
10386
"Your device may already be supported with a preinstalled driver. To check if "
10387
"a driver was automatically loaded, run <cmd>sudo lshw -C network</cmd>. Look "
10388
"in the line that begins with <gui>configuration:</gui> for the word "
10389
"<em>driver</em>. If this exists, a driver has already been installed and "
10390
"loaded."
10391
msgstr ""
10392
10393
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:27(section/p)
10394
msgid ""
10395
"If you are not running the most recent kernel, update your system first. "
10396
"Drivers, especially wireless, are constantly being added and modified. You "
10397
"can do this by clicking on the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">session "
10398
"menu</link> and selecting <gui>System Settings</gui>. In the System section, "
10399
"click <gui>Update Manager</gui>."
10400
msgstr ""
10401
10402
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:36(section/title)
10403
msgid "Find additional Linux drivers"
10404
msgstr ""
10405
10406
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:37(section/p)
10407
msgid ""
10408
"You can check for additional Linux drivers in the following locations:"
10409
msgstr ""
10410
10411
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:40(item/p)
10412
msgid ""
10413
"Check for a driver by clicking the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-"
10414
"intro\">session menu</link> and selecting <gui>System Settings</gui>. In the "
10415
"Hardware section, click <gui>Additional Drivers</gui>. Wait a moment for "
10416
"Ubuntu to update its database."
10417
msgstr ""
10418
10419
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:45(item/p)
10420
msgid ""
10421
"Many of the drivers found in <app>Additional Drivers</app> are proprietary "
10422
"and the source code isn't freely available. Therefore, Linux community "
10423
"developers are unable to fix any security or functionality problems in the "
10424
"driver. These drivers also cannot be installed automatically as part of "
10425
"Ubuntu. If you are willing to accept this limitation, activate the driver."
10426
msgstr ""
10427
10428
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:54(item/p)
10429
msgid "Search your card manufacturer's website for a Linux driver."
10430
msgstr ""
10431
10432
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:60(section/title)
10433
msgid "Use Ndiswrapper for cards without a Linux driver"
10434
msgstr ""
10435
10436
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:61(section/p)
10437
msgid ""
10438
"If you find your card does not have a Linux driver you could try "
10439
"<app>ndiswrapper</app>."
10440
msgstr ""
10441
10442
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:66(item/p)
10443
msgid ""
10444
"Check the <link "
10445
"href=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/mediawiki/ndiswrapper/\">device "
10446
"database</link> to see if your card is supported by ndiswrapper."
10447
msgstr ""
10448
10449
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:72(item/p)
10450
msgid ""
10451
"Full information on ndiswrapper kept on <link "
10452
"href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/WifiDocs/Driver/Ndiswrapper\">this "
10453
"page</link> including troubleshooting help specific to ndiswrapper."
10454
msgstr ""
10455
10456
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:82(section/title)
10457
msgid "Check Driver"
10458
msgstr ""
10459
10460
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:83(section/p)
10461
msgid ""
10462
"If you ran <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> and saw a driver bound to the device "
10463
"then let's test to make sure it's communicating with the kernel. You can "
10464
"also go back to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-"
10465
"check\">Initial Check page</link> to check for any signs of connectivity."
10466
msgstr ""
10467
10468
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:90(item/p)
10469
msgid ""
10470
"Run <cmd>sudo lsmod</cmd> to see if the driver is loaded. Look for the "
10471
"driver name that was listed in the \"configuration\" line output of lshw."
10472
msgstr ""
10473
10474
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:96(item/p)
10475
msgid ""
10476
"If you did not see the driver module in the list then use <cmd>sudo "
10477
"modprobe</cmd> to load it."
10478
msgstr ""
10479
10480
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:103(item/p)
10481
msgid ""
10482
"Run <cmd>sudo iwconfig</cmd>. If you see output like in the example in the "
10483
"command section then the driver is at least identifying the device as a "
10484
"wireless device to the kernel."
10485
msgstr ""
10486
10487
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:108(item/p)
10488
msgid ""
10489
"Run the command <cmd>sudo iwlist scan</cmd> to scan for a wireless access "
10490
"point. If an access point is identified, the card is probably working "
10491
"properly as it can complete a wireless interface task."
10492
msgstr ""
10493
10494
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:117(note/p)
10495
msgid ""
10496
"To find more information about all the commands used in this guide, click "
10497
"<link "
10498
"href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/WifiDocs/WirelessTroubleShootingGuid"
10499
"e/Commands\">here</link>."
10500
msgstr ""
10501
10502
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:23(page/title)
10503
msgid "Check your hardware"
10504
msgstr ""
10505
10506
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:25(page/p)
10507
msgid "Let's see if your computer recognizes your wireless adapter."
10508
msgstr ""
10509
10510
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:27(item/p)
10511
msgid ""
10512
"Open a <app>terminal</app> window, and enter <cmd>sudo lshw -C network</cmd>."
10513
msgstr ""
10514
10515
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:28(item/p)
10516
msgid ""
10517
"If you get no response, you may need to install the <app>lshw</app> program "
10518
"on your computer; you can install it by typing <code>sudo apt-get install "
10519
"lshw</code> in a terminal."
10520
msgstr ""
10521
10522
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29(item/p)
10523
msgid ""
10524
"Read the output from the command, and check for the <em>Wireless "
10525
"interface</em> section. If your wireless adapter is detected, the output "
10526
"should look similar to this:"
10527
msgstr ""
10528
10529
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:31(example/code)
10530
#, no-wrap
10531
msgid ""
10532
"*-network\n"
10533
" description: Wireless interface\n"
10534
" product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
10535
" vendor: Intel Corporation\n"
10536
" physical id: 0\n"
10537
" bus info: pci@0000:03:00.0\n"
10538
" logical name: wlan0\n"
10539
" version: 02\n"
10540
" serial: 00:1b:77:11:5a:a7\n"
10541
" width: 32 bits\n"
10542
" clock: 33MHz\n"
10543
" capabilities: pm msi pciexpress bus_master cap_list ethernet physical "
10544
"wireless\n"
10545
" configuration: broadcast=yes driver=iwl3945 driverversion=2.6.38.2-"
10546
"9.fc15.i686\n"
10547
" firmware=15.32.2.9 ip=192.168.1.42 latency=0 link=yes multicast=yes\n"
10548
" wireless=IEEE 802.11abg\n"
10549
" resources: irq:46 memory:edf00000-edf00fff"
10550
msgstr ""
10551
10552
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:50(page/p)
10553
msgid ""
10554
"If a wireless device is listed, then continue to the <link xref=\"net-"
10555
"wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers page</link>."
10556
msgstr ""
10557
10558
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51(page/p)
10559
msgid ""
10560
"If a wireless device is not listed, the next steps will help you to locate "
10561
"the hardware information."
10562
msgstr ""
10563
10564
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:54(section/title)
10565
msgid "Further wireless hardware checks"
10566
msgstr ""
10567
10568
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:55(section/p)
10569
msgid ""
10570
"Because your wireless adapter was not found with the previous command, you "
10571
"need to take further steps to make sure your computer recognizes your "
10572
"adapter."
10573
msgstr ""
10574
10575
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:56(section/p)
10576
msgid ""
10577
"The steps you take will depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to "
10578
"the section that is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that you use "
10579
"with your computer: PCI (internal), USB, or PCMCIA."
10580
msgstr ""
10581
10582
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:57(note/p)
10583
msgid ""
10584
"Internal PCI adapters are most common, and are found on laptops made within "
10585
"the past few years. PCMCIA adapters are external, card-style adapters, and "
10586
"are more common on older laptops."
10587
msgstr ""
10588
10589
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:59(section/title)
10590
msgid "Checking for a PCI (internal) device"
10591
msgstr ""
10592
10593
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:60(section/p)
10594
msgid ""
10595
"To check if your computer can recognize your PCI wireless adapter, enter "
10596
"<cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> into a terminal window. The terminal will display a "
10597
"list of PCI devices that it has found on your computer."
10598
msgstr ""
10599
10600
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:61(section/p)
10601
msgid ""
10602
"Although this may be a bit difficult to read-through, look for the name and "
10603
"model number of your wireless adapter. Here is an example of what a PCI "
10604
"device listing may look like:"
10605
msgstr ""
10606
10607
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63(example/p)
10608
msgid ""
10609
"<code>Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] "
10610
"Network Connection</code>"
10611
msgstr ""
10612
10613
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:65(section/p)
10614
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74(section/p)
10615
msgid ""
10616
"If your device is recognized by the previous command, great! Proceed to the "
10617
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device "
10618
"Drivers</link> page. If the above command does not show any output related "
10619
"to your wireless adapter, see the instructions at the bottom of this page."
10620
msgstr ""
10621
10622
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:68(section/title)
10623
msgid "Checking for a USB device"
10624
msgstr ""
10625
10626
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:69(section/p)
10627
msgid ""
10628
"To check if your computer recognizes your USB wireless adapter, enter "
10629
"<cmd>sudo lsusb</cmd> into a terminal window. The terminal will display a "
10630
"list of USB devices that it has found on your computer."
10631
msgstr ""
10632
10633
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:70(section/p)
10634
msgid ""
10635
"Although it may be difficult to read-through, look for the name and model "
10636
"number of your USB wireless adapter. Here is some sample output from the "
10637
"<cmd>lsusb</cmd> command:"
10638
msgstr ""
10639
10640
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:72(example/p)
10641
msgid ""
10642
"<code>Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 "
10643
"Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card</code>"
10644
msgstr ""
10645
10646
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:77(section/title)
10647
msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"
10648
msgstr ""
10649
10650
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:78(section/p)
10651
msgid ""
10652
"To check if your computer recognizes your PCMCIA adapter, complete the "
10653
"following steps:"
10654
msgstr ""
10655
10656
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:80(item/p)
10657
msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in."
10658
msgstr ""
10659
10660
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81(item/p)
10661
msgid "Log in when/if prompted."
10662
msgstr ""
10663
10664
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:82(item/p)
10665
msgid ""
10666
"When the desktop loads, open a terminal window and type the following "
10667
"command:"
10668
msgstr ""
10669
10670
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:83(item/p)
10671
msgid "<cmd>sudo tail -f /var/log/messages</cmd>"
10672
msgstr ""
10673
10674
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:84(item/p)
10675
msgid "Insert your wireless adapter into an available slot."
10676
msgstr ""
10677
10678
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:85(item/p)
10679
msgid "Repeat the command above, and note the difference between the two."
10680
msgstr ""
10681
10682
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:88(section/p)
10683
msgid ""
10684
"If your device is recognized by the previous command, great! Proceed to the "
10685
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device "
10686
"Drivers</link> page."
10687
msgstr ""
10688
10689
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:90(note/p)
10690
msgid ""
10691
"If your device is not recognized by any of the above commands, it may mean "
10692
"that your device is not working, or that your device is not supported by "
10693
"your operating system."
10694
msgstr ""
10695
10696
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:91(note/p)
10697
msgid ""
10698
"To get additional help, post a message to a user forum appropriate to your "
10699
"operating system (e.g., Fedora, OpenSUSE, or Ubuntu forums, etc.), or post a "
10700
"message to an appropriate mailing list."
10701
msgstr ""
10702
10703
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:23(page/title)
10704
msgid "Gather information about your hardware"
10705
msgstr ""
10706
10707
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:25(page/p)
10708
msgid ""
10709
"To best troubleshoot your wireless connection you will need some items and "
10710
"some information. Although you might not have all of these items, collect "
10711
"what you can:"
10712
msgstr ""
10713
10714
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:27(item/p)
10715
msgid "Your laptop and wireless router (of course!)"
10716
msgstr ""
10717
10718
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:28(item/p)
10719
msgid ""
10720
"The packaging and contents for your device (particularly the user guide for "
10721
"your router)"
10722
msgstr ""
10723
10724
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29(item/p)
10725
msgid "A driver disc - even if it only contains Windows drivers"
10726
msgstr ""
10727
10728
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:30(item/p)
10729
msgid ""
10730
"If possible, have access to an alternate working internet connection for "
10731
"downloading software and drivers"
10732
msgstr ""
10733
10734
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:33(page/p)
10735
msgid ""
10736
"It is also helpful to have the following information available. Again, just "
10737
"collect what you can:"
10738
msgstr ""
10739
10740
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:35(item/p)
10741
msgid ""
10742
"The name of the manufacturer for your computer, wireless adapter and router"
10743
msgstr ""
10744
10745
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:36(item/p)
10746
msgid "The complete model number of your computer and router"
10747
msgstr ""
10748
10749
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:37(item/p)
10750
msgid ""
10751
"Any version numbers that may be printed on your devices or their packaging. "
10752
"These can be especially helpful, so look carefully."
10753
msgstr ""
10754
10755
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:38(item/p)
10756
msgid ""
10757
"Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself or the "
10758
"components it uses. Wireless implementation chips are often operated by "
10759
"firmware, a type of software written specifically for that chip."
10760
msgstr ""
10761
10762
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:40(page/p)
10763
msgid ""
10764
"Once you have these items and this information, click <gui>Next</gui> in the "
10765
"upper-right portion of this page to continue."
10766
msgstr ""
10767
10768
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:24(page/title)
10769
msgid "Perform an initial check"
10770
msgstr ""
10771
10772
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:26(page/p)
10773
msgid ""
10774
"Our first step will be to verify some basic network connectivity information."
10775
msgstr ""
10776
10777
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:28(item/p)
10778
msgid ""
10779
"Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet "
10780
"connection."
10781
msgstr ""
10782
10783
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29(item/p)
10784
msgid ""
10785
"If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a wireless-USB adapter, or "
10786
"a PCMCIA card), make sure that it is inserted into the proper slot on your "
10787
"computer."
10788
msgstr ""
10789
10790
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:30(item/p)
10791
msgid ""
10792
"If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that your "
10793
"wireless adapter switch is turned on."
10794
msgstr ""
10795
10796
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:31(item/p)
10797
msgid ""
10798
"Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the top panel and make sure that the "
10799
"<gui>Enable Wireless</gui> setting is checked."
10800
msgstr ""
10801
10802
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32(item/p)
10803
msgid ""
10804
"Open a <app>terminal</app> window (such as <app>gnome-terminal</app>), and "
10805
"enter the following command:"
10806
msgstr ""
10807
10808
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:33(item/p)
10809
msgid "<cmd>nm-tool</cmd>"
10810
msgstr ""
10811
10812
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:36(page/p)
10813
msgid ""
10814
"The <app>nm-tool</app> program will display information about your network "
10815
"hardware and connection status. If output from the wireless connection "
10816
"section contains the text, <code>State: Connected</code>, it means that your "
10817
"wireless adapter is working and it is connected to your wireless router."
10818
msgstr ""
10819
10820
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:38(page/p)
10821
msgid ""
10822
"If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access "
10823
"the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet "
10824
"Service Provider (ISP) may be experiencing some technical problems. Review "
10825
"your router and ISP setup guides, or contact your ISP for support."
10826
msgstr ""
10827
10828
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:39(page/p)
10829
msgid ""
10830
"If the output from the <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> command did not indicate that you "
10831
"were connected to the network, proceed to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
10832
"troubleshooting-hardware-info\">next portion</link> of the troubleshooting "
10833
"guide."
10834
msgstr ""
10835
10836
#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14(info/desc)
10837
msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."
10838
msgstr ""
10839
10840
#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:18(page/title)
10841
msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"
10842
msgstr ""
10843
10844
#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20(page/p)
10845
msgid ""
10846
"WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used "
10847
"to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network "
10848
"connection so that no one can \"listen in\" to it and look at which web "
10849
"pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for <em>Wired Equivalent "
10850
"Privacy</em>, and WPA stands for <em>Wireless Protected Access</em>. WPA2 is "
10851
"the second version of the WPA standard."
10852
msgstr ""
10853
10854
#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:22(page/p)
10855
msgid ""
10856
"Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is "
10857
"the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can "
10858
"avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and "
10859
"router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your "
10860
"wireless network."
10861
msgstr ""
10862
10863
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:19(info/desc)
10864
msgid ""
10865
"Edit your connection settings, and remove the unwanted connection option."
10866
msgstr ""
10867
10868
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:23(page/title)
10869
msgid "My computer connects to the wrong network"
10870
msgstr ""
10871
10872
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:25(page/p)
10873
msgid ""
10874
"When you turn your computer on or move to a different location, your "
10875
"computer will automatically try to connect to wireless networks that you "
10876
"have connected to in the past. If it tries to connect to the wrong network "
10877
"each time (that is, not the one that you want it to connect to), do the "
10878
"following:"
10879
msgstr ""
10880
10881
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:33(item/p)
10882
msgid ""
10883
"Go to the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab and find the network that you "
10884
"<em>don't</em> want it to keep connecting to."
10885
msgstr ""
10886
10887
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:37(item/p)
10888
msgid ""
10889
"Click that network once to select it and click <gui>Delete</gui>. Your "
10890
"computer won't try to connect to that network any more."
10891
msgstr ""
10892
10893
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:42(page/p)
10894
msgid ""
10895
"If you later want to connect to the network you just deleted, simply select "
10896
"it from the list of wireless networks that appears when you click the "
10897
"network menu on the top panel - just as you would connect to any other "
10898
"wireless network."
10899
msgstr ""
10900
10901
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:10(info/desc)
10902
msgid ""
10903
"Your battery is probably not broken; it's more likely that it's just old."
10904
msgstr ""
10905
10906
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:21(page/title)
10907
msgid "An error reports my battery has low capacity"
10908
msgstr ""
10909
10910
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:28(page/p)
10911
msgid "When you first log in, you might see a message that says:"
10912
msgstr ""
10913
10914
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:30(quote/p)
10915
msgid ""
10916
"<em>Battery may be broken. Your battery has a very low capacity which means "
10917
"that it may be old or broken.</em>"
10918
msgstr ""
10919
10920
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:33(page/p)
10921
msgid ""
10922
"This message is displayed when the computer detects that your battery is not "
10923
"capable of storing much charge. The most likely reason for this is that your "
10924
"battery is old; it's probably not broken, so there's no need to worry."
10925
msgstr ""
10926
10927
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:35(page/p)
10928
msgid ""
10929
"Over time, all laptop batteries lose their ability to store charge. After a "
10930
"while (normally a year or more), the battery will only be able to store a "
10931
"fraction of the charge that it could when it was new. The message above is "
10932
"shown when this happens."
10933
msgstr ""
10934
10935
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:37(page/p)
10936
msgid ""
10937
"If your computer or battery is relatively new, it should be capable of "
10938
"holding a high percentage of its design charge. If it can't, then your "
10939
"battery may be broken and you might need to seek a replacement."
10940
msgstr ""
10941
10942
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:9(info/desc)
10943
msgid "The battery life that is displayed is only an estimate."
10944
msgstr ""
10945
10946
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:24(page/title)
10947
msgid "It says X minutes of battery remaining, but that's not true"
10948
msgstr ""
10949
10950
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:26(page/p)
10951
msgid ""
10952
"When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the <em>time "
10953
"remaining</em> it reports is different to how long the battery "
10954
"<em>actually</em> lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery "
10955
"life can only be estimated. The estimates should get better over time, "
10956
"though."
10957
msgstr ""
10958
10959
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:28(page/p)
10960
msgid ""
10961
"In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be "
10962
"taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the "
10963
"computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have "
10964
"open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any "
10965
"intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for "
10966
"example). This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict."
10967
msgstr ""
10968
10969
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:30(page/p)
10970
msgid ""
10971
"Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge "
10972
"faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery "
10973
"discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made."
10974
msgstr ""
10975
10976
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:32(page/p)
10977
msgid ""
10978
"As the battery discharges, the Power Manager will figure-out its discharge "
10979
"properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They "
10980
"will never be completely accurate, though."
10981
msgstr ""
10982
10983
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:35(note/p)
10984
msgid ""
10985
"If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of "
10986
"days!), the Power Manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to "
10987
"make a sensible estimate."
10988
msgstr ""
10989
10990
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:36(note/p)
10991
msgid ""
10992
"If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug "
10993
"it in and let it recharge again, the Power Manager should be able to get the "
10994
"data it needs."
10995
msgstr ""
10996
10997
#: C/power-batterylife.page:9(info/desc)
10998
msgid "Tips to reduce your computer's power consumption."
10999
msgstr ""
11000
11001
#: C/power-batterylife.page:24(page/title)
11002
msgid "Use less power and improve battery life"
11003
msgstr ""
11004
11005
#: C/power-batterylife.page:26(page/p)
11006
msgid ""
11007
"Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving "
11008
"strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment. If you "
11009
"have a laptop, this will also help to increase the amount of time it can run "
11010
"on battery power."
11011
msgstr ""
11012
11013
#: C/power-batterylife.page:30(section/title)
11014
msgid "General tips"
11015
msgstr ""
11016
11017
#: C/power-batterylife.page:33(item/p)
11018
msgid ""
11019
"<link xref=\"shell-exit#shut-down\">Suspend your computer</link> when you "
11020
"are not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, "
11021
"and it can be woken up very quickly."
11022
msgstr ""
11023
11024
#: C/power-batterylife.page:36(item/p)
11025
msgid ""
11026
"Turn off the computer when you will not be using it for longer periods. Some "
11027
"people worry that turning off a computer regularly may cause it to wear out "
11028
"faster, but modern computers are quite robust, so this shouldn't be an issue."
11029
msgstr ""
11030
11031
#: C/power-batterylife.page:39(item/p)
11032
msgid ""
11033
"Use the Power Management preferences to change your power settings. There "
11034
"are a number of options that will help to save power: you can <link "
11035
"xref=\"display-dimscreen\">automatically dim</link> the display or send it "
11036
"to sleep after a certain time; <link xref=\"power-brighter\">reduce the "
11037
"display's brightness</link> (for laptops); and have the computer <link "
11038
"xref=\"power-suspendhibernate\">automatically go to sleep</link> if you "
11039
"haven't used it for a certain period of time."
11040
msgstr ""
11041
11042
#: C/power-batterylife.page:42(item/p)
11043
msgid ""
11044
"Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you're not "
11045
"using them."
11046
msgstr ""
11047
11048
#: C/power-batterylife.page:48(section/title)
11049
msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"
11050
msgstr ""
11051
11052
#: C/power-batterylife.page:52(item/p)
11053
msgid ""
11054
"<link xref=\"power-brighter\">Reduce the screen's brightness</link>; "
11055
"powering the screen accounts for a significant fraction of a laptop's power "
11056
"consumption."
11057
msgstr ""
11058
11059
#: C/power-batterylife.page:53(item/p)
11060
msgid ""
11061
"Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you "
11062
"can use to reduce the brightness."
11063
msgstr ""
11064
11065
#: C/power-batterylife.page:56(item/p)
11066
msgid ""
11067
"If you don't need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the "
11068
"wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, "
11069
"which takes quite a bit of power."
11070
msgstr ""
11071
11072
#: C/power-batterylife.page:57(item/p)
11073
msgid ""
11074
"Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, "
11075
"whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can "
11076
"turn it on again when you need it."
11077
msgstr ""
11078
11079
#: C/power-batterylife.page:63(section/title)
11080
msgid "More advanced tips"
11081
msgstr ""
11082
11083
#: C/power-batterylife.page:67(item/p)
11084
msgid ""
11085
"Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use "
11086
"more power when they have more work to do."
11087
msgstr ""
11088
11089
#: C/power-batterylife.page:68(item/p)
11090
msgid ""
11091
"Most of your running applications do very little when you're not actively "
11092
"using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the "
11093
"internet, play music or movies, or run distributed calculations can impact "
11094
"your power consumption."
11095
msgstr ""
11096
11097
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:9(info/desc)
11098
msgid "Tips such as \"Don't let the battery charge get too low\""
11099
msgstr ""
11100
11101
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:24(page/title)
11102
msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery"
11103
msgstr ""
11104
11105
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:26(page/p)
11106
msgid ""
11107
"As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity "
11108
"gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong "
11109
"their useful lifetime, although you shouldn't expect a big difference."
11110
msgstr ""
11111
11112
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:30(item/p)
11113
msgid ""
11114
"Don't let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> "
11115
"the battery gets very low; recharging when it is only partially discharged "
11116
"is more efficient."
11117
msgstr ""
11118
11119
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:33(item/p)
11120
msgid ""
11121
"Heat has a detrimental effect on a battery's charging efficiency. Don't let "
11122
"the battery get any warmer than it has to."
11123
msgstr ""
11124
11125
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:36(item/p)
11126
msgid ""
11127
"Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage "
11128
"in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original "
11129
"battery - always buy replacements when you need them."
11130
msgstr ""
11131
11132
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:41(note/p)
11133
msgid ""
11134
"This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which "
11135
"are the most common type. Other types of battery may behave differently."
11136
msgstr ""
11137
11138
#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7(info/desc)
11139
msgid ""
11140
"Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery."
11141
msgstr ""
11142
11143
#: C/power-batteryslow.page:19(page/title)
11144
msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it's on battery?"
11145
msgstr ""
11146
11147
#: C/power-batteryslow.page:21(page/p)
11148
msgid ""
11149
"Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in "
11150
"order to conserve power. The laptop's processor (CPU) switches to a slower "
11151
"speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the battery "
11152
"should last longer."
11153
msgstr ""
11154
11155
#: C/power-batteryslow.page:23(page/p)
11156
msgid "This feature is called <em>CPU frequency scaling</em>."
11157
msgstr ""
11158
11159
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:7(info/desc)
11160
msgid ""
11161
"Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the "
11162
"cause of this problem."
11163
msgstr ""
11164
11165
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:21(page/title)
11166
msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?"
11167
msgstr ""
11168
11169
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:23(page/p)
11170
msgid ""
11171
"Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux "
11172
"than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that "
11173
"computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes "
11174
"various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These "
11175
"tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including "
11176
"them in Linux is difficult."
11177
msgstr ""
11178
11179
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:25(page/p)
11180
msgid ""
11181
"Unfortunately, there's not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself "
11182
"without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some <link "
11183
"xref=\"power-batterylife\">simple power-saving methods</link> helps, though. "
11184
"If your computer has a <link xref=\"power-batteryslow\">variable-speed "
11185
"processor</link>, you might find that changing its settings is also useful."
11186
msgstr ""
11187
11188
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:27(page/p)
11189
msgid ""
11190
"Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating "
11191
"battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual "
11192
"battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give "
11193
"different estimates. See <link xref=\"power-batteryestimate\"/> for more "
11194
"information."
11195
msgstr ""
11196
11197
#: C/power-brighter.page:11(info/desc)
11198
msgid ""
11199
"Laptops and desktop monitors usually have buttons that you can press to "
11200
"change the brightness."
11201
msgstr ""
11202
11203
#: C/power-brighter.page:21(page/title)
11204
msgid "How can I make the screen brighter?"
11205
msgstr ""
11206
11207
#: C/power-brighter.page:23(page/p)
11208
msgid ""
11209
"If you have a laptop or netbook, there are probably some screen brightness "
11210
"controls on the keyboard. They usually have stylized \"sun\" icons, and are "
11211
"often on or above the function keys (e.g. <key>F4</key>). On some laptops, "
11212
"you must hold-down the Function (<key>Fn</key>) key and then press one of "
11213
"the brightness keys to change the screen brightness. For example, you might "
11214
"press <keyseq><key>Fn</key><key>F4</key></keyseq> to decrease the brightness "
11215
"and <keyseq><key>Fn</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> to increase it."
11216
msgstr ""
11217
11218
#: C/power-brighter.page:25(page/p)
11219
msgid ""
11220
"You can also change the brightness by clicking the icon at the very right of "
11221
"the <gui>top panel</gui>, selecting <gui>System Settings</gui> and then "
11222
"opening the <gui>Screen</gui> preferences."
11223
msgstr ""
11224
11225
#: C/power-brighter.page:27(page/p)
11226
msgid ""
11227
"If you have a desktop computer, you should be able to use controls on the "
11228
"monitor to change the brightness of the screen. How you do this depends very "
11229
"much on what monitor you have - some have specific buttons to change "
11230
"brightness, whereas others have buttons which you use to navigate on-screen "
11231
"menus."
11232
msgstr ""
11233
11234
#: C/power-brighter.page:29(page/p)
11235
msgid ""
11236
"If you have increased the brightness to the maximum but it's still not "
11237
"bright enough, you may need to adjust the <em>contrast</em> or "
11238
"<em>gamma</em> settings of the screen instead. Not all screens allow you to "
11239
"change both of these settings, however."
11240
msgstr ""
11241
11242
#: C/power-closelid.page:9(info/desc)
11243
msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."
11244
msgstr ""
11245
11246
#: C/power-closelid.page:19(page/title)
11247
msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"
11248
msgstr ""
11249
11250
#: C/power-closelid.page:21(page/p)
11251
msgid ""
11252
"When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <em>suspend</em> "
11253
"in order to save power. This means that the computer is not actually turned "
11254
"off - it has just gone to sleep. You can wake it up by opening the lid. If "
11255
"it doesn't wake up, try clicking the mouse or pressing a key. If that still "
11256
"doesn't work, press the power button."
11257
msgstr ""
11258
11259
#: C/power-closelid.page:23(page/p)
11260
msgid ""
11261
"Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their "
11262
"hardware isn't completely supported by the operating system (e.g. the Linux "
11263
"drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are unable to "
11264
"wake up your computer after you've closed the lid. You can try to <link "
11265
"xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix the problem with suspend</link>, or you can "
11266
"prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid."
11267
msgstr ""
11268
11269
#: C/power-closelid.page:26(section/title)
11270
msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"
11271
msgstr ""
11272
11273
#: C/power-closelid.page:27(section/p)
11274
msgid ""
11275
"If you don't want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can "
11276
"change the settings for that behavior. To set the computer to blank the "
11277
"screen, rather than suspend, when the lid is closed:"
11278
msgstr ""
11279
11280
#: C/power-closelid.page:29(note/p)
11281
msgid ""
11282
"Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if "
11283
"they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a "
11284
"confined place like a backpack."
11285
msgstr ""
11286
11287
#: C/power-closelid.page:35(item/p)
11288
msgid "Open the <app>Terminal</app> application from the <gui>Dash</gui>."
11289
msgstr ""
11290
11291
#: C/power-closelid.page:38(item/p)
11292
msgid ""
11293
"To change the setting used when running on battery power, type this command "
11294
"and press <key>Enter</key>:"
11295
msgstr ""
11296
11297
#: C/power-closelid.page:39(item/screen)
11298
#, no-wrap
11299
msgid ""
11300
"gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugin.power lid-close-battery-"
11301
"action blank"
11302
msgstr ""
11303
11304
#: C/power-closelid.page:42(item/p)
11305
msgid ""
11306
"To change the setting used when running on AC power, type this command and "
11307
"press <key>Enter</key>:"
11308
msgstr ""
11309
11310
#: C/power-closelid.page:43(item/screen)
11311
#, no-wrap
11312
msgid ""
11313
"gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugin.power lid-close-ac-action "
11314
"blank"
11315
msgstr ""
11316
11317
#: C/power-closelid.page:46(section/p)
11318
msgid ""
11319
"There are other settings available besides \"blank,\" such as \"nothing,\" "
11320
"which causes the computer to do nothing."
11321
msgstr ""
11322
11323
#: C/power-constantfan.page:8(info/desc)
11324
msgid ""
11325
"Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running "
11326
"hot."
11327
msgstr ""
11328
11329
#: C/power-constantfan.page:19(page/title)
11330
msgid "The laptop fan is always running"
11331
msgstr ""
11332
11333
#: C/power-constantfan.page:21(page/p)
11334
msgid ""
11335
"If your laptop's cooling fan is always running, it could be that the "
11336
"hardware that controls the laptop's cooling system isn't very well supported "
11337
"in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their cooling fans "
11338
"efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or available for Linux "
11339
"at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of the time."
11340
msgstr ""
11341
11342
#: C/power-constantfan.page:23(page/p)
11343
msgid ""
11344
"If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install "
11345
"extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, <link "
11346
"href=\"http://vaio-utils.org/fan/\">vaiofand</link> can be installed to "
11347
"control the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is "
11348
"quite a technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of "
11349
"your laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for "
11350
"your computer."
11351
msgstr ""
11352
11353
#: C/power-constantfan.page:25(page/p)
11354
msgid ""
11355
"It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does "
11356
"not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to "
11357
"run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this "
11358
"is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all "
11359
"of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your "
11360
"laptop which may help."
11361
msgstr ""
11362
11363
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:8(info/desc)
11364
msgid ""
11365
"Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which "
11366
"can be damaging."
11367
msgstr ""
11368
11369
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:18(page/title)
11370
msgid "My computer gets really hot"
11371
msgstr ""
11372
11373
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:20(page/p)
11374
msgid ""
11375
"Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is "
11376
"normal: it's simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. However, "
11377
"if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is overheating, "
11378
"which can potentially cause damage."
11379
msgstr ""
11380
11381
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:22(page/p)
11382
msgid ""
11383
"Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. "
11384
"It's generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and "
11385
"laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and "
11386
"their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, "
11387
"however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a "
11388
"poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling "
11389
"accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient "
11390
"cooling."
11391
msgstr ""
11392
11393
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:24(page/p)
11394
msgid ""
11395
"If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have "
11396
"insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans "
11397
"or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other "
11398
"blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-"
11399
"ventilated area too - if kept in confined spaces (e.g. in a cupboard), the "
11400
"computer's cooling system may not be able to remove heat and circulate cool "
11401
"air fast enough."
11402
msgstr ""
11403
11404
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:26(page/p)
11405
msgid ""
11406
"Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There "
11407
"are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might "
11408
"possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being "
11409
"suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential "
11410
"problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of "
11411
"course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap."
11412
msgstr ""
11413
11414
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:28(page/p)
11415
msgid ""
11416
"Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, in "
11417
"order to prevent damage from occurring. If your computer keeps shutting "
11418
"down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will "
11419
"probably need to get it repaired."
11420
msgstr ""
11421
11422
#: C/power-lowpower.page:7(info/desc)
11423
msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it."
11424
msgstr ""
11425
11426
#: C/power-lowpower.page:17(page/title)
11427
msgid "Why did my computer turn off/hibernate when the battery got to 10%?"
11428
msgstr ""
11429
11430
#: C/power-lowpower.page:19(page/p)
11431
msgid ""
11432
"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will "
11433
"automatically hibernate (that is, it will save all of your open documents "
11434
"and applications, and then turn off). It does this to make sure that the "
11435
"battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad for the battery. If "
11436
"the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have time to shut down "
11437
"properly either."
11438
msgstr ""
11439
11440
#: C/power-lowpower.page:21(page/p)
11441
msgid ""
11442
"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low by clicking "
11443
"the <gui>battery menu</gui> in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and selecting "
11444
"<gui>Power Settings</gui>. Look at the <gui>When power is critically "
11445
"low</gui> setting. You can choose for the computer to hibernate or shut "
11446
"down; if you choose shut down, your applications and documents <em>will "
11447
"not</em> be saved before the computer turns off."
11448
msgstr ""
11449
11450
#: C/power-lowpower.page:23(page/p)
11451
msgid ""
11452
"Some computers have problems hibernating, and may not be able to recover the "
11453
"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. "
11454
"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you "
11455
"didn't save it before the computer hibernated. You may be able to <link "
11456
"xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix problems with hibernation</link> though."
11457
msgstr ""
11458
11459
#: C/power-nowireless.page:11(info/desc)
11460
msgid ""
11461
"Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is sent to "
11462
"sleep and don't wake up again properly."
11463
msgstr ""
11464
11465
#: C/power-nowireless.page:21(page/title)
11466
msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"
11467
msgstr ""
11468
11469
#: C/power-nowireless.page:23(page/p)
11470
msgid ""
11471
"If you have sent your computer to sleep (suspended it) or hibernated it, you "
11472
"may find that your wireless internet connection doesn't work when you wake "
11473
"it up again. This happens when the wireless device's <link xref=\"hardware-"
11474
"driver\">drivers</link> don't fully support certain power saving features. "
11475
"Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the "
11476
"computer wakes up."
11477
msgstr ""
11478
11479
#: C/power-nowireless.page:25(page/p)
11480
msgid ""
11481
"If this happens, try turning your wireless connection off and then on again. "
11482
"If you have a power switch for the wireless card, turn it off and then on "
11483
"again and see if it works. Some laptops have a keyboard shortcut that can be "
11484
"used to turn the wireless on and off; its icon often looks like a \"radio "
11485
"beacon\". You can also try clicking the network icon on the top bar and "
11486
"unchecking <gui>Enable wireless</gui>, waiting for a few seconds, and the re-"
11487
"checking it."
11488
msgstr ""
11489
11490
#: C/power-nowireless.page:27(page/p)
11491
msgid ""
11492
"If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should get the wireless "
11493
"working again."
11494
msgstr ""
11495
11496
#: C/power-othercountry.page:7(info/desc)
11497
msgid ""
11498
"Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a "
11499
"travel adapter."
11500
msgstr ""
11501
11502
#: C/power-othercountry.page:22(page/title)
11503
msgid "Will my computer work with a different country's power supply?"
11504
msgstr ""
11505
11506
#: C/power-othercountry.page:24(page/p)
11507
msgid ""
11508
"Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V "
11509
"or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer "
11510
"should work with a different country's power supply as long as you have an "
11511
"appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch."
11512
msgstr ""
11513
11514
#: C/power-othercountry.page:26(page/p)
11515
msgid ""
11516
"If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for "
11517
"your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for "
11518
"their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your "
11519
"existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice."
11520
msgstr ""
11521
11522
#: C/power-othercountry.page:28(page/p)
11523
msgid ""
11524
"If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different "
11525
"plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change "
11526
"the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many "
11527
"computers don't have a switch like this, and will happily work with either "
11528
"voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power "
11529
"cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "
11530
"\"110V\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."
11531
msgstr ""
11532
11533
#: C/power-othercountry.page:31(note/p)
11534
msgid ""
11535
"Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch "
11536
"everything off first if you can."
11537
msgstr ""
11538
11539
#: C/power.page:11(credit/name)
11540
msgid "Natalia Ruz"
11541
msgstr ""
11542
11543
#: C/power.page:16(info/desc)
11544
msgid ""
11545
"<link xref=\"power-suspendhibernate\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"power-"
11546
"batterylife\">energy savings</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen "
11547
"dimming</link>..."
11548
msgstr ""
11549
11550
#: C/power.page:24(page/title)
11551
msgid "Power & battery"
11552
msgstr ""
11553
11554
#: C/power.page:27(section/title)
11555
msgid "Battery settings"
11556
msgstr ""
11557
11558
#: C/power.page:32(info/title)
11559
msgctxt "link"
11560
msgid "Power problems"
11561
msgstr ""
11562
11563
#: C/power.page:33(info/desc)
11564
msgid "Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries."
11565
msgstr ""
11566
11567
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:9(info/desc)
11568
msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend/hibernate."
11569
msgstr ""
11570
11571
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:20(page/title)
11572
msgid "Why won't my computer turn back on after I sent it to sleep?"
11573
msgstr ""
11574
11575
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:27(page/p)
11576
msgid ""
11577
"If you send your computer to sleep (suspend it) or hibernate it, then try to "
11578
"wake it up or turn it back on, you may find that it doesn't work as you "
11579
"expected. This could be because suspend/hibernate aren't supported properly "
11580
"by your hardware."
11581
msgstr ""
11582
11583
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:30(section/title)
11584
msgid "My computer is asleep and won't wake up"
11585
msgstr ""
11586
11587
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:31(section/p)
11588
msgid ""
11589
"If you sent your computer to sleep (suspended it) and then press a key or "
11590
"click the mouse, it should wake up and display a screen asking for your "
11591
"password. If this does not happen, try pressing the power button (don't hold "
11592
"it in; just press it once)."
11593
msgstr ""
11594
11595
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:32(section/p)
11596
msgid ""
11597
"If this still doesn't help, make sure that your computer's monitor is "
11598
"switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again."
11599
msgstr ""
11600
11601
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:33(section/p)
11602
msgid ""
11603
"As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding-in the power button for 5-"
11604
"10 seconds. You will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You should then be "
11605
"able to turn on the computer again, though."
11606
msgstr ""
11607
11608
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34(section/p)
11609
msgid ""
11610
"If this happens every time you send your computer to sleep, the suspend "
11611
"feature may not work with your hardware."
11612
msgstr ""
11613
11614
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:38(section/title)
11615
msgid ""
11616
"None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again"
11617
msgstr ""
11618
11619
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:39(section/p)
11620
msgid ""
11621
"If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your "
11622
"documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate "
11623
"properly. Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the "
11624
"computer will be able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It "
11625
"might also happen because you had installed a software update which required "
11626
"the computer to be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down "
11627
"instead of hibernating."
11628
msgstr ""
11629
11630
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:41(section/p)
11631
msgid ""
11632
"It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because "
11633
"the hardware doesn't support it properly. This might be because of a problem "
11634
"with Linux drivers for your hardware, for example. You can test this by "
11635
"hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it doesn't, "
11636
"it's probably a problem with your computer's drivers."
11637
msgstr ""
11638
11639
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:45(section/title)
11640
msgid ""
11641
"My wireless connection (or other hardware) doesn't work when I wake up my "
11642
"computer"
11643
msgstr ""
11644
11645
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:46(section/p)
11646
msgid ""
11647
"If you send your computer to sleep or hibernate it and then wake it up "
11648
"again, you may find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other "
11649
"device doesn't work properly. This could be because the device's driver "
11650
"doesn't properly support suspend/hibernate. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-"
11651
"driver\">problem with the driver</link> and not the device itself."
11652
msgstr ""
11653
11654
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:47(section/p)
11655
msgid ""
11656
"If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In "
11657
"most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB "
11658
"cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it "
11659
"works."
11660
msgstr ""
11661
11662
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:48(section/p)
11663
msgid ""
11664
"If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this doesn't work, you may "
11665
"need to restart your computer for the device to start working again."
11666
msgstr ""
11667
11668
#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:8(info/desc)
11669
msgid ""
11670
"Suspend sends it to sleep; hibernate saves your files but completely "
11671
"switches off the power."
11672
msgstr ""
11673
11674
#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:19(page/title)
11675
msgid "What happens when I suspend or hibernate the computer?"
11676
msgstr ""
11677
11678
#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:30(page/p)
11679
msgid ""
11680
"When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your "
11681
"applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of "
11682
"the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on "
11683
"though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it "
11684
"up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that doesn't work, try "
11685
"pressing the power button."
11686
msgstr ""
11687
11688
#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:32(page/p)
11689
msgid ""
11690
"When you <em>hibernate</em> the computer, all of your applications and "
11691
"documents remain open (actually, they are saved to disk) and the computer "
11692
"completely switches off, so it doesn't use any power. It is like shutting "
11693
"down, but your applications and documents will still be open when you switch "
11694
"on the computer again."
11695
msgstr ""
11696
11697
#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:34(page/p)
11698
msgid ""
11699
"Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they "
11700
"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend or hibernate "
11701
"properly</link>. It is a good idea to test suspend/hibernate on your "
11702
"computer to see if it does work."
11703
msgstr ""
11704
11705
#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:37(note/title)
11706
msgid "Always save your work before suspending/hibernating"
11707
msgstr ""
11708
11709
#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:38(note/p)
11710
msgid ""
11711
"You should save all of your work before suspending or hibernating the "
11712
"computer, just in case something goes wrong and your open applications and "
11713
"documents can't be recovered when you switch on the computer again."
11714
msgstr ""
11715
11716
#: C/power-turnoffbutton.page:7(info/desc)
11717
msgid ""
11718
"Look in <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Power</gui></guiseq> for the "
11719
"option to change this."
11720
msgstr ""
11721
11722
#: C/power-turnoffbutton.page:17(page/title)
11723
msgid "I want the computer to turn off when I press the power button"
11724
msgstr ""
11725
11726
#: C/power-turnoffbutton.page:19(page/p)
11727
msgid ""
11728
"When you press the power button on your computer, a window will pop up "
11729
"asking what you want to do - whether you want to turn off the computer, send "
11730
"it to sleep and so on. You can make it so that one of these options happens "
11731
"automatically when you press the power button, rather than showing this "
11732
"window."
11733
msgstr ""
11734
11735
#: C/power-turnoffbutton.page:22(item/p)
11736
msgid ""
11737
"Click the <gui>battery menu</gui> in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
11738
"<gui>Power Settings</gui>."
11739
msgstr ""
11740
11741
#: C/power-turnoffbutton.page:24(item/p)
11742
msgid ""
11743
"Change the option labeled <gui>When the power button is pressed</gui>. For "
11744
"example, if you choose <gui>Suspend</gui>, the computer will go to sleep "
11745
"when you press the power button. The default option is <gui>Ask me</gui>."
11746
msgstr ""
11747
11748
#: C/power-whydim.page:9(info/desc)
11749
msgid ""
11750
"When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the "
11751
"computer is idle in order to save power."
11752
msgstr ""
11753
11754
#: C/power-whydim.page:19(page/title)
11755
msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"
11756
msgstr ""
11757
11758
#: C/power-whydim.page:25(page/p)
11759
msgid ""
11760
"When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when "
11761
"the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the "
11762
"computer again, the screen will brighten."
11763
msgstr ""
11764
11765
#: C/power-whydim.page:27(page/p)
11766
msgid "You can stop the screen from dimming itself:"
11767
msgstr ""
11768
11769
#: C/power-whydim.page:34(item/p)
11770
msgid ""
11771
"Open <gui>Screen</gui> and uncheck <gui>Dim screen to save power</gui>."
11772
msgstr ""
11773
11774
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:9(info/desc)
11775
msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."
11776
msgstr ""
11777
11778
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:19(page/title)
11779
msgid "My computer will not turn on"
11780
msgstr ""
11781
11782
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21(page/p)
11783
msgid ""
11784
"There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic "
11785
"gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons."
11786
msgstr ""
11787
11788
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:31(section/title)
11789
msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable"
11790
msgstr ""
11791
11792
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:32(section/p)
11793
msgid ""
11794
"Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and "
11795
"the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in "
11796
"and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in "
11797
"case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery "
11798
"is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop)."
11799
msgstr ""
11800
11801
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:36(section/title)
11802
msgid "Problem with the computer hardware"
11803
msgstr ""
11804
11805
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:37(section/p)
11806
msgid ""
11807
"A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the "
11808
"case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a "
11809
"broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the "
11810
"memory/RAM) and a faulty motherboard."
11811
msgstr ""
11812
11813
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:41(section/title)
11814
msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off"
11815
msgstr ""
11816
11817
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:42(section/p)
11818
msgid ""
11819
"If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off "
11820
"(or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. "
11821
"These beeps are sometimes referred to as <em>beep codes</em>, and the "
11822
"pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer "
11823
"is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to "
11824
"consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in "
11825
"for repairs."
11826
msgstr ""
11827
11828
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:46(section/title)
11829
msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen"
11830
msgstr ""
11831
11832
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:47(section/p)
11833
msgid ""
11834
"The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."
11835
msgstr ""
11836
11837
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:48(section/p)
11838
msgid ""
11839
"This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on "
11840
"when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer "
11841
"might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs."
11842
msgstr ""
11843
11844
#: C/prefs.page:8(info/title)
11845
msgctxt "link:trail"
11846
msgid "Settings"
11847
msgstr ""
11848
11849
#: C/prefs.page:15(info/desc)
11850
msgid ""
11851
"<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse</link>, "
11852
"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-"
11853
"language\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user "
11854
"accounts</link>..."
11855
msgstr ""
11856
11857
#: C/prefs.page:25(page/title)
11858
msgid "User & system settings"
11859
msgstr ""
11860
11861
#: C/prefs-language.page:14(info/desc)
11862
msgid ""
11863
"<link xref=\"session-language\">Change language</link>, <link "
11864
"xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">keyboard layouts</link>..."
11865
msgstr ""
11866
11867
#: C/prefs-language.page:22(page/title)
11868
msgid "Language & region"
11869
msgstr ""
11870
11871
#: C/prefs-display.page:14(info/desc)
11872
msgid ""
11873
"<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-"
11874
"resolution\">size and rotation</link>, <link xref=\"display-"
11875
"dimscreen\">brightness</link>..."
11876
msgstr ""
11877
11878
#: C/prefs-display.page:23(page/title)
11879
msgid "Display & screen"
11880
msgstr ""
11881
11882
#: C/printing.page:14(info/desc)
11883
msgid ""
11884
"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-"
11885
"order\">order and collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided "
11886
"and multi-page</link>..."
11887
msgstr ""
11888
11889
#: C/printing.page:35(info/title)
11890
msgctxt "link:trail"
11891
msgid "Setup"
11892
msgstr ""
11893
11894
#: C/printing.page:37(section/title)
11895
msgid "Set up a printer"
11896
msgstr ""
11897
11898
#: C/printing.page:42(info/title)
11899
msgctxt "link:trail"
11900
msgid "Sizes and layouts"
11901
msgstr ""
11902
11903
#: C/printing.page:44(section/title)
11904
msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
11905
msgstr ""
11906
11907
#: C/printing.page:50(info/desc)
11908
msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong..."
11909
msgstr ""
11910
11911
#: C/printing.page:52(section/title)
11912
msgid "Printer problems"
11913
msgstr ""
11914
11915
#: C/printing-2sided.page:8(info/desc)
11916
msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."
11917
msgstr ""
11918
11919
#: C/printing-2sided.page:22(page/title)
11920
msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"
11921
msgstr ""
11922
11923
#: C/printing-2sided.page:24(page/p)
11924
msgid "You can print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"
11925
msgstr ""
11926
11927
#: C/printing-2sided.page:30(item/p)
11928
#: C/printing-order.page:35(item/p)
11929
#: C/printing-order.page:52(item/p)
11930
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>."
11931
msgstr ""
11932
11933
#: C/printing-2sided.page:35(item/p)
11934
msgid ""
11935
"Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option "
11936
"from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-"
11937
"sided printing is not available for your printer."
11938
msgstr ""
11939
11940
#: C/printing-2sided.page:38(item/p)
11941
msgid ""
11942
"Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to "
11943
"experiment with your printer to see how it works."
11944
msgstr ""
11945
11946
#: C/printing-2sided.page:43(item/p)
11947
msgid ""
11948
"You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper "
11949
"too. Use the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option to do this."
11950
msgstr ""
11951
11952
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:8(info/desc)
11953
msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
11954
msgstr ""
11955
11956
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:22(page/title)
11957
msgid "Cancel a print job"
11958
msgstr ""
11959
11960
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:24(page/p)
11961
msgid ""
11962
"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can quickly cancel the "
11963
"print so you don't need to waste any ink or paper. Click the printer icon in "
11964
"the <gui>menu bar</gui>. In the <gui>Print Status</gui> window, select the "
11965
"print job you want to cancel and click the red <gui>Cancel</gui> button."
11966
msgstr ""
11967
11968
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:27(page/p)
11969
msgid ""
11970
"If this doesn't cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down the "
11971
"<gui>Cancel</gui> button on your printer."
11972
msgstr ""
11973
11974
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29(page/p)
11975
msgid ""
11976
"As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages "
11977
"that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The "
11978
"printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. You "
11979
"can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off "
11980
"and then on again."
11981
msgstr ""
11982
11983
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:31(note/p)
11984
msgid ""
11985
"Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though "
11986
"- if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should "
11987
"probably just leave it where it is."
11988
msgstr ""
11989
11990
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:7(info/desc)
11991
msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."
11992
msgstr ""
11993
11994
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:24(page/title)
11995
msgid "Change the paper size when printing"
11996
msgstr ""
11997
11998
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:26(page/p)
11999
msgid ""
12000
"If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a "
12001
"US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the "
12002
"document."
12003
msgstr ""
12004
12005
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:30(item/p)
12006
#: C/printing-select.page:23(item/p)
12007
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>"
12008
msgstr ""
12009
12010
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:31(item/p)
12011
msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
12012
msgstr ""
12013
12014
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32(item/p)
12015
msgid ""
12016
"Under the <em>Paper</em> column, choose your <em>Paper size</em> from the "
12017
"drop-down list."
12018
msgstr ""
12019
12020
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:33(item/p)
12021
msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> and your document should print."
12022
msgstr ""
12023
12024
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:36(page/p)
12025
msgid ""
12026
"You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> menu to choose a different "
12027
"orientation:"
12028
msgstr ""
12029
12030
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:41(p/gui)
12031
msgid "Portrait"
12032
msgstr ""
12033
12034
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:42(p/gui)
12035
msgid "Landscape"
12036
msgstr ""
12037
12038
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:43(p/gui)
12039
msgid "Reverse portrait"
12040
msgstr ""
12041
12042
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:44(p/gui)
12043
msgid "Reverse landscape"
12044
msgstr ""
12045
12046
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:8(info/desc)
12047
msgid ""
12048
"Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen "
12049
"the correct paper size."
12050
msgstr ""
12051
12052
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:22(page/title)
12053
msgid "Print envelopes and labels"
12054
msgstr ""
12055
12056
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:24(page/p)
12057
msgid ""
12058
"Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of "
12059
"labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for "
12060
"example."
12061
msgstr ""
12062
12063
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:29(section/title)
12064
msgid "Printing onto envelopes"
12065
msgstr ""
12066
12067
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:31(section/p)
12068
msgid ""
12069
"There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an "
12070
"envelope. The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. "
12071
"After you click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appears, go to the "
12072
"<gui>Page Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>paper type</gui> as "
12073
"\"envelope\" if you can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the "
12074
"<gui>paper size</gui> to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of "
12075
"envelopes will say what size they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
12076
msgstr ""
12077
12078
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:39(section/p)
12079
msgid ""
12080
"Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right "
12081
"side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or "
12082
"try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see "
12083
"which way is the right way up."
12084
msgstr ""
12085
12086
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:45(note/p)
12087
msgid ""
12088
"Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially "
12089
"some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts "
12090
"envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelop in."
12091
msgstr ""
12092
12093
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:8(info/desc)
12094
msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges."
12095
msgstr ""
12096
12097
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:18(page/title)
12098
msgid "How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?"
12099
msgstr ""
12100
12101
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:20(page/p)
12102
msgid ""
12103
"How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the "
12104
"model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications "
12105
"installed on your computer."
12106
msgstr ""
12107
12108
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:24(page/p)
12109
msgid ""
12110
"Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other "
12111
"information."
12112
msgstr ""
12113
12114
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:27(page/p)
12115
msgid ""
12116
"The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP "
12117
"Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply "
12118
"proprietary drivers with similar features."
12119
msgstr ""
12120
12121
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:31(page/p)
12122
msgid ""
12123
"Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink "
12124
"levels. <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon "
12125
"printers. See if your printer is on the <link "
12126
"href=\"http://libinklevel.sourceforge.net./#supported\">list of supported "
12127
"models</link>. Another ink levels application for Epson and some other "
12128
"printers is <app>mktink</app>."
12129
msgstr ""
12130
12131
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:38(page/p)
12132
msgid ""
12133
"Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not "
12134
"designed to report their ink levels."
12135
msgstr ""
12136
12137
#: C/printing-order.page:8(info/desc)
12138
msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
12139
msgstr ""
12140
12141
#: C/printing-order.page:22(page/title)
12142
msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
12143
msgstr ""
12144
12145
#: C/printing-order.page:25(section/title)
12146
msgid "Reverse"
12147
msgstr ""
12148
12149
#: C/printing-order.page:28(section/p)
12150
msgid ""
12151
"Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the "
12152
"pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can "
12153
"reverse this printing order."
12154
msgstr ""
12155
12156
#: C/printing-order.page:31(section/p)
12157
msgid "To reverse the order:"
12158
msgstr ""
12159
12160
#: C/printing-order.page:36(item/p)
12161
msgid ""
12162
"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em>, "
12163
"check <gui>Reverse</gui>. The last page will be printed first, and so on."
12164
msgstr ""
12165
12166
#: C/printing-order.page:41(section/title)
12167
msgid "Collate"
12168
msgstr ""
12169
12170
#: C/printing-order.page:44(section/p)
12171
msgid ""
12172
"If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will "
12173
"be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one "
12174
"come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). <em>Collating</em> will "
12175
"make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order "
12176
"instead."
12177
msgstr ""
12178
12179
#: C/printing-order.page:48(section/p)
12180
msgid "To Collate:"
12181
msgstr ""
12182
12183
#: C/printing-order.page:53(item/p)
12184
msgid ""
12185
"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em> "
12186
"check <gui>Collate</gui>."
12187
msgstr ""
12188
12189
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:8(info/desc)
12190
msgid ""
12191
"How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that "
12192
"you have."
12193
msgstr ""
12194
12195
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:18(page/title)
12196
msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
12197
msgstr ""
12198
12199
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20(page/p)
12200
msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
12201
msgstr ""
12202
12203
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:22(page/p)
12204
msgid ""
12205
"The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on "
12206
"how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's "
12207
"panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the "
12208
"jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism."
12209
msgstr ""
12210
12211
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24(page/p)
12212
msgid ""
12213
"Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's "
12214
"<gui>Resume</gui> button to start printing again. With some printers, you "
12215
"may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the "
12216
"print job again."
12217
msgstr ""
12218
12219
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
12220
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
12221
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
12222
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
12223
#: C/printing-select.page:32(media)
12224
msgctxt "_"
12225
msgid ""
12226
"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' "
12227
"md5='e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
12228
msgstr ""
12229
12230
#: C/printing-select.page:7(info/desc)
12231
msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."
12232
msgstr ""
12233
12234
#: C/printing-select.page:17(page/title)
12235
msgid "Print only certain pages"
12236
msgstr ""
12237
12238
#: C/printing-select.page:19(page/p)
12239
msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"
12240
msgstr ""
12241
12242
#: C/printing-select.page:24(item/p)
12243
msgid ""
12244
"In the <gui>General</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> window choose "
12245
"<gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</gui> section."
12246
msgstr ""
12247
12248
#: C/printing-select.page:25(item/p)
12249
msgid ""
12250
"Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated "
12251
"by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages."
12252
msgstr ""
12253
12254
#: C/printing-select.page:29(note/p)
12255
msgid ""
12256
"For example, if you enter \"1,3,5-7,9\" in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, "
12257
"pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed."
12258
msgstr ""
12259
12260
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:8(info/desc)
12261
msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
12262
msgstr ""
12263
12264
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:26(page/title)
12265
msgid "Set the default printer"
12266
msgstr ""
12267
12268
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:27(page/p)
12269
msgid ""
12270
"If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be "
12271
"your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often."
12272
msgstr ""
12273
12274
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:31(item/p)
12275
msgid ""
12276
"Click the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">system menu</link> at the far "
12277
"right of the top panel and select <gui>Printers</gui>."
12278
msgstr ""
12279
12280
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35(item/p)
12281
msgid ""
12282
"Right click your desired default printer from the list of available "
12283
"printers, and click <gui>Set as Default</gui>."
12284
msgstr ""
12285
12286
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:39(page/p)
12287
msgid ""
12288
"When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, "
12289
"unless you choose a different printer for that specific print job."
12290
msgstr ""
12291
12292
#: C/printing-setup.page:8(info/desc)
12293
msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer."
12294
msgstr ""
12295
12296
#: C/printing-setup.page:34(page/title)
12297
msgid "Set up a local printer"
12298
msgstr ""
12299
12300
#: C/printing-setup.page:35(page/p)
12301
msgid ""
12302
"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're "
12303
"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to "
12304
"your computer."
12305
msgstr ""
12306
12307
#: C/printing-setup.page:44(item/p)
12308
msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
12309
msgstr ""
12310
12311
#: C/printing-setup.page:47(item/p)
12312
msgid ""
12313
"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see "
12314
"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be "
12315
"asked to authenticate to install them."
12316
msgstr ""
12317
12318
#: C/printing-setup.page:50(item/p)
12319
msgid ""
12320
"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. "
12321
"Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or Configure to make "
12322
"additional changes in the printer setup."
12323
msgstr ""
12324
12325
#: C/printing-setup.page:54(page/p)
12326
msgid ""
12327
"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer "
12328
"settings."
12329
msgstr ""
12330
12331
#: C/printing-setup.page:58(item/p)
12332
msgid ""
12333
"Click the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">system menu</link> at the far "
12334
"right of the top panel and and select <gui>Printers</gui>."
12335
msgstr ""
12336
12337
#: C/printing-setup.page:61(item/p)
12338
msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and select the printer from the Devices window."
12339
msgstr ""
12340
12341
#: C/printing-setup.page:62(item/p)
12342
msgid "Click <gui>Forward</gui> and wait while it searches for drivers."
12343
msgstr ""
12344
12345
#: C/printing-setup.page:63(item/p)
12346
msgid ""
12347
"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. "
12348
"When finished, click <gui>Apply</gui>."
12349
msgstr ""
12350
12351
#: C/printing-setup.page:65(item/p)
12352
msgid ""
12353
"You can now print a test page or click <gui>Cancel</gui> to skip that step."
12354
msgstr ""
12355
12356
#: C/printing-setup.page:69(note/p)
12357
msgid ""
12358
"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked "
12359
"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the "
12360
"make and model screens."
12361
msgstr ""
12362
12363
#: C/printing-setup.page:74(page/p)
12364
msgid ""
12365
"After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-"
12366
"default-printer\"> change your default printer</link>."
12367
msgstr ""
12368
12369
#: C/printing-streaks.page:8(info/desc)
12370
msgid ""
12371
"If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels "
12372
"or clean the print head."
12373
msgstr ""
12374
12375
#: C/printing-streaks.page:19(page/title)
12376
msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"
12377
msgstr ""
12378
12379
#: C/printing-streaks.page:27(page/p)
12380
msgid ""
12381
"If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be "
12382
"there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with "
12383
"the printer or a low ink/toner supply."
12384
msgstr ""
12385
12386
#: C/printing-streaks.page:31(item/p)
12387
msgid "Fading text or images"
12388
msgstr ""
12389
12390
#: C/printing-streaks.page:32(item/p)
12391
msgid ""
12392
"You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy "
12393
"a new cartridge if necessary."
12394
msgstr ""
12395
12396
#: C/printing-streaks.page:36(item/p)
12397
msgid "Streaks and lines"
12398
msgstr ""
12399
12400
#: C/printing-streaks.page:37(item/p)
12401
msgid ""
12402
"If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially-"
12403
"blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's instruction manual)."
12404
msgstr ""
12405
12406
#: C/printing-streaks.page:41(item/p)
12407
msgid "Wrong colors"
12408
msgstr ""
12409
12410
#: C/printing-streaks.page:42(item/p)
12411
msgid ""
12412
"The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your "
12413
"ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
12414
msgstr ""
12415
12416
#: C/printing-streaks.page:46(item/p)
12417
msgid "Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight"
12418
msgstr ""
12419
12420
#: C/printing-streaks.page:47(item/p)
12421
msgid ""
12422
"If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may "
12423
"need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for "
12424
"details on how to do this."
12425
msgstr ""
12426
12427
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:7(info/desc)
12428
msgid "How and where to report problems with Ubuntu."
12429
msgstr ""
12430
12431
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:17(page/title)
12432
msgid "Report a problem in Ubuntu"
12433
msgstr ""
12434
12435
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:19(page/p)
12436
msgid ""
12437
"If you notice a problem in Ubuntu, you can file a <em>bug report</em>."
12438
msgstr ""
12439
12440
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:23(item/p)
12441
msgid ""
12442
"For many programs, you can click <gui>Help</gui> and select <gui>Report a "
12443
"Problem</gui>"
12444
msgstr ""
12445
12446
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:24(item/p)
12447
msgid ""
12448
"For other programs, you can press "
12449
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type <input>ubuntu-bug "
12450
"nameofprogram</input>"
12451
msgstr ""
12452
12453
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:26(item/p)
12454
msgid ""
12455
"If you have a hardware issue or don't know the name of the program affected, "
12456
"just type <input>ubuntu-bug</input>"
12457
msgstr ""
12458
12459
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:30(item/p)
12460
msgid ""
12461
"After running one of the above commands, Ubuntu will gather information "
12462
"about the bug. Click <gui>Content of the report</gui> to review the "
12463
"collected information if you wish. Click <gui>Send Report</gui> to continue."
12464
msgstr ""
12465
12466
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:35(item/p)
12467
msgid ""
12468
"A new web browser tab will open to continue processing the bug data. Ubuntu "
12469
"uses the website <app>Launchpad</app> to manage its bug reports. If you do "
12470
"not have a Launchpad account, you will need to register for one to file a "
12471
"bug and receive email updates about its status. You can do this by clicking "
12472
"<gui>Create a new account</gui>."
12473
msgstr ""
12474
12475
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:42(item/p)
12476
msgid ""
12477
"After logging in to Launchpad, enter a description of the problem in the "
12478
"summary field."
12479
msgstr ""
12480
12481
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:45(item/p)
12482
msgid ""
12483
"After clicking <gui>Next</gui> Launchpad will search for similar bugs in "
12484
"case the bug you are reporting has already been reported. If the bug has "
12485
"already been reported, you can mark that bug as also affecting you. You can "
12486
"also subscribe to the bug report to receive updates about progress with "
12487
"fixing it. If the bug has not already been reported, click <gui>No, I need "
12488
"to report a new bug</gui>."
12489
msgstr ""
12490
12491
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:51(item/p)
12492
msgid ""
12493
"Fill in the description field with as much information as you can. It's "
12494
"important that you specify three things:"
12495
msgstr ""
12496
12497
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54(item/p)
12498
msgid "What you expected to happen"
12499
msgstr ""
12500
12501
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55(item/p)
12502
msgid "What actually happened"
12503
msgstr ""
12504
12505
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56(item/p)
12506
msgid ""
12507
"If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where "
12508
"step 1 is \"start the program\""
12509
msgstr ""
12510
12511
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59(item/p)
12512
msgid ""
12513
"Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it "
12514
"is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!"
12515
msgstr ""
12516
12517
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63(note/p)
12518
msgid ""
12519
"If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that "
12520
"the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official "
12521
"Ubuntu repositories. In this case, you cannot use Ubuntu's built-in bug "
12522
"reporting tool."
12523
msgstr ""
12524
12525
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67(page/p)
12526
msgid ""
12527
"For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the "
12528
"extensive <link "
12529
"href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/ReportingBugs\">online "
12530
"documentation</link>."
12531
msgstr ""
12532
12533
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:9(info/desc)
12534
msgid "Take a picture of what's happening on your screen."
12535
msgstr ""
12536
12537
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:19(page/title)
12538
msgid "Screenshots"
12539
msgstr ""
12540
12541
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:21(page/p)
12542
msgid ""
12543
"You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>). This is "
12544
"useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for "
12545
"example; screenshots are just normal picture files, so you can email them "
12546
"and share them on the web."
12547
msgstr ""
12548
12549
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:24(section/title)
12550
msgid "Take a screenshot"
12551
msgstr ""
12552
12553
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:25(section/p)
12554
msgid "To take a picture of what's on your screen:"
12555
msgstr ""
12556
12557
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:28(item/p)
12558
msgid ""
12559
"Go to the <gui>dash</gui> and open the <app>Take Screenshot</app> tool."
12560
msgstr ""
12561
12562
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:32(item/p)
12563
msgid "In the window that appears, choose what to take a picture of."
12564
msgstr ""
12565
12566
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:33(item/p)
12567
msgid ""
12568
"You can take a picture of the whole of the screen (<gui>Grab the whole "
12569
"desktop</gui>), just the window that you're currently using (<gui>Grab the "
12570
"current window</gui>), or you can select an area of the screen by dragging a "
12571
"box around it (<gui>Select the area to grab</gui>)."
12572
msgstr ""
12573
12574
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:36(item/p)
12575
msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
12576
msgstr ""
12577
12578
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:39(item/p)
12579
msgid ""
12580
"If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the cursor will change into "
12581
"a cross. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot."
12582
msgstr ""
12583
12584
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:44(item/p)
12585
msgid ""
12586
"The <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window will now appear. Choose where to save "
12587
"the screenshot and click <gui>Save</gui>."
12588
msgstr ""
12589
12590
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:49(note/p)
12591
msgid ""
12592
"You can also drag and drop the image of the screenshot into another "
12593
"application, to paste it there, or to the <app>files</app> to save it there "
12594
"in a folder."
12595
msgstr ""
12596
12597
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:56(section/title)
12598
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24(page/title)
12599
msgid "Keyboard shortcuts"
12600
msgstr ""
12601
12602
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:57(section/p)
12603
msgid "You can also use the following keyboard shortcuts:"
12604
msgstr ""
12605
12606
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:60(td/p)
12607
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:162(td/p)
12608
msgid "<key>Print Screen</key>"
12609
msgstr ""
12610
12611
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:61(td/p)
12612
msgid "Takes a screenshot of the entire screen."
12613
msgstr ""
12614
12615
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:64(td/p)
12616
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:166(td/p)
12617
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print Screen</key></keyseq>"
12618
msgstr ""
12619
12620
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:65(td/p)
12621
msgid "Takes a screenshot of the active window."
12622
msgstr ""
12623
12624
#: C/session-language.page:8(info/desc)
12625
msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
12626
msgstr ""
12627
12628
#: C/session-language.page:22(page/title)
12629
msgid "Change language"
12630
msgstr ""
12631
12632
#: C/session-language.page:30(page/p)
12633
msgid ""
12634
"You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, "
12635
"provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer."
12636
msgstr ""
12637
12638
#: C/session-language.page:35(item/p)
12639
msgid "Click <gui>Language Support</gui>."
12640
msgstr ""
12641
12642
#: C/session-language.page:36(item/p)
12643
msgid ""
12644
"Select your desired language on the <gui>Language</gui> tab. Drag the "
12645
"language to the top of the list."
12646
msgstr ""
12647
12648
#: C/session-language.page:37(item/p)
12649
msgid ""
12650
"You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click "
12651
"the icon at the very right of the panel and select <gui>Log Out</gui> to log "
12652
"out."
12653
msgstr ""
12654
12655
#: C/session-language.page:43(note/p)
12656
msgid ""
12657
"Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not "
12658
"support your language at all."
12659
msgstr ""
12660
12661
#: C/session-language.page:47(page/p)
12662
msgid ""
12663
"There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can "
12664
"store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard "
12665
"names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if "
12666
"you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected "
12667
"language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should "
12668
"update the folder names."
12669
msgstr ""
12670
12671
#: C/session-language.page:54(page/p)
12672
msgid ""
12673
"You find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in <link "
12674
"href=\"ghelp:language-selector\">Language Support Help</link>."
12675
msgstr ""
12676
12677
#: C/session-loginsound.page:8(info/desc)
12678
msgid "Disable the sound that plays when you log in."
12679
msgstr ""
12680
12681
#: C/session-loginsound.page:25(page/title)
12682
msgid "Disable the login sound"
12683
msgstr ""
12684
12685
#: C/session-loginsound.page:26(page/p)
12686
msgid ""
12687
"When you log in to your computer, a short login sound is played. The exotic-"
12688
"sounding theme was inspired by the African origins of the word "
12689
"<em>Ubuntu</em>. You can easily disable it for yourself or for all users of "
12690
"your computer."
12691
msgstr ""
12692
12693
#: C/session-loginsound.page:31(steps/title)
12694
msgid "Disable the login sound for yourself"
12695
msgstr ""
12696
12697
#: C/session-loginsound.page:32(item/p)
12698
#: C/session-loginsound.page:39(item/p)
12699
msgid ""
12700
"Click the icon at the far top right of the screen and select <gui>System "
12701
"Settings</gui>."
12702
msgstr ""
12703
12704
#: C/session-loginsound.page:33(item/p)
12705
msgid "In the Personal section, select <gui>Startup Applications</gui>."
12706
msgstr ""
12707
12708
#: C/session-loginsound.page:34(item/p)
12709
msgid "Uncheck the <gui>GNOME Login Sound</gui> option."
12710
msgstr ""
12711
12712
#: C/session-loginsound.page:38(steps/title)
12713
msgid "Disable the login sound for all users"
12714
msgstr ""
12715
12716
#: C/session-loginsound.page:40(item/p)
12717
msgid "In the System section, select <gui>Login Screen</gui>."
12718
msgstr ""
12719
12720
#: C/session-loginsound.page:41(item/p)
12721
msgid ""
12722
"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> and enter your password into the popup "
12723
"authentication window."
12724
msgstr ""
12725
12726
#: C/session-loginsound.page:42(item/p)
12727
msgid "Uncheck the <gui>Play login sound</gui> option."
12728
msgstr ""
12729
12730
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:9(info/desc)
12731
msgid ""
12732
"Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Screen</gui> "
12733
"settings."
12734
msgstr ""
12735
12736
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:19(page/title)
12737
msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
12738
msgstr ""
12739
12740
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:21(page/p)
12741
msgid ""
12742
"If you leave for computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically "
12743
"lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This "
12744
"is done for security reasons (so no-one can mess with your work if you leave "
12745
"the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself "
12746
"too quickly."
12747
msgstr ""
12748
12749
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:23(page/p)
12750
msgid "To wait for a longer period before automatically locking the screen:"
12751
msgstr ""
12752
12753
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:28(item/p)
12754
msgid "Change the value in the <gui>Lock screen after</gui> drop-down list."
12755
msgstr ""
12756
12757
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:32(note/p)
12758
msgid ""
12759
"If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch "
12760
"<gui>Lock</gui> off."
12761
msgstr ""
12762
12763
#: C/sharing.page:8(info/desc)
12764
msgid "<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>"
12765
msgstr ""
12766
12767
#: C/sharing.page:13(credit/name)
12768
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:8(credit/name)
12769
msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
12770
msgstr ""
12771
12772
#: C/sharing.page:20(page/title)
12773
msgid "Sharing"
12774
msgstr ""
12775
12776
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:12(info/desc)
12777
msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC."
12778
msgstr ""
12779
12780
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:16(page/title)
12781
msgid "Share your desktop"
12782
msgstr ""
12783
12784
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:18(page/p)
12785
msgid ""
12786
"You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer "
12787
"with a desktop viewing application. Configure <app>Desktop Sharing</app> to "
12788
"allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences."
12789
msgstr ""
12790
12791
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:22(item/p)
12792
msgid "Open the <app>Desktop Sharing</app> preferences dialog."
12793
msgstr ""
12794
12795
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:25(item/p)
12796
msgid ""
12797
"To let others view or interact with your desktop, enable the <gui>Allow "
12798
"other users to view your desktop</gui> option. This means that other people "
12799
"will be able to attempt to connect to your computer."
12800
msgstr ""
12801
12802
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:28(item/p)
12803
msgid ""
12804
"To let others view or interact with your desktop, enable the <gui>Allow "
12805
"other users to control your desktop</gui> option. This may allow the other "
12806
"person to be able to move your mouse, run applications and browse files on "
12807
"your computer, depending on the security settings which you are currently "
12808
"using."
12809
msgstr ""
12810
12811
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:33(section/title)
12812
msgid "Security security"
12813
msgstr ""
12814
12815
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:35(section/p)
12816
msgid ""
12817
"It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security "
12818
"option means before changing it."
12819
msgstr ""
12820
12821
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:38(item/title)
12822
msgid "Confirm access to your machine"
12823
msgstr ""
12824
12825
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:39(item/p)
12826
msgid ""
12827
"If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your "
12828
"desktop, select <gui>You must confirm each access to this machine</gui>. If "
12829
"you disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow "
12830
"someone to connect to your computer."
12831
msgstr ""
12832
12833
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:41(note/p)
12834
msgid "This option is enabled by default."
12835
msgstr ""
12836
12837
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:45(item/title)
12838
msgid "Enable password"
12839
msgstr ""
12840
12841
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:46(item/p)
12842
msgid ""
12843
"To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, "
12844
"select <gui>Require the user to enter this password:</gui>. If you do not "
12845
"use this option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop."
12846
msgstr ""
12847
12848
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:48(note/p)
12849
msgid ""
12850
"This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a "
12851
"secure password."
12852
msgstr ""
12853
12854
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:52(item/title)
12855
msgid "Allow access to your desktop over the Internet"
12856
msgstr ""
12857
12858
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:53(item/p)
12859
msgid ""
12860
"If your router supports UPnP Internet Gateway Device Protocol and it is "
12861
"enabled, you can allow other people who are not on your local network to "
12862
"view your desktop. To allow this, select <gui>Automatically configure UPnP "
12863
"router to open and forward ports</gui>. Alternatively, you can configure "
12864
"your router manually."
12865
msgstr ""
12866
12867
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:55(note/p)
12868
msgid "This option is disabled by default."
12869
msgstr ""
12870
12871
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:62(section/title)
12872
msgid "Show notification area icon"
12873
msgstr ""
12874
12875
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:63(section/p)
12876
msgid ""
12877
"To be able to disconnect someone who is viewing your desktop, you need to "
12878
"enable this option. If you select <gui>Always</gui>, this icon will be "
12879
"visible regardless of whether someone is viewing your desktop or not."
12880
msgstr ""
12881
12882
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:65(note/p)
12883
msgid ""
12884
"If this option is disabled, it is possible for someone to connect to your "
12885
"desktop without your knowledge, depending on the security settings."
12886
msgstr ""
12887
12888
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:11(info/desc)
12889
msgid "Add, move, or remove frequently-used program icons on the launcher."
12890
msgstr ""
12891
12892
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:24(page/title)
12893
msgid "Pin your favorite apps to the launcher"
12894
msgstr ""
12895
12896
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:26(page/p)
12897
msgid ""
12898
"To add an application to the <link xref=\"shell-"
12899
"terminology\">launcher</link> for easy access:"
12900
msgstr ""
12901
12902
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:28(item/p)
12903
msgid ""
12904
"Drag the application's icon from the <link xref=\"shell-"
12905
"terminology\">dash</link> onto the launcher."
12906
msgstr ""
12907
12908
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:30(item/p)
12909
msgid ""
12910
"Alternatively, when an application is running, select the <gui>Keep in "
12911
"launcher</gui> item in the application's <gui>Quick List</gui>."
12912
msgstr ""
12913
12914
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:34(page/p)
12915
msgid ""
12916
"The launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the "
12917
"launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location."
12918
msgstr ""
12919
12920
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:36(page/p)
12921
msgid ""
12922
"To remove an application icon from the launcher, right click on the "
12923
"application icon and de-select <gui>Keep in Launcher</gui>."
12924
msgstr ""
12925
12926
#: C/shell-exit.page:10(info/desc)
12927
msgid ""
12928
"Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and "
12929
"so on."
12930
msgstr ""
12931
12932
#: C/shell-exit.page:22(page/title)
12933
msgid "Log out, power off, switch users"
12934
msgstr ""
12935
12936
#: C/shell-exit.page:30(page/p)
12937
msgid ""
12938
"When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it "
12939
"(to save power), or leave it powered on and just log out."
12940
msgstr ""
12941
12942
#: C/shell-exit.page:34(section/title)
12943
msgid "Log out or switch users"
12944
msgstr ""
12945
12946
#: C/shell-exit.page:35(section/p)
12947
msgid ""
12948
"To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave "
12949
"yourself logged in and just switch users. If you just switch users, all of "
12950
"your applications will continue running, and everything will be where you "
12951
"left it when you log back in."
12952
msgstr ""
12953
12954
#: C/shell-exit.page:39(section/p)
12955
msgid ""
12956
"To log out or switch users, click the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-"
12957
"intro\">session menu</link> at the very right of the top panel and select "
12958
"the appropriate option."
12959
msgstr ""
12960
12961
#: C/shell-exit.page:47(section/title)
12962
msgid "Lock the screen"
12963
msgstr ""
12964
12965
#: C/shell-exit.page:48(section/p)
12966
msgid ""
12967
"If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your "
12968
"screen to prevent other people from accessing your files and running "
12969
"applications. When you return, simply enter your password to log back in. If "
12970
"you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain "
12971
"amount of time."
12972
msgstr ""
12973
12974
#: C/shell-exit.page:54(section/p)
12975
msgid ""
12976
"To lock your screen, click the <gui>session menu</gui> in the top panel and "
12977
"select <gui>Lock Screen</gui>."
12978
msgstr ""
12979
12980
#: C/shell-exit.page:57(section/p)
12981
msgid ""
12982
"When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by "
12983
"clicking <gui>Switch User</gui> on the password screen. You can switch back "
12984
"to your desktop when they are finished."
12985
msgstr ""
12986
12987
#: C/shell-exit.page:66(section/title)
12988
msgid "Suspend, shut down, or restart."
12989
msgstr ""
12990
12991
#: C/shell-exit.page:68(section/p)
12992
msgid ""
12993
"To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. This saves "
12994
"your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of your computer's "
12995
"functions. A very small amount of power is still used during suspend."
12996
msgstr ""
12997
12998
#: C/shell-exit.page:72(section/p)
12999
msgid ""
13000
"To suspend your computer, click the <gui>session menu</gui> in the top panel "
13001
"and select <gui>Suspend</gui>. Or, if you have a laptop, simply close the "
13002
"lid. Your computer will automatically suspend when the lid is closed."
13003
msgstr ""
13004
13005
#: C/shell-exit.page:76(section/p)
13006
msgid ""
13007
"If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click "
13008
"the <gui>session menu</gui> and select <gui>Shut Down</gui>."
13009
msgstr ""
13010
13011
#: C/shell-exit.page:80(note/p)
13012
msgid ""
13013
"If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or "
13014
"restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an "
13015
"administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off."
13016
msgstr ""
13017
13018
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:9(info/desc)
13019
msgid "Let a friend or colleague borrow your computer in a secure manner."
13020
msgstr ""
13021
13022
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:12(credit/name)
13023
msgid "Gunnar Hjalmarsson"
13024
msgstr ""
13025
13026
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:18(page/title)
13027
msgid "Launch a restricted guest session"
13028
msgstr ""
13029
13030
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:21(section/title)
13031
msgid "Temporary session with restricted privileges"
13032
msgstr ""
13033
13034
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:23(section/p)
13035
msgid ""
13036
"Once in a while a friend, family member, or colleague may want to borrow "
13037
"your computer. The Ubuntu <app>Guest Session</app> feature provides a "
13038
"convenient way, with a high level of security, to lend your computer to "
13039
"someone else. The feature is available to any regular user when logged in."
13040
msgstr ""
13041
13042
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:28(section/p)
13043
msgid ""
13044
"To launch a guest session, click your name in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and "
13045
"select <gui>Guest Session</gui>. This will lock the screen for your own "
13046
"session and start the guest session. A guest cannot view the home folders of "
13047
"other users, and by default any saved data or changed settings will be "
13048
"removed/reset at logout. It means that each session starts with a fresh "
13049
"environment, unaffected by what previous guests did."
13050
msgstr ""
13051
13052
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:37(section/title)
13053
msgid "Customization"
13054
msgstr ""
13055
13056
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:39(section/p)
13057
msgid ""
13058
"The tutorial <link "
13059
"href=\"http://ubuntuforums.org/showthread.php?t=1566078\">Customize Guest "
13060
"Session</link> shows some ways to customize the appearance and behavior."
13061
msgstr ""
13062
13063
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:10(info/desc)
13064
msgid "Getting around the desktop using the keyboard."
13065
msgstr ""
13066
13067
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:27(table/title)
13068
msgid "Using the Dash and the Launcher"
13069
msgstr ""
13070
13071
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:29(td/p)
13072
msgid "Tap <link xref=\"windows-key\"><key>Meta</key></link>"
13073
msgstr ""
13074
13075
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:30(td/p)
13076
msgid "Open the <gui>Dash</gui>. Tap again to close."
13077
msgstr ""
13078
13079
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:34(td/p)
13080
msgid ""
13081
"The Dash opens with focus on the search box to find applications and files. "
13082
"Using the arrow keys will navigate the results; use <key>Enter</key> to "
13083
"launch."
13084
msgstr ""
13085
13086
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:38(td/p)
13087
msgid "Hold <link xref=\"windows-key\"><key>Meta</key></link>"
13088
msgstr ""
13089
13090
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:39(td/p)
13091
msgid "Reveal the <gui>launcher</gui>."
13092
msgstr ""
13093
13094
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:42(td/p)
13095
msgid "<keyseq><key>Meta</key><key>1</key></keyseq>"
13096
msgstr ""
13097
13098
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:43(td/p)
13099
msgid ""
13100
"Start the first launcher item or switches to it if it is already running. If "
13101
"<key>Shift</key> is also pressed, will open a new window."
13102
msgstr ""
13103
13104
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47(td/p)
13105
msgid "<keyseq><key>Meta</key><key>2</key></keyseq>"
13106
msgstr ""
13107
13108
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:48(td/p)
13109
msgid ""
13110
"Start the second launcher item or switches to it if it is already running. "
13111
"This pattern continues until <keyseq><key>Meta</key><key>0</key></keyseq> "
13112
"which opens the tenth item."
13113
msgstr ""
13114
13115
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:52(td/p)
13116
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
13117
msgstr ""
13118
13119
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:53(td/p)
13120
msgid ""
13121
"Open the launcher. Use arrow keys to navigate and <key>Enter</key> to start "
13122
"or switch to an application."
13123
msgstr ""
13124
13125
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:57(td/p)
13126
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
13127
msgstr ""
13128
13129
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58(td/p)
13130
msgid ""
13131
"Open the Dash in a special mode to run commands that you type in. Press "
13132
"<key>Enter</key> to run the current command. You can also use the arrow keys "
13133
"to choose a different command and press <key>Enter</key> to run it."
13134
msgstr ""
13135
13136
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:63(td/p)
13137
msgid "<keyseq><key>Meta</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
13138
msgstr ""
13139
13140
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:64(td/p)
13141
msgid "Open the <gui>Applications lens</gui>."
13142
msgstr ""
13143
13144
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67(td/p)
13145
msgid "<keyseq><key>Meta</key><key>F</key></keyseq>"
13146
msgstr ""
13147
13148
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:68(td/p)
13149
msgid "Open the <gui>Files and folders lens</gui>."
13150
msgstr ""
13151
13152
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:71(td/p)
13153
msgid "<keyseq><key>Meta</key><key>T</key></keyseq>"
13154
msgstr ""
13155
13156
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:72(td/p)
13157
msgid "Open the <gui>Trash</gui>."
13158
msgstr ""
13159
13160
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:75(td/p)
13161
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>T</key></keyseq>"
13162
msgstr ""
13163
13164
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:76(td/p)
13165
msgid "Open the <app>Terminal</app>."
13166
msgstr ""
13167
13168
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:79(td/p)
13169
msgid "<key>Alt</key>"
13170
msgstr ""
13171
13172
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:80(td/p)
13173
msgid ""
13174
"Reveal the <gui>Application Menu</gui>. "
13175
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F</key></keyseq> opens the <gui>File</gui> menu."
13176
msgstr ""
13177
13178
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:84(td/p)
13179
msgid "<key>F10</key>"
13180
msgstr ""
13181
13182
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:85(td/p)
13183
msgid ""
13184
"Open the menu. Use the arrow keys to navigate. You can also access the <link "
13185
"xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">indicator menus</link>."
13186
msgstr ""
13187
13188
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:91(table/title)
13189
msgid "Getting around the desktop"
13190
msgstr ""
13191
13192
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:93(td/p)
13193
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
13194
msgstr ""
13195
13196
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:94(td/p)
13197
msgid "Close the current window."
13198
msgstr ""
13199
13200
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:97(td/p)
13201
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
13202
msgstr ""
13203
13204
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98(td/p)
13205
msgid ""
13206
"Maximize the current window. If the window is already maximized, unmaximize "
13207
"it."
13208
msgstr ""
13209
13210
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:101(td/p)
13211
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
13212
msgstr ""
13213
13214
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102(td/p)
13215
msgid ""
13216
"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between "
13217
"windows.</link> Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
13218
msgstr ""
13219
13220
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106(td/p)
13221
msgid "<keyseq><key>Meta</key><key>D</key></keyseq>"
13222
msgstr ""
13223
13224
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:107(td/p)
13225
msgid ""
13226
"Hide all windows and show the desktop. Press the keys again to restore your "
13227
"windows."
13228
msgstr ""
13229
13230
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:110(td/p)
13231
msgid "<keyseq><key>Meta</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"
13232
msgstr ""
13233
13234
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:111(td/p)
13235
msgid ""
13236
"Activate the workspace switcher. Zoom out on all <link xref=\"shell-"
13237
"workspaces\">workspaces</link>."
13238
msgstr ""
13239
13240
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:114(td/p)
13241
msgid "<keyseq><key>Meta</key><key>W</key></keyseq>"
13242
msgstr ""
13243
13244
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:115(td/p)
13245
msgid "Activate \"Expo\" mode. Show all windows from all workspaces."
13246
msgstr ""
13247
13248
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:118(td/p)
13249
msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
13250
msgstr ""
13251
13252
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:119(td/p)
13253
msgid "Activate \"Expo\" mode. Show all windows from current workspace."
13254
msgstr ""
13255
13256
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:122(td/p)
13257
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Arrow keys</key></keyseq>"
13258
msgstr ""
13259
13260
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:123(td/p)
13261
msgid ""
13262
"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces.</link>"
13263
msgstr ""
13264
13265
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:126(td/p)
13266
msgid ""
13267
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>Arrow "
13268
"keys</key></keyseq>"
13269
msgstr ""
13270
13271
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:127(td/p)
13272
msgid ""
13273
"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a "
13274
"different workspace.</link>"
13275
msgstr ""
13276
13277
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:130(td/p)
13278
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
13279
msgstr ""
13280
13281
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:131(td/p)
13282
msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lock the screen.</link>"
13283
msgstr ""
13284
13285
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:136(table/title)
13286
msgid "Common editing shortcuts"
13287
msgstr ""
13288
13289
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:138(td/p)
13290
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
13291
msgstr ""
13292
13293
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:139(td/p)
13294
msgid "Select all text or items in a list."
13295
msgstr ""
13296
13297
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:142(td/p)
13298
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
13299
msgstr ""
13300
13301
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:143(td/p)
13302
msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."
13303
msgstr ""
13304
13305
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:146(td/p)
13306
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
13307
msgstr ""
13308
13309
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:147(td/p)
13310
msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."
13311
msgstr ""
13312
13313
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:150(td/p)
13314
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
13315
msgstr ""
13316
13317
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:151(td/p)
13318
msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."
13319
msgstr ""
13320
13321
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:154(td/p)
13322
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
13323
msgstr ""
13324
13325
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:155(td/p)
13326
msgid "Undo the last action."
13327
msgstr ""
13328
13329
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:160(table/title)
13330
msgid "Capturing from the screen"
13331
msgstr ""
13332
13333
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:163(td/p)
13334
msgid "Take a screenshot."
13335
msgstr ""
13336
13337
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:167(td/p)
13338
msgid "Take a screenshot of the active window."
13339
msgstr ""
13340
13341
#: C/shell-overview.page:9(info/title)
13342
msgctxt "link:trail"
13343
msgid "Overview"
13344
msgstr ""
13345
13346
#: C/shell-overview.page:11(info/desc)
13347
msgid "An overview of the different parts of the desktop."
13348
msgstr ""
13349
13350
#: C/shell-overview.page:21(page/title)
13351
msgid "Overview of the desktop"
13352
msgstr ""
13353
13354
#: C/shell-overview.page:26(section/title)
13355
msgid "The Desktop"
13356
msgstr ""
13357
13358
#: C/shell-overview.page:30(section/title)
13359
msgid "Applications and windows"
13360
msgstr ""
13361
13362
#: C/shell-overview.page:34(section/title)
13363
msgid "Files and folders"
13364
msgstr ""
13365
13366
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:9(info/desc)
13367
msgid "Double click on the top title bar."
13368
msgstr ""
13369
13370
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:21(page/title)
13371
msgid "Maximize and unmaximize (restore) a window"
13372
msgstr ""
13373
13374
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:24(item/p)
13375
msgid "To maximize a window, double-click on the title bar of the window."
13376
msgstr ""
13377
13378
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:28(item/p)
13379
msgid ""
13380
"Another way to maximize a window is to click on the <gui>title bar</gui> of "
13381
"an application, and drag it to the top of the screen. When the <gui>mouse "
13382
"pointer</gui> touches the very top of the screen, the entire screen becomes "
13383
"highlighted. Release the mouse button to maximize the screen."
13384
msgstr ""
13385
13386
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:34(item/p)
13387
msgid ""
13388
"To restore the window to its original size, click on the <gui>title "
13389
"bar</gui> of the application, and drag it down from the <gui>top bar</gui>. "
13390
"After the window separates from the <gui>top bar</gui> it will restore "
13391
"itself to an unmaximized state."
13392
msgstr ""
13393
13394
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:41(note/p)
13395
msgid ""
13396
"Pressing the <key>Alt</key> while clicking anywhere in a window will allow "
13397
"you to move the window. Some people may find this easier than needing to "
13398
"click in the <gui>title bar</gui> of an application."
13399
msgstr ""
13400
13401
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:44(note/p)
13402
msgid ""
13403
"You can also use your keyboard to maximize a window. Press "
13404
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> to bring up the window menu, "
13405
"and then press <key>x</key>."
13406
msgstr ""
13407
13408
#: C/shell-windows.page:10(info/desc)
13409
msgid "Move and organize your windows."
13410
msgstr ""
13411
13412
#: C/shell-windows.page:21(page/title)
13413
msgid "Windows and workspaces"
13414
msgstr ""
13415
13416
#: C/shell-windows.page:23(page/p)
13417
msgid ""
13418
"Like other desktops, Unity uses windows to display your running "
13419
"applications. Using both the <gui>dash</gui> and the <gui>launcher</gui>, "
13420
"you can launch new applications and control which window is active."
13421
msgstr ""
13422
13423
#: C/shell-windows.page:25(page/p)
13424
msgid ""
13425
"In addition to windows, you can also group your applications together within "
13426
"workspaces. Visit the window and workspace help topics below to better learn "
13427
"how to use these features."
13428
msgstr ""
13429
13430
#: C/shell-windows.page:48(section/title)
13431
msgid "Working with windows"
13432
msgstr ""
13433
13434
#: C/shell-windows.page:52(section/title)
13435
msgid "Working with workspaces"
13436
msgstr ""
13437
13438
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:9(info/desc)
13439
msgid "Restore, resize, arrange and hide."
13440
msgstr ""
13441
13442
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:20(page/title)
13443
msgid "Window operations and modes"
13444
msgstr ""
13445
13446
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:27(page/p)
13447
msgid ""
13448
"Windows work in a very similar way to windows on other operating systems."
13449
msgstr ""
13450
13451
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:34(section/title)
13452
msgid "Minimize, restore and close"
13453
msgstr ""
13454
13455
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:39(item/title)
13456
msgid "Minimize"
13457
msgstr ""
13458
13459
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:40(item/p)
13460
msgid "To minimize a window, you can:"
13461
msgstr ""
13462
13463
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:43(item/p)
13464
msgid ""
13465
"Press the button that looks like a \"minus\" sign in the application's "
13466
"<gui>menu bar</gui>. If the application is maximized (taking up your whole "
13467
"screen), the menu bar will appear at the very top of the screen. Otherwise, "
13468
"the minimize button will appear at the top of the application window."
13469
msgstr ""
13470
13471
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:49(note/p)
13472
msgid ""
13473
"When you minizize an application, the application window 'disappears' into "
13474
"the <gui>launcher</gui>. The application can be retrieved by opening the "
13475
"<gui>launcher</gui> and clicking on that application's icon, or by pressing "
13476
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>tab</key></keyseq> to cycle through your open "
13477
"applications."
13478
msgstr ""
13479
13480
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:60(item/title)
13481
msgid "Close"
13482
msgstr ""
13483
13484
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:61(item/p)
13485
msgid "To close the window:"
13486
msgstr ""
13487
13488
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:64(item/p)
13489
msgid "Click the <gui>x</gui> in the top left hand corner of the window, or"
13490
msgstr ""
13491
13492
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:69(item/p)
13493
msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>, or"
13494
msgstr ""
13495
13496
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:74(item/p)
13497
msgid ""
13498
"Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> to bring up the window "
13499
"menu. Then press <key>c</key>."
13500
msgstr ""
13501
13502
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:84(section/title)
13503
msgid "Resize a window"
13504
msgstr ""
13505
13506
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:87(note/p)
13507
msgid ""
13508
"To resize a window, your window first needs to be <em>unmaximized</em>."
13509
msgstr ""
13510
13511
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:91(section/p)
13512
msgid ""
13513
"The simplest way to resize your window in the horizontal and/or vertical "
13514
"direction is to move the mouse pointer up to the top left corner of the "
13515
"window until it changes into a 'corner-pointer'. When it becomes a 'corner-"
13516
"pointer', click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction."
13517
msgstr ""
13518
13519
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:95(section/p)
13520
msgid ""
13521
"You can also resize only in the horizontal direction by moving the mouse "
13522
"pointer to the left side of the window until it changes into a 'side-"
13523
"pointer'. When it becomes a 'side-pointer', click+hold+drag to resize the "
13524
"window in the horizontal direction."
13525
msgstr ""
13526
13527
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:99(section/p)
13528
msgid ""
13529
"To resize in the vertical direction, move the mouse pointer to the top or "
13530
"bottom of the window until it changes into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-"
13531
"pointer' respectively. When it does, click+hold+drag to resize the window in "
13532
"the vertical direction."
13533
msgstr ""
13534
13535
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105(section/title)
13536
msgid "Ways to arrange windows in your workspace"
13537
msgstr ""
13538
13539
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106(section/p)
13540
msgid ""
13541
"You can automatically arrange two windows side by side. <key>Alt</key> + "
13542
"click and drag one window towards the left until the cursor touches the left "
13543
"side of the screen. The left half of the screen becomes highlighted. "
13544
"Unclick, and your window should automatically take up exactly half your "
13545
"screen. Do the same thing for another window, dragging it to the right side."
13546
msgstr ""
13547
13548
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:10(info/desc)
13549
msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
13550
msgstr ""
13551
13552
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:24(page/title)
13553
msgid "Switch between windows"
13554
msgstr ""
13555
13556
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:32(section/title)
13557
msgid "From the launcher"
13558
msgstr ""
13559
13560
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:34(item/p)
13561
msgid ""
13562
"Show the <gui>launcher</gui> by moving your mouse to the top left corner of "
13563
"your screen."
13564
msgstr ""
13565
13566
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:37(item/p)
13567
msgid ""
13568
"Applications that are running have a small white triangle arrow on the left. "
13569
"Click on a running application icon to switch to it."
13570
msgstr ""
13571
13572
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:41(item/p)
13573
msgid ""
13574
"If a running application has multiple windows open, there will be multiple "
13575
"white arrows on the left. Click the application icon a second time to show "
13576
"all open windows zoomed out. Click the window you want to switch to."
13577
msgstr ""
13578
13579
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:50(section/title)
13580
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:31(section/title)
13581
msgid "From the keyboard"
13582
msgstr ""
13583
13584
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54(item/p)
13585
msgid ""
13586
"When you hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and then press <key>Tab</key>, a "
13587
"<em>window switcher</em> appears. This shows a list of the windows you have "
13588
"open, with a preview."
13589
msgstr ""
13590
13591
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59(item/p)
13592
msgid ""
13593
"You can continue pressing <key>Tab</key> as many times as you need to reach "
13594
"the window you want."
13595
msgstr ""
13596
13597
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62(item/p)
13598
msgid ""
13599
"To switch to the previous window, hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and press "
13600
"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> instead."
13601
msgstr ""
13602
13603
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66(item/p)
13604
msgid ""
13605
"It is also possible to switch to any window by moving to it with the mouse "
13606
"and clicking."
13607
msgstr ""
13608
13609
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:73(item/p)
13610
msgid ""
13611
"Press <keyseq><key>Windows</key><key>W</key></keyseq> to show all open "
13612
"windows zoomed out."
13613
msgstr ""
13614
13615
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77(item/p)
13616
msgid "Click the window you want to switch to."
13617
msgstr ""
13618
13619
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:11(info/desc)
13620
msgid ""
13621
"Open the workspace switcher and drag the window to a different workspace."
13622
msgstr ""
13623
13624
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:23(page/title)
13625
msgid "Move windows to a different workspace"
13626
msgstr ""
13627
13628
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:25(page/p)
13629
msgid "You can move a window between workspaces:"
13630
msgstr ""
13631
13632
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:29(item/p)
13633
msgid ""
13634
"Open the <link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">Launcher</link> and click the "
13635
"<gui>workspace switcher</gui> button near the bottom."
13636
msgstr ""
13637
13638
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:33(item/p)
13639
msgid "Drag the window to the workspace you choose."
13640
msgstr ""
13641
13642
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:37(page/p)
13643
msgid ""
13644
"A faster way of moving windows between workspaces is by using the keyboard:"
13645
msgstr ""
13646
13647
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:40(item/p)
13648
msgid ""
13649
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key> "
13650
"→</key></keyseq> to move the window to the workspace to the right of the "
13651
"current workspace."
13652
msgstr ""
13653
13654
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:44(item/p)
13655
msgid ""
13656
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key> "
13657
"←</key></keyseq> to move the window to the workspace to the left of the "
13658
"current workspace."
13659
msgstr ""
13660
13661
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:48(item/p)
13662
msgid ""
13663
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key> "
13664
"↓</key></keyseq> to move the window to the workspace below the current "
13665
"workspace."
13666
msgstr ""
13667
13668
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:52(item/p)
13669
msgid ""
13670
"Press "
13671
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> "
13672
"to move the window to the workspace above the current workspace."
13673
msgstr ""
13674
13675
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
13676
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
13677
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
13678
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
13679
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:24(media)
13680
msgctxt "_"
13681
msgid ""
13682
"external ref='figures/unity-workspace-intro.png' "
13683
"md5='80b2149a6fc92b28fd45c902c827aa1f'"
13684
msgstr ""
13685
13686
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:9(info/desc)
13687
msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."
13688
msgstr ""
13689
13690
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:21(page/title)
13691
msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"
13692
msgstr ""
13693
13694
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:25(media/p)
13695
msgid "Workspace switcher button"
13696
msgstr ""
13697
13698
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:28(page/p)
13699
msgid ""
13700
"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. These virtual "
13701
"desktops increase the size of your working area. Workspaces are meant to "
13702
"reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
13703
msgstr ""
13704
13705
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:30(page/p)
13706
msgid ""
13707
"You could use workspaces to organize your work. For example, you could have "
13708
"all your communication windows, such as email and your chat apps on one "
13709
"workspace and the work you are doing on a different workspace Your music "
13710
"manager could be on a third workspace."
13711
msgstr ""
13712
13713
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:32(page/p)
13714
msgid ""
13715
"Open the <link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">Launcher</link> and click the "
13716
"<gui>workspace switcher</gui> icon near the bottom. By default, Ubuntu shows "
13717
"4 workspaces, arranged in 2 rows and 2 columns. You can change the number of "
13718
"workspaces easily:"
13719
msgstr ""
13720
13721
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:35(steps/title)
13722
msgid "Change the number of workspaces"
13723
msgstr ""
13724
13725
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:37(item/p)
13726
msgid ""
13727
"To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final "
13728
"number to the number you wish. Press <key>Enter</key>."
13729
msgstr ""
13730
13731
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:38(item/p)
13732
msgid ""
13733
"<code>gconftool-2 --type=int --set /apps/compiz-"
13734
"1/general/screen0/options/vsize 2</code>"
13735
msgstr ""
13736
13737
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:39(item/p)
13738
msgid ""
13739
"To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the "
13740
"final number to the number you wish. Press <key>Enter</key>."
13741
msgstr ""
13742
13743
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:40(item/p)
13744
msgid ""
13745
"<code>gconftool-2 --type=int --set /apps/compiz-"
13746
"1/general/screen0/options/hsize 2</code>"
13747
msgstr ""
13748
13749
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:11(info/desc)
13750
msgid "Open the workspace switcher and double-click one of the workspaces."
13751
msgstr ""
13752
13753
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:23(page/title)
13754
msgid "Switch between workspaces"
13755
msgstr ""
13756
13757
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:26(section/title)
13758
msgid "From the workspace switcher"
13759
msgstr ""
13760
13761
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:27(section/p)
13762
msgid ""
13763
"Open the <link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">Launcher</link> and click the "
13764
"<gui>workspace switcher</gui> button near the bottom. Double-click on any "
13765
"window or workspace to switch to it, or press the workspace switcher button "
13766
"again to return to your previous workspace."
13767
msgstr ""
13768
13769
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:34(item/p)
13770
msgid ""
13771
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq> to move to "
13772
"a workspace which is to the right of the current workspace."
13773
msgstr ""
13774
13775
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:37(item/p)
13776
msgid ""
13777
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq> to move to "
13778
"a workspace which is to the left of the current workspace."
13779
msgstr ""
13780
13781
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:42(item/p)
13782
msgid ""
13783
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to move to "
13784
"a workspace which is below the current workspace."
13785
msgstr ""
13786
13787
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:45(item/p)
13788
msgid ""
13789
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> to move to "
13790
"a workspace which is above the current workspace."
13791
msgstr ""
13792
13793
#: C/sound-alert.page:13(info/desc)
13794
msgid ""
13795
"Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable "
13796
"alert sounds."
13797
msgstr ""
13798
13799
#: C/sound-alert.page:18(page/title)
13800
msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"
13801
msgstr ""
13802
13803
#: C/sound-alert.page:20(page/p)
13804
msgid ""
13805
"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
13806
"and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert "
13807
"volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely."
13808
msgstr ""
13809
13810
#: C/sound-alert.page:26(item/p)
13811
#: C/sound-nosound.page:44(item/p)
13812
msgid ""
13813
"Click the <gui>sound menu</gui> in the <gui>top panel</gui> and click "
13814
"<gui>Sound Settings</gui>."
13815
msgstr ""
13816
13817
#: C/sound-alert.page:27(item/p)
13818
msgid ""
13819
"On the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will "
13820
"play when you click on it so you can hear what it sounds like."
13821
msgstr ""
13822
13823
#: C/sound-alert.page:31(page/p)
13824
msgid ""
13825
"Use the volume slider on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the volume "
13826
"of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, and "
13827
"other audio playback."
13828
msgstr ""
13829
13830
#: C/sound-alert.page:35(page/p)
13831
msgid "To disable alert sounds entirely, just select <gui>Mute</gui>."
13832
msgstr ""
13833
13834
#: C/sound-broken.page:9(info/desc)
13835
msgid ""
13836
"Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
13837
msgstr ""
13838
13839
#: C/sound-broken.page:20(page/title)
13840
msgid "Sound problems"
13841
msgstr ""
13842
13843
#: C/sound-broken.page:22(page/p)
13844
msgid ""
13845
"There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. "
13846
"Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
13847
msgstr ""
13848
13849
#: C/sound-crackle.page:8(info/desc)
13850
msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."
13851
msgstr ""
13852
13853
#: C/sound-crackle.page:19(page/title)
13854
msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"
13855
msgstr ""
13856
13857
#: C/sound-crackle.page:21(page/p)
13858
msgid ""
13859
"If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, "
13860
"you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem "
13861
"with the drivers for the sound card."
13862
msgstr ""
13863
13864
#: C/sound-crackle.page:25(item/p)
13865
msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."
13866
msgstr ""
13867
13868
#: C/sound-crackle.page:26(item/p)
13869
msgid ""
13870
"If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the "
13871
"wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound."
13872
msgstr ""
13873
13874
#: C/sound-crackle.page:30(item/p)
13875
msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged."
13876
msgstr ""
13877
13878
#: C/sound-crackle.page:31(item/p)
13879
msgid ""
13880
"Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the "
13881
"cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD "
13882
"player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may "
13883
"need to replace the cable or headphones."
13884
msgstr ""
13885
13886
#: C/sound-crackle.page:35(item/p)
13887
msgid "Check if the sound drivers aren't very good."
13888
msgstr ""
13889
13890
#: C/sound-crackle.page:36(item/p)
13891
msgid ""
13892
"Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very "
13893
"good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for "
13894
"the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term "
13895
"\"Ubuntu\", to see if other people are having the same problem."
13896
msgstr ""
13897
13898
#: C/sound-crackle.page:37(item/p)
13899
msgid ""
13900
"You can run <cmd>sudo lspci -v</cmd> in the <app>Terminal</app> to get more "
13901
"information about your sound card."
13902
msgstr ""
13903
13904
#: C/sound-nosound.page:8(info/desc)
13905
msgid ""
13906
"Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the "
13907
"sound card is detected."
13908
msgstr ""
13909
13910
#: C/sound-nosound.page:19(page/title)
13911
msgid "I can't hear any sounds on the computer"
13912
msgstr ""
13913
13914
#: C/sound-nosound.page:21(page/p)
13915
msgid ""
13916
"If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to "
13917
"play some music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the "
13918
"problem."
13919
msgstr ""
13920
13921
#: C/sound-nosound.page:24(section/title)
13922
msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"
13923
msgstr ""
13924
13925
#: C/sound-nosound.page:25(section/p)
13926
msgid ""
13927
"Click the <gui>sound menu</gui> on the top panel (it looks like a speaker) "
13928
"and make sure that the sound is not muted or turned down."
13929
msgstr ""
13930
13931
#: C/sound-nosound.page:26(section/p)
13932
msgid ""
13933
"Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that "
13934
"key to see if it unmutes the sound."
13935
msgstr ""
13936
13937
#: C/sound-nosound.page:27(section/p)
13938
msgid ""
13939
"You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're "
13940
"using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The "
13941
"application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check "
13942
"that. Also, click the sound menu on the top panel and choose <gui>Sound "
13943
"Settings</gui>. When the <gui>Sound</gui> window appears, go to the "
13944
"<gui>Applications</gui> tab and check that your application is not muted on "
13945
"there."
13946
msgstr ""
13947
13948
#: C/sound-nosound.page:31(section/title)
13949
msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"
13950
msgstr ""
13951
13952
#: C/sound-nosound.page:32(section/p)
13953
msgid ""
13954
"If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on "
13955
"and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is "
13956
"securely plugged into the \"output\" audio socket on the back of the "
13957
"computer. This socket is usually light green in color."
13958
msgstr ""
13959
13960
#: C/sound-nosound.page:34(section/p)
13961
msgid ""
13962
"Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the "
13963
"speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may "
13964
"be different when running Linux than on Windows or Mac OS. Try connecting "
13965
"the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to "
13966
"see if that works."
13967
msgstr ""
13968
13969
#: C/sound-nosound.page:36(section/p)
13970
msgid ""
13971
"A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the "
13972
"back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too."
13973
msgstr ""
13974
13975
#: C/sound-nosound.page:40(section/title)
13976
msgid "Check that the right sound device is selected"
13977
msgstr ""
13978
13979
#: C/sound-nosound.page:41(section/p)
13980
msgid ""
13981
"Some computers have multiple \"sound devices\" installed. Some of these are "
13982
"capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you "
13983
"have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to "
13984
"choose the right one."
13985
msgstr ""
13986
13987
#: C/sound-nosound.page:47(item/p)
13988
msgid ""
13989
"In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, go to the <gui>Hardware</gui> "
13990
"tab. Make a note of which device and which profile are selected (so you can "
13991
"return to the default selections if changing them doesn't work)."
13992
msgstr ""
13993
13994
#: C/sound-nosound.page:50(item/p)
13995
msgid ""
13996
"For the selected device, try changing the profile—play a sound after you "
13997
"change the profile to see if it works. You might need to go through the list "
13998
"and try each profile."
13999
msgstr ""
14000
14001
#: C/sound-nosound.page:53(item/p)
14002
msgid ""
14003
"If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other "
14004
"devices that are listed."
14005
msgstr ""
14006
14007
#: C/sound-nosound.page:56(item/p)
14008
msgid ""
14009
"Try changing the <gui>Connector</gui> option in the <gui>Output</gui> tab "
14010
"too."
14011
msgstr ""
14012
14013
#: C/sound-nosound.page:62(section/title)
14014
msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"
14015
msgstr ""
14016
14017
#: C/sound-nosound.page:63(section/p)
14018
msgid ""
14019
"Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, "
14020
"your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason "
14021
"for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the card "
14022
"are not installed."
14023
msgstr ""
14024
14025
#: C/sound-nosound.page:66(item/p)
14026
msgid ""
14027
"Go to the <link xref=\"unity-dash-intro\">dash</link> and open the Terminal."
14028
msgstr ""
14029
14030
#: C/sound-nosound.page:69(item/p)
14031
msgid "Type <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
14032
msgstr ""
14033
14034
#: C/sound-nosound.page:72(item/p)
14035
msgid ""
14036
"A list of devices will be shown. If there are no <gui>playback hardware "
14037
"devices</gui>, your sound card has not been detected."
14038
msgstr ""
14039
14040
#: C/sound-nosound.page:76(section/p)
14041
msgid ""
14042
"If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the "
14043
"drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have."
14044
msgstr ""
14045
14046
#: C/sound-nosound.page:78(section/p)
14047
msgid ""
14048
"You can see what sound card you have by using the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command "
14049
"in the <app>Terminal</app>. You can get more complete results if you run "
14050
"<cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">superuser</link>; "
14051
"enter <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> and type your password. See if an <em>audio "
14052
"controller</em> or <em>audio device</em> is listed—it should have the sound "
14053
"card's make and model number. <cmd>sudo lspci -v</cmd> will show a list with "
14054
"more detailed information."
14055
msgstr ""
14056
14057
#: C/sound-nosound.page:80(section/p)
14058
msgid ""
14059
"You may be able to find and install drivers for your card by searching the "
14060
"Internet. Otherwise, you can <link xref=\"ubuntu-report-bug\">file a "
14061
"bug</link>."
14062
msgstr ""
14063
14064
#: C/sound-nosound.page:82(section/p)
14065
msgid ""
14066
"If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new "
14067
"sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the "
14068
"computer and external USB sound cards."
14069
msgstr ""
14070
14071
#: C/sound-usemic.page:13(info/desc)
14072
msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."
14073
msgstr ""
14074
14075
#: C/sound-usemic.page:17(page/title)
14076
msgid "Use a different microphone"
14077
msgstr ""
14078
14079
#: C/sound-usemic.page:19(page/p)
14080
msgid ""
14081
"You can use an external microphone for audio conferencing, making voice "
14082
"recordings, or using other multimedia applications. Even if your computer "
14083
"has a built-in microphone or a webcam with a microphone, a separate "
14084
"microphone could provide better audio quality."
14085
msgstr ""
14086
14087
#: C/sound-usemic.page:24(page/p)
14088
msgid ""
14089
"If your microphone has a circular TS (<em>tip, sleeve</em>) plug, plug it "
14090
"into the appropriate socket on your computer. Most computers have two "
14091
"sockets: one for microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a "
14092
"microphone next to the socket. Microphones plugged into a TS socket will "
14093
"usually be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting "
14094
"a default input device."
14095
msgstr ""
14096
14097
#: C/sound-usemic.page:31(page/p)
14098
msgid ""
14099
"If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. "
14100
"USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify "
14101
"which microphone to use by default."
14102
msgstr ""
14103
14104
#: C/sound-usemic.page:36(steps/title)
14105
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:45(steps/title)
14106
msgid "Select a default audio input device"
14107
msgstr ""
14108
14109
#: C/sound-usemic.page:37(item/p)
14110
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:46(item/p)
14111
msgid ""
14112
"Click the <gui>sound menu</gui> on the <gui>top bar</gui> and select "
14113
"<gui>Sound Settings</gui>."
14114
msgstr ""
14115
14116
#: C/sound-usemic.page:38(item/p)
14117
msgid ""
14118
"On the <gui>Input</gui> tab, select the device in the list of devices. The "
14119
"input level indicator should respond when you speak."
14120
msgstr ""
14121
14122
#: C/sound-usemic.page:42(page/p)
14123
msgid ""
14124
"If you don't see your device on the <gui>Input</gui> tab, check the "
14125
"<gui>Hardware</gui> tab. Make sure the profile for the device includes "
14126
"\"input\"."
14127
msgstr ""
14128
14129
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:14(info/desc)
14130
msgid ""
14131
"Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
14132
msgstr ""
14133
14134
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:18(page/title)
14135
msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"
14136
msgstr ""
14137
14138
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:20(page/p)
14139
msgid ""
14140
"You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers "
14141
"usually either connect using a circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) "
14142
"plug or with USB."
14143
msgstr ""
14144
14145
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:24(page/p)
14146
msgid ""
14147
"If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate "
14148
"socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for "
14149
"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of headphones next to "
14150
"the socket. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket will usually be "
14151
"used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the "
14152
"default device."
14153
msgstr ""
14154
14155
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:30(page/p)
14156
msgid ""
14157
"Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually "
14158
"uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure "
14159
"which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound "
14160
"settings. Click the <gui>sound menu</gui> on the <gui>top panel</gui> then "
14161
"click <gui>Sound Settings</gui>. On the <gui>Hardware</gui> tab, select your "
14162
"speakers in the list of devices, then click <gui>Test Speakers</gui>. In the "
14163
"pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. Each button will speak its "
14164
"position only to the channel corresponding to that speaker."
14165
msgstr ""
14166
14167
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:39(page/p)
14168
msgid ""
14169
"If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a "
14170
"USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate "
14171
"audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default."
14172
msgstr ""
14173
14174
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:47(item/p)
14175
msgid ""
14176
"On the <gui>Output</gui> tab, select the device in the list of devices."
14177
msgstr ""
14178
14179
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:50(page/p)
14180
msgid ""
14181
"If you don't see your device on the <gui>Output</gui> tab, check the "
14182
"<gui>Hardware</gui> tab. Select your device and try different profiles."
14183
msgstr ""
14184
14185
#: C/sound-volume.page:13(info/desc)
14186
msgid ""
14187
"Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each "
14188
"application."
14189
msgstr ""
14190
14191
#: C/sound-volume.page:18(page/title)
14192
msgid "Change the sound volume"
14193
msgstr ""
14194
14195
#: C/sound-volume.page:20(page/p)
14196
msgid ""
14197
"To change the sound volume, click the <gui>sound menu</gui> on the <gui>top "
14198
"panel</gui> and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely "
14199
"turn off sound by checking <gui>Mute</gui>."
14200
msgstr ""
14201
14202
#: C/sound-volume.page:22(page/p)
14203
msgid ""
14204
"Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look "
14205
"like stylized speakers with \"waves\" coming out of them, and are often near "
14206
"the \"F\" keys (e.g. <key>F7</key>)."
14207
msgstr ""
14208
14209
#: C/sound-volume.page:24(page/p)
14210
msgid ""
14211
"Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume "
14212
"using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a "
14213
"volume control too."
14214
msgstr ""
14215
14216
#: C/sound-volume.page:27(section/title)
14217
msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"
14218
msgstr ""
14219
14220
#: C/sound-volume.page:28(section/p)
14221
msgid ""
14222
"You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for "
14223
"others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing "
14224
"the web, for example. You might want to turn off the volume in the web "
14225
"browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music."
14226
msgstr ""
14227
14228
#: C/sound-volume.page:29(section/p)
14229
msgid ""
14230
"Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your "
14231
"application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, "
14232
"click the <gui>sound menu</gui> on the <gui>top panel</gui> and click "
14233
"<gui>Sound Settings</gui>. Go to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and change "
14234
"the volume of the application there."
14235
msgstr ""
14236
14237
#: C/sound-volume.page:30(section/p)
14238
msgid ""
14239
"Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application "
14240
"is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that "
14241
"lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its "
14242
"volume."
14243
msgstr ""
14244
14245
#: C/tips.page:13(info/desc)
14246
msgid ""
14247
"<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link "
14248
"xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">middle click shortcuts</link>..."
14249
msgstr ""
14250
14251
#: C/tips.page:17(page/title)
14252
msgid "Tips & tricks"
14253
msgstr ""
14254
14255
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:15(info/desc)
14256
msgid ""
14257
"Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, "
14258
"mathematical symbols, and dingbats."
14259
msgstr ""
14260
14261
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:20(page/title)
14262
msgid "Enter special characters"
14263
msgstr ""
14264
14265
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:29(page/p)
14266
msgid ""
14267
"You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's "
14268
"writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some "
14269
"different ways you can enter special characters."
14270
msgstr ""
14271
14272
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:34(links/title)
14273
msgid "Methods to enter characters"
14274
msgstr ""
14275
14276
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:38(section/title)
14277
msgid "Character map"
14278
msgstr ""
14279
14280
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39(section/p)
14281
msgid ""
14282
"GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all "
14283
"the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you "
14284
"want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it."
14285
msgstr ""
14286
14287
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42(section/p)
14288
msgid ""
14289
"You can find <app>Character Map</app> in the <gui>dash</gui>. For more "
14290
"information on the character map, see the <link "
14291
"href=\"ghelp:gucharmap\">Character Map Manual</link>."
14292
msgstr ""
14293
14294
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:48(section/title)
14295
msgid "Compose key"
14296
msgstr ""
14297
14298
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:49(section/p)
14299
msgid ""
14300
"A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a "
14301
"row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter "
14302
"<em>é</em>, you can press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then "
14303
"<key>e</key>."
14304
msgstr ""
14305
14306
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:53(section/p)
14307
msgid ""
14308
"Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of "
14309
"the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key."
14310
msgstr ""
14311
14312
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:56(steps/title)
14313
msgid "Define a compose key"
14314
msgstr ""
14315
14316
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59(item/p)
14317
msgid "Click <gui>Region and Language</gui>."
14318
msgstr ""
14319
14320
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60(item/p)
14321
msgid "Select the <gui>Layouts</gui> tab and click <gui>Options</gui>."
14322
msgstr ""
14323
14324
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62(item/p)
14325
msgid ""
14326
"Find the group called <gui>Compose key position</gui>. Select the key or "
14327
"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like "
14328
"<key>Caps Lock</key>, either of the <key>Alt</key> keys, or the menu key. "
14329
"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer "
14330
"work for their original purpose."
14331
msgstr ""
14332
14333
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69(section/p)
14334
msgid ""
14335
"You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
14336
msgstr ""
14337
14338
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:72(item/p)
14339
msgid ""
14340
"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute "
14341
"accent over that letter, such as <em>é</em>."
14342
msgstr ""
14343
14344
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74(item/p)
14345
msgid ""
14346
"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to "
14347
"place a grave accent over that letter, such as <em>è</em>."
14348
msgstr ""
14349
14350
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77(item/p)
14351
msgid ""
14352
"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut "
14353
"over that letter, such as <em>ë</em>."
14354
msgstr ""
14355
14356
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:79(item/p)
14357
msgid ""
14358
"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron "
14359
"over that letter, such as <em>ē</em>."
14360
msgstr ""
14361
14362
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82(section/p)
14363
msgid ""
14364
"For more compose key sequences, see <link "
14365
"href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\""
14366
">the compose key page on Wikipedia</link>."
14367
msgstr ""
14368
14369
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:88(section/title)
14370
msgid "Code points"
14371
msgstr ""
14372
14373
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89(section/p)
14374
msgid ""
14375
"You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the "
14376
"numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-"
14377
"character code point. To find the code point for a character, find the "
14378
"character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the "
14379
"<gui>Character Details</gui> tab. The code point is the four characters "
14380
"after <gui>U+</gui>."
14381
msgstr ""
14382
14383
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:95(section/p)
14384
msgid ""
14385
"To enter a character by its code point, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and "
14386
"<key>Shift</key>, type <key>u</key> followed by the four-character code "
14387
"point, then release <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>. If you often use "
14388
"characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find "
14389
"it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter "
14390
"them quickly."
14391
msgstr ""
14392
14393
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:104(section/title)
14394
msgid "Keyboard layouts"
14395
msgstr ""
14396
14397
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:105(section/p)
14398
msgid ""
14399
"You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, "
14400
"regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even easily switch "
14401
"between different keyboard layouts using an icon in the top bar. To learn "
14402
"how, see <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/>."
14403
msgstr ""
14404
14405
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14406
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14407
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14408
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14409
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:26(media)
14410
msgctxt "_"
14411
msgid ""
14412
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/indicator-"
14413
"messages.svg' md5='c7753a983bb72624bf340e2b3336973e'"
14414
msgstr ""
14415
14416
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14417
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14418
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14419
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14420
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:31(media)
14421
msgctxt "_"
14422
msgid ""
14423
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/battery-100.svg' "
14424
"md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'"
14425
msgstr ""
14426
14427
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14428
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14429
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14430
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14431
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:42(media)
14432
msgctxt "_"
14433
msgid ""
14434
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/network-"
14435
"offline.svg' md5='2cdffddec0853f7f7538b9e4a6116039'"
14436
msgstr ""
14437
14438
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14439
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14440
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14441
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14442
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:47(media)
14443
msgctxt "_"
14444
msgid ""
14445
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/audio-volume-high-"
14446
"panel.svg' md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'"
14447
msgstr ""
14448
14449
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14450
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14451
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14452
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14453
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:60(media)
14454
msgctxt "_"
14455
msgid ""
14456
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/stock/22/stock_person-"
14457
"panel.svg' md5='73b5dcfbdeb7a0de65083c570afed1f9'"
14458
msgstr ""
14459
14460
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14461
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14462
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14463
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14464
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:66(media)
14465
msgctxt "_"
14466
msgid ""
14467
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/22/system-devices-"
14468
"panel.svg' md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'"
14469
msgstr ""
14470
14471
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:13(page/title)
14472
msgid "Manage apps & settings with Indicator Menus"
14473
msgstr ""
14474
14475
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:19(page/p)
14476
msgid ""
14477
"Ubuntu has many different <em>indicator menus</em> on the right side of the "
14478
"panel. The indicator menus are a place where you can check and modify the "
14479
"state of your computer and applications. Some indicator menus you will see "
14480
"are:"
14481
msgstr ""
14482
14483
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:26(item/p)
14484
msgid ""
14485
"<em>Messaging menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" "
14486
"src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/indicator-"
14487
"messages.svg\">Message icon</media>"
14488
msgstr ""
14489
14490
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:27(item/p)
14491
msgid ""
14492
"Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications "
14493
"including email, social networking, and Internet chat."
14494
msgstr ""
14495
14496
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:31(item/p)
14497
msgid ""
14498
"<em>Battery menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" "
14499
"src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/battery-100.svg\">Battery "
14500
"icon</media>"
14501
msgstr ""
14502
14503
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:32(item/p)
14504
msgid ""
14505
"Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden is not "
14506
"shown if a battery is not detected."
14507
msgstr ""
14508
14509
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:37(item/p)
14510
msgid ""
14511
"<em>Bluetooth menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" "
14512
"src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/bluetooth-"
14513
"active.svg\">Bluetooth icon</media>"
14514
msgstr ""
14515
14516
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:38(item/p)
14517
msgid ""
14518
"Send or receive files by <link xref=\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>. This "
14519
"menu is not shown if a supported Bluetooth device is not detected."
14520
msgstr ""
14521
14522
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:42(item/p)
14523
msgid ""
14524
"<em>Network menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" "
14525
"src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/network-"
14526
"offline.svg\">Offline network icon</media>"
14527
msgstr ""
14528
14529
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:43(item/p)
14530
msgid ""
14531
"Connect to <link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">wired</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
14532
"wireless-connect\">wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-mobile\">mobile</link>, "
14533
"and <link xref=\"net-vpn-connect\">VPN</link> networks."
14534
msgstr ""
14535
14536
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:47(item/p)
14537
msgid ""
14538
"<em>Sound menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" "
14539
"src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/audio-volume-high-"
14540
"panel.svg\">Volume icon</media>"
14541
msgstr ""
14542
14543
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:48(item/p)
14544
msgid ""
14545
"Set the <link xref=\"sound-volume\">volume</link>, configure sound <link "
14546
"xref=\"media\">settings</link>, and control media players like "
14547
"<app>Banshee</app>."
14548
msgstr ""
14549
14550
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:52(item/p)
14551
msgid "<em>Clock</em>"
14552
msgstr ""
14553
14554
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:53(item/p)
14555
msgid "Access the current time and date."
14556
msgstr ""
14557
14558
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:60(item/p)
14559
msgid ""
14560
"<em>User menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" "
14561
"src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/stock/22/stock_person-"
14562
"panel.svg\">User offline icon</media>"
14563
msgstr ""
14564
14565
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:61(item/p)
14566
msgid ""
14567
"Change your password, language settings or login picture. Quickly switch "
14568
"between user accounts without logging out."
14569
msgstr ""
14570
14571
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:66(item/p)
14572
msgid ""
14573
"<em>System menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" "
14574
"src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/22/system-devices-"
14575
"panel.svg\">Power cog icon</media>"
14576
msgstr ""
14577
14578
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:67(item/p)
14579
msgid ""
14580
"Access <link xref=\"prefs\">system settings</link>. Lock screen, log out, "
14581
"suspend, restart or shutdown your computer."
14582
msgstr ""
14583
14584
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:72(note/p)
14585
msgid ""
14586
"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status "
14587
"of the application."
14588
msgstr ""
14589
14590
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:73(page/p)
14591
msgid ""
14592
"Other programs such as <app>Tomboy</app> or <app>Transmission</app> can also "
14593
"add indicator menus to the panel."
14594
msgstr ""
14595
14596
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14597
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14598
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14599
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14600
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:17(media)
14601
msgctxt "_"
14602
msgid ""
14603
"external ref='figures/unity-dash-sample.png' "
14604
"md5='a3f10896a2361c701619491d9aa35f24'"
14605
msgstr ""
14606
14607
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:14(page/title)
14608
msgid "Find apps, files, and music with the Dash"
14609
msgstr ""
14610
14611
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:18(media/p)
14612
msgid "Unity Search"
14613
msgstr ""
14614
14615
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:21(page/p)
14616
msgid ""
14617
"The <gui>Dash</gui> allows you to search for applications, files, and music, "
14618
"and shows you items that you have used recently. If you have ever worked on "
14619
"a spreadsheet or edited an image and forgot where you saved it, you will "
14620
"surely find this feature of the Dash to be useful."
14621
msgstr ""
14622
14623
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:28(page/p)
14624
msgid ""
14625
"The <gui>dash</gui> includes a <gui>search bar</gui>, <gui>application and "
14626
"files shortcuts</gui>, and launchers for commonly-used applications (your "
14627
"web browser, email program, etc.)."
14628
msgstr ""
14629
14630
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:33(page/p)
14631
msgid ""
14632
"To start using the <gui>dash</gui>, click on the Ubuntu logo in the top-left "
14633
"portion of the screen, or press the <key>meta</key> key. To hide the "
14634
"<gui>dash</gui>, press <key>Esc</key>."
14635
msgstr ""
14636
14637
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:39(section/title)
14638
msgid "Find applications and files using the search bar"
14639
msgstr ""
14640
14641
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:40(section/p)
14642
msgid ""
14643
"The search bar is a <em>global search bar</em>, meaning you can use it to "
14644
"search for both applications <em>and</em> files. To use the global search "
14645
"bar, open the dash and then just start typing. The names and icons of "
14646
"relevant application and files will appear as soon as you start entering "
14647
"text."
14648
msgstr ""
14649
14650
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:47(section/p)
14651
msgid ""
14652
"Relevant application results will appear in one row, and relevant file "
14653
"results will appear in a second row. If no applications match your search "
14654
"query, only the <em>file</em> result list will appear. Similarly, if no "
14655
"files match your query, only the <em>application</em> list will appear."
14656
msgstr ""
14657
14658
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:53(section/p)
14659
msgid ""
14660
"If you see an application that you want to use, or a file that you want to "
14661
"open, click on its icon to start it. Also, pressing the <key>Enter</key> key "
14662
"will start the first item in the list."
14663
msgstr ""
14664
14665
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:59(note/p)
14666
msgid ""
14667
"By default, the <gui>dash</gui> will display one row of applications or "
14668
"files that match your search criteria. To see more results that match your "
14669
"search, click <gui>See more results</gui>."
14670
msgstr ""
14671
14672
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:66(note/p)
14673
msgid ""
14674
"To add an application to the <gui>launcher</gui>, click on the application's "
14675
"icon, drag it to the launcher, and then release it. It will automatically be "
14676
"<em>pinned</em> to the launcher as one of your favorites."
14677
msgstr ""
14678
14679
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:74(section/title)
14680
msgid "Application and file shortcuts"
14681
msgstr ""
14682
14683
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:75(section/p)
14684
msgid ""
14685
"Click the buttons in the row at the bottom of the dash to switch between "
14686
"<gui>lenses</gui>. Lenses allow you to focus the Dash results and exclude "
14687
"results from other lenses."
14688
msgstr ""
14689
14690
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:80(section/p)
14691
msgid ""
14692
"Clicking the second icon in the row will display the <gui>Applications</gui> "
14693
"lens. This displays applications you use most frequently, applications you "
14694
"have installed, as well as additional applications you can install from the "
14695
"Ubuntu Software Center."
14696
msgstr ""
14697
14698
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:86(section/p)
14699
msgid ""
14700
"Clicking the document icon allows you to browse the files you have used most "
14701
"recently, files in your <gui>Downloads</gui> folder, and your <link "
14702
"xref=\"nautilus-bookmarks-edit\">bookmarked folders</link>."
14703
msgstr ""
14704
14705
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:90(section/p)
14706
msgid "The final lens shows songs and albums you've recently listened to."
14707
msgstr ""
14708
14709
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:93(section/p)
14710
msgid ""
14711
"To return to the main dash view, just click the first icon in the row, the "
14712
"Home button."
14713
msgstr ""
14714
14715
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14716
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14717
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14718
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14719
#: C/unity-introduction.page:38(media)
14720
msgctxt "_"
14721
msgid ""
14722
"external ref='figures/unity-overview.png' "
14723
"md5='f1d99c0b3e9d08710bc70404876b9f69'"
14724
msgstr ""
14725
14726
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14727
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14728
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14729
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14730
#: C/unity-introduction.page:46(media)
14731
msgctxt "_"
14732
msgid ""
14733
"external ref='figures/unity-launcher.png' "
14734
"md5='0a9eb565e2b8a3c7a5b1569fe892294e'"
14735
msgstr ""
14736
14737
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14738
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14739
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14740
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14741
#: C/unity-introduction.page:67(media)
14742
msgctxt "_"
14743
msgid ""
14744
"external ref='figures/unity-dash.png' md5='2c9d453a31d271b33558d73bca4b2ba6'"
14745
msgstr ""
14746
14747
#: C/unity-introduction.page:9(info/desc)
14748
msgid "A visual introduction to the Unity desktop."
14749
msgstr ""
14750
14751
#: C/unity-introduction.page:25(page/title)
14752
msgid "Welcome to Ubuntu 11.10"
14753
msgstr ""
14754
14755
#: C/unity-introduction.page:27(page/p)
14756
msgid ""
14757
"Ubuntu 11.10 features <em>Unity</em>, a completely reimagined user "
14758
"interface. Unity is designed to minimize distractions, give you more room to "
14759
"work, and help you get things done."
14760
msgstr ""
14761
14762
#: C/unity-introduction.page:31(page/p)
14763
msgid ""
14764
"This guide is designed to answer your questions about using Unity and your "
14765
"Ubuntu desktop. First we will take a moment to look at some Unity's key "
14766
"features, and how you can use them."
14767
msgstr ""
14768
14769
#: C/unity-introduction.page:35(section/title)
14770
msgid "Getting started with Unity"
14771
msgstr ""
14772
14773
#: C/unity-introduction.page:39(media/p)
14774
msgid "The Unity desktop"
14775
msgstr ""
14776
14777
#: C/unity-introduction.page:43(section/title)
14778
msgid "The Launcher and the Home Button"
14779
msgstr ""
14780
14781
#: C/unity-introduction.page:47(media/p)
14782
msgid "The Launcher"
14783
msgstr ""
14784
14785
#: C/unity-introduction.page:50(section/p)
14786
msgid ""
14787
"The <gui>Launcher</gui> appears automatically when you log in to your "
14788
"desktop, and gives you quick access to the applications you use most often. "
14789
"When you launch an application, the launcher hides from your view. This "
14790
"gives you more room to do your work, and keeps distractions to a minimum. If "
14791
"you move your mouse pointer to the left side of the screen, the launcher "
14792
"will appear."
14793
msgstr ""
14794
14795
#: C/unity-introduction.page:59(section/title)
14796
msgid "The Dash"
14797
msgstr ""
14798
14799
#: C/unity-introduction.page:61(section/p)
14800
msgid ""
14801
"The <gui>Ubuntu Button</gui> sits near the top left corner of the screen and "
14802
"is always the top item in the launcher. If you click the <gui>Ubuntu "
14803
"Button</gui>, Unity will present you with an additional feature of the "
14804
"desktop, the <gui>Dash</gui>."
14805
msgstr ""
14806
14807
#: C/unity-introduction.page:68(media/p)
14808
msgid "The Unity Dash"
14809
msgstr ""
14810
14811
#: C/unity-introduction.page:71(section/p)
14812
msgid ""
14813
"The <em>Dash</em> is designed to make it easier to find, open and use "
14814
"applications files, and music. For example, if you type the word, "
14815
"\"document\" in to the <em>Search Bar</em>, the Dash will show you "
14816
"applications that help you write and edit documents. It will also show you "
14817
"relevant folders and documents that you have been working on recently."
14818
msgstr ""
14819
14820
#: C/unity-introduction.page:76(section/p)
14821
msgid ""
14822
"The Dash also gives you shortcuts to often-used Internet, photo, email, and "
14823
"music applications."
14824
msgstr ""
14825
14826
#: C/unity-introduction.page:78(section/p)
14827
msgid ""
14828
"This is just the beginning of what the Dash can do for you. If you want to "
14829
"get the most out of the Dash, check out the Dash tips-and-tricks."
14830
msgstr ""
14831
14832
#: C/unity-introduction.page:82(item/p)
14833
msgid ""
14834
"<link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">Learn more about starting "
14835
"applications.</link>"
14836
msgstr ""
14837
14838
#: C/unity-introduction.page:83(item/p)
14839
msgid ""
14840
"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces.</link>"
14841
msgstr ""
14842
14843
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:14(info/desc)
14844
msgid ""
14845
"Make the icons in the launcher larger or smaller to suit your preferences."
14846
msgstr ""
14847
14848
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:18(page/title)
14849
msgid "Change the size of icons in the launcher"
14850
msgstr ""
14851
14852
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:20(page/p)
14853
msgid ""
14854
"The size of the icons in the <gui>launcher</gui> cannot be changed by "
14855
"default, but you can install software that will allow you to change the size "
14856
"of the icons. To install the necessary software and change the size of the "
14857
"icons, complete these steps:"
14858
msgstr ""
14859
14860
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25(item/p)
14861
msgid ""
14862
"Install the <link href=\"apt:compizconfig-settings-manager\">CompizConfig "
14863
"Settings Manager (ccsm)</link> application from the <app>Software "
14864
"Center</app>."
14865
msgstr ""
14866
14867
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:27(item/p)
14868
msgid ""
14869
"If you need assistance with installing the application, consult the <link "
14870
"xref=\"addremove-install\"> software installation help</link>, or review the "
14871
"<link href=\"ghelp:software-center\">Ubuntu Software Center Manual</link>."
14872
msgstr ""
14873
14874
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:30(item/p)
14875
msgid ""
14876
"After you have installed the program, click the power icon at the very right "
14877
"of the <gui>panel</gui> and select <gui>System Settings</gui>."
14878
msgstr ""
14879
14880
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32(item/p)
14881
msgid ""
14882
"In the Personal section, click <gui>CompizConfig Settings Manager</gui>."
14883
msgstr ""
14884
14885
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33(item/p)
14886
msgid ""
14887
"In the <gui>Desktop</gui> section of the <app>CompizConfig Settings "
14888
"Manager</app>, click <gui>Ubuntu Unity Plugin</gui>, and select the "
14889
"<gui>Experimental</gui> tab."
14890
msgstr ""
14891
14892
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:35(item/p)
14893
msgid ""
14894
"Move the <gui>Launcher icon size</gui> slider to increase or decrease the "
14895
"size of the <gui>Launcher</gui> icons."
14896
msgstr ""
14897
14898
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:37(note/p)
14899
msgid "The default <gui>Launcher</gui> icon size is <em>48</em>."
14900
msgstr ""
14901
14902
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:40(page/p)
14903
msgid ""
14904
"Your changes to the size of the icons will be applied immediately. Click the "
14905
"<gui>Back</gui> and <gui> Close</gui> buttons to exit the <app>CompizConfig "
14906
"Settings Manager</app>."
14907
msgstr ""
14908
14909
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14910
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14911
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14912
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14913
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:19(media)
14914
msgctxt "_"
14915
msgid ""
14916
"external ref='figures/unity-launcher-apps.png' "
14917
"md5='c87dcbaaaad16b35a5c62b93e40ca2ce'"
14918
msgstr ""
14919
14920
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:15(page/title)
14921
msgid "Use the Launcher to start applications"
14922
msgstr ""
14923
14924
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:20(media/p)
14925
msgid "Launcher icons"
14926
msgstr ""
14927
14928
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:23(page/p)
14929
msgid ""
14930
"The Launcher is one of the key components of the new Unity desktop. When you "
14931
"first log in to your desktop, it will appear along the left-hand side of the "
14932
"screen. The Launcher provides you with quick access to applications, Unity "
14933
"workspaces and lenses, as well as the trash."
14934
msgstr ""
14935
14936
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:27(page/p)
14937
msgid ""
14938
"If an application that you want to start using is present in the Launcher, "
14939
"you can click on that application's icon, and it will start up, ready for "
14940
"you to use."
14941
msgstr ""
14942
14943
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:31(section/title)
14944
msgid "Opening the Launcher"
14945
msgstr ""
14946
14947
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:32(section/p)
14948
msgid ""
14949
"You may notice that the Launcher will hide when it comes into contact with "
14950
"an open application. You can make the launcher reappear in a number of "
14951
"different ways. Experiment and try each of the following ways of opening the "
14952
"Launcher:"
14953
msgstr ""
14954
14955
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:37(item/p)
14956
msgid ""
14957
"Move your mouse pointer to the left side of the screen and <em>push</em> the "
14958
"pointer against the edge of the screen. The Launcher will appear after a "
14959
"brief delay."
14960
msgstr ""
14961
14962
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:39(item/p)
14963
msgid ""
14964
"Move your mouse pointer to the top-left corner of the screen. The Launcher "
14965
"will appear immediately."
14966
msgstr ""
14967
14968
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:41(item/p)
14969
msgid ""
14970
"Tap the <key>meta</key> key twice. The Launcher will appear briefly, but "
14971
"will disappear unless you hover your mouse over the Launcher."
14972
msgstr ""
14973
14974
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:43(item/p)
14975
msgid ""
14976
"Press and hold the <key>meta</key> key. The Launcher will appear, and "
14977
"numbers will appear on top of the Launcher icons. This allows you to press "
14978
"any one of the numbers to start that application."
14979
msgstr ""
14980
14981
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:48(section/p)
14982
msgid ""
14983
"Which approach do you like the most? What approach do you think will help "
14984
"you work most efficiently?"
14985
msgstr ""
14986
14987
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:51(section/p)
14988
msgid ""
14989
"To learn more about the Launcher, explore any of the Launcher help topics "
14990
"below."
14991
msgstr ""
14992
14993
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:55(section/title)
14994
msgid "Launcher Basics"
14995
msgstr ""
14996
14997
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:66(section/title)
14998
msgid "Customizing the Launcher"
14999
msgstr ""
15000
15001
#: C/user-accounts.page:7(info/title)
15002
msgctxt "link:trail"
15003
msgid "Users"
15004
msgstr ""
15005
15006
#: C/user-accounts.page:8(info/desc)
15007
msgid ""
15008
"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"shell-guest-"
15009
"session\">guest user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change "
15010
"password</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>..."
15011
msgstr ""
15012
15013
#: C/user-accounts.page:23(page/title)
15014
msgid "User accounts"
15015
msgstr ""
15016
15017
#: C/user-accounts.page:25(page/p)
15018
msgid ""
15019
"Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. "
15020
"This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their "
15021
"own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access a different user "
15022
"account if you know the password."
15023
msgstr ""
15024
15025
#: C/user-accounts.page:29(info/title)
15026
msgctxt "link:trail"
15027
msgid "Accounts"
15028
msgstr ""
15029
15030
#: C/user-accounts.page:31(section/title)
15031
msgid "Manage user accounts"
15032
msgstr ""
15033
15034
#: C/user-accounts.page:35(section/title)
15035
msgid "Passwords"
15036
msgstr ""
15037
15038
#: C/user-accounts.page:40(info/title)
15039
msgctxt "link:trail"
15040
msgid "Privileges"
15041
msgstr ""
15042
15043
#: C/user-accounts.page:42(section/title)
15044
msgid "User privileges"
15045
msgstr ""
15046
15047
#: C/user-add.page:8(info/desc)
15048
msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."
15049
msgstr ""
15050
15051
#: C/user-add.page:22(page/title)
15052
msgid "Add a new user account"
15053
msgstr ""
15054
15055
#: C/user-add.page:30(page/p)
15056
msgid ""
15057
"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to "
15058
"each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home "
15059
"folder, documents, and settings."
15060
msgstr ""
15061
15062
#: C/user-add.page:35(item/p)
15063
#: C/user-admin-change.page:26(item/p)
15064
#: C/user-changepassword.page:43(item/p)
15065
#: C/user-changepicture.page:29(item/p)
15066
#: C/user-delete.page:31(item/p)
15067
msgid ""
15068
"Click your name in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select <gui>User "
15069
"Accounts</gui>."
15070
msgstr ""
15071
15072
#: C/user-add.page:37(item/p)
15073
msgid ""
15074
"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
15075
"make changes. You must be an administrative user to add user accounts."
15076
msgstr ""
15077
15078
#: C/user-add.page:40(item/p)
15079
msgid ""
15080
"In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a "
15081
"new user account."
15082
msgstr ""
15083
15084
#: C/user-add.page:42(item/p)
15085
msgid ""
15086
"If you want the new user to have administrative access to the computer, "
15087
"select <gui>Administrator</gui> for the account type. Administrators can do "
15088
"things like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change "
15089
"the date and time."
15090
msgstr ""
15091
15092
#: C/user-add.page:46(item/p)
15093
msgid ""
15094
"Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically "
15095
"based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if "
15096
"you like."
15097
msgstr ""
15098
15099
#: C/user-add.page:49(item/p)
15100
msgid "Click <gui>Create</gui> when you're done."
15101
msgstr ""
15102
15103
#: C/user-add.page:50(item/p)
15104
msgid ""
15105
"The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the "
15106
"user's password. Under <gui>Login Options</gui> click <gui>Account "
15107
"Disabled</gui>. Use the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down list to set the password "
15108
"now, allow the user to log in without a password, or have the user set their "
15109
"password the first time they log in."
15110
msgstr ""
15111
15112
#: C/user-add.page:54(item/p)
15113
msgid ""
15114
"If you choose <gui>Set a password now</gui>, have the user type their "
15115
"password in the <gui>New password</gui> and <gui>Confirm password</gui> "
15116
"fields. See <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/>."
15117
msgstr ""
15118
15119
#: C/user-add.page:57(item/p)
15120
#: C/user-changepassword.page:49(item/p)
15121
msgid ""
15122
"You can also click the button next to the <gui>New password</gui> field to "
15123
"select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for "
15124
"others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful."
15125
msgstr ""
15126
15127
#: C/user-add.page:61(item/p)
15128
#: C/user-changepassword.page:53(item/p)
15129
msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
15130
msgstr ""
15131
15132
#: C/user-add.page:64(note/p)
15133
msgid ""
15134
"If you like, you can click the image next to the user's name on the right to "
15135
"set an image for the account. This image will be shown in the login window. "
15136
"GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or you can select your own or "
15137
"take a picture with your webcam."
15138
msgstr ""
15139
15140
#: C/user-admin-change.page:10(info/desc)
15141
msgid ""
15142
"You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by "
15143
"giving them administrative privileges."
15144
msgstr ""
15145
15146
#: C/user-admin-change.page:20(page/title)
15147
msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
15148
msgstr ""
15149
15150
#: C/user-admin-change.page:22(page/p)
15151
msgid ""
15152
"Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to "
15153
"important parts of the system. You can change which users have "
15154
"administrative privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of "
15155
"keeping your system secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized "
15156
"changes."
15157
msgstr ""
15158
15159
#: C/user-admin-change.page:30(item/p)
15160
msgid ""
15161
"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> and enter your password to unlock the account "
15162
"settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges "
15163
"yourself.)"
15164
msgstr ""
15165
15166
#: C/user-admin-change.page:34(item/p)
15167
msgid ""
15168
"Select the user whose privileges you want to change and then click the "
15169
"option next to <gui>Account type</gui>."
15170
msgstr ""
15171
15172
#: C/user-admin-change.page:41(item/p)
15173
msgid ""
15174
"Choose <gui>Administrator</gui> if you want the user to be able to perform "
15175
"administrative tasks, like installing new applications."
15176
msgstr ""
15177
15178
#: C/user-admin-change.page:44(item/p)
15179
msgid ""
15180
"Choose <gui>Standard</gui> if you don't want the user to be able to perform "
15181
"admin tasks."
15182
msgstr ""
15183
15184
#: C/user-admin-change.page:50(item/p)
15185
msgid ""
15186
"Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when "
15187
"they next log in."
15188
msgstr ""
15189
15190
#: C/user-admin-change.page:55(note/p)
15191
msgid ""
15192
"The first user account on the system has administrative privileges. This is "
15193
"the user account that was created when you first installed the system."
15194
msgstr ""
15195
15196
#: C/user-admin-change.page:56(note/p)
15197
msgid ""
15198
"It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privileges "
15199
"on one system."
15200
msgstr ""
15201
15202
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:8(info/desc)
15203
msgid "You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system."
15204
msgstr ""
15205
15206
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:19(page/title)
15207
msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"
15208
msgstr ""
15209
15210
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:21(page/p)
15211
msgid ""
15212
"As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer also has a "
15213
"number of files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If "
15214
"these important <em>system files</em> are changed improperly they can cause "
15215
"various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. "
15216
"Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are "
15217
"also protected."
15218
msgstr ""
15219
15220
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:23(page/p)
15221
msgid ""
15222
"The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with "
15223
"<em>administrative privileges</em> to change the files or use the "
15224
"applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files "
15225
"or use these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges."
15226
msgstr ""
15227
15228
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:25(page/p)
15229
msgid ""
15230
"Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you can temporarily get "
15231
"admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an application needs "
15232
"admin privileges, it will ask for your password. For example, if you want to "
15233
"install some new software, the software installer (package manager) will ask "
15234
"for your admin password so it can add the new application to the system. "
15235
"Once it has finished, your admin privileges will be taken away again."
15236
msgstr ""
15237
15238
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:27(page/p)
15239
msgid ""
15240
"Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are "
15241
"allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges, "
15242
"you will not be able to install software, for example. Some user accounts "
15243
"(for example, the \"root\" account) have permanent admin privileges. You "
15244
"shouldn't use admin privileges all of the time, because you might "
15245
"accidentally change an important file and break something."
15246
msgstr ""
15247
15248
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29(page/p)
15249
msgid ""
15250
"In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your "
15251
"system when you need to, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."
15252
msgstr ""
15253
15254
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:32(note/title)
15255
msgid "What does \"super user\" mean?"
15256
msgstr ""
15257
15258
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:33(note/p)
15259
msgid ""
15260
"A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</em>. This "
15261
"is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might "
15262
"see people discussing things like <cmd>su</cmd> and <cmd>sudo</cmd>; these "
15263
"are programs for temporarily giving you \"super user\" (admin) privileges."
15264
msgstr ""
15265
15266
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:37(section/title)
15267
msgid "Why are admin privileges useful?"
15268
msgstr ""
15269
15270
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:38(section/p)
15271
msgid ""
15272
"Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are "
15273
"made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, "
15274
"intentionally or unintentionally."
15275
msgstr ""
15276
15277
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:39(section/p)
15278
msgid ""
15279
"If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change "
15280
"an important file, or run an application which changes something important "
15281
"by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when you need them, "
15282
"reduces the risk of these mistakes happening."
15283
msgstr ""
15284
15285
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:40(section/p)
15286
msgid ""
15287
"Only certain, trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This "
15288
"prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like "
15289
"uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you "
15290
"don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security "
15291
"standpoint."
15292
msgstr ""
15293
15294
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:8(info/desc)
15295
msgid ""
15296
"You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin "
15297
"privileges."
15298
msgstr ""
15299
15300
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:19(page/title)
15301
msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"
15302
msgstr ""
15303
15304
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:21(page/p)
15305
msgid ""
15306
"There are a few problems that you might experience because you don't have "
15307
"<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative privileges</link>. Some "
15308
"things require you to have admin privileges in order to work, such as:"
15309
msgstr ""
15310
15311
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:25(item/p)
15312
msgid "Connecting to some networks/wireless networks"
15313
msgstr ""
15314
15315
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28(item/p)
15316
msgid ""
15317
"Viewing the contents of a removable disk plugged-in to the computer, or the "
15318
"contents of a different disk partition (e.g. if you have a Windows partition)"
15319
msgstr ""
15320
15321
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:31(item/p)
15322
msgid "Installing new applications"
15323
msgstr ""
15324
15325
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:35(page/p)
15326
msgid ""
15327
"You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has admin "
15328
"privileges</link>."
15329
msgstr ""
15330
15331
#: C/user-changepassword.page:9(info/desc)
15332
msgid ""
15333
"Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account "
15334
"settings."
15335
msgstr ""
15336
15337
#: C/user-changepassword.page:21(page/title)
15338
msgid "Change your password"
15339
msgstr ""
15340
15341
#: C/user-changepassword.page:41(page/p)
15342
msgid ""
15343
"It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if "
15344
"you think someone else knows what your password is."
15345
msgstr ""
15346
15347
#: C/user-changepassword.page:44(item/p)
15348
msgid "Click the label next to <gui>Password</gui>."
15349
msgstr ""
15350
15351
#: C/user-changepassword.page:45(note/p)
15352
msgid ""
15353
"The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a "
15354
"password set."
15355
msgstr ""
15356
15357
#: C/user-changepassword.page:47(item/p)
15358
msgid ""
15359
"Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password "
15360
"again in the <gui>Confirm password</gui> field."
15361
msgstr ""
15362
15363
#: C/user-changepassword.page:56(page/p)
15364
msgid ""
15365
"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good "
15366
"password</link>. This will help to keep your user account safe."
15367
msgstr ""
15368
15369
#: C/user-changepassword.page:59(section/title)
15370
msgid "Change the keyring password"
15371
msgstr ""
15372
15373
#: C/user-changepassword.page:61(section/p)
15374
msgid ""
15375
"If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the "
15376
"<em>keyring password</em>. The keyring keeps you from having to remember "
15377
"lots of different passwords by just requiring one <em>master</em> password "
15378
"to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your "
15379
"keyring password will remain the same as your old password and so the "
15380
"keyring won't be <em>unlocked</em> automatically when you log in."
15381
msgstr ""
15382
15383
#: C/user-changepassword.page:65(section/p)
15384
msgid "To change your keyring password (to match your login password):"
15385
msgstr ""
15386
15387
#: C/user-changepassword.page:67(item/p)
15388
msgid ""
15389
"Open the <app>Passwords and Keys</app> application from the <gui>dash</gui>."
15390
msgstr ""
15391
15392
#: C/user-changepassword.page:69(item/p)
15393
msgid ""
15394
"In the <gui>Passwords</gui> tab, right-click on <gui>Passwords: login</gui>. "
15395
"Select <gui>Change Password</gui>."
15396
msgstr ""
15397
15398
#: C/user-changepassword.page:72(item/p)
15399
msgid ""
15400
"Enter your <gui>Old Password</gui>, followed by your new "
15401
"<gui>Password</gui>, and <gui>Confirm</gui> your new password by entering it "
15402
"again."
15403
msgstr ""
15404
15405
#: C/user-changepassword.page:75(item/p)
15406
msgid "Click <gui>OK</gui>."
15407
msgstr ""
15408
15409
#: C/user-changepicture.page:7(info/desc)
15410
msgid "Add a bit of your personality to your login and user screens."
15411
msgstr ""
15412
15413
#: C/user-changepicture.page:21(page/title)
15414
msgid "Change your login screen photo"
15415
msgstr ""
15416
15417
#: C/user-changepicture.page:23(page/p)
15418
msgid ""
15419
"When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their "
15420
"login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your "
15421
"own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam."
15422
msgstr ""
15423
15424
#: C/user-changepicture.page:30(item/p)
15425
msgid ""
15426
"Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with "
15427
"some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for "
15428
"yourself."
15429
msgstr ""
15430
15431
#: C/user-changepicture.page:33(item/p)
15432
msgid ""
15433
"If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click "
15434
"<gui>Browse for more pictures</gui>."
15435
msgstr ""
15436
15437
#: C/user-delete.page:7(info/desc)
15438
msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."
15439
msgstr ""
15440
15441
#: C/user-delete.page:24(page/title)
15442
msgid "Delete a user account"
15443
msgstr ""
15444
15445
#: C/user-delete.page:26(page/p)
15446
msgid ""
15447
"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See <link xref=\"user-"
15448
"add\"/> to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can "
15449
"delete that user's account."
15450
msgstr ""
15451
15452
#: C/user-delete.page:32(item/p)
15453
msgid ""
15454
"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
15455
"make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts."
15456
msgstr ""
15457
15458
#: C/user-delete.page:35(item/p)
15459
msgid "Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui>-</gui> button."
15460
msgstr ""
15461
15462
#: C/user-delete.page:36(item/p)
15463
msgid ""
15464
"Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can "
15465
"choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Delete the files if you're "
15466
"sure they won't be used anymore and you need to free up disk space. These "
15467
"files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. You may want to back "
15468
"up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them."
15469
msgstr ""
15470
15471
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:7(info/desc)
15472
msgid "Advanced techniques for resetting your password"
15473
msgstr ""
15474
15475
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:17(page/title)
15476
msgid "I forgot my password!"
15477
msgstr ""
15478
15479
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:29(page/p)
15480
msgid ""
15481
"It is important to choose not only <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">a good "
15482
"and secure password</link>, but also one that you can remember. If you have "
15483
"forgotten the password to log in to your computer account, you can follow "
15484
"the following steps to reset it."
15485
msgstr ""
15486
15487
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:36(note/p)
15488
msgid ""
15489
"If you have an encrypted home directory, you will not be able to reset a "
15490
"forgotten password."
15491
msgstr ""
15492
15493
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:41(page/p)
15494
msgid ""
15495
"If you simply want to change your password, see <link xref=\"user-"
15496
"changepassword\"/>."
15497
msgstr ""
15498
15499
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:47(section/title)
15500
msgid "Reset password using Grub"
15501
msgstr ""
15502
15503
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:50(item/p)
15504
msgid ""
15505
"Restart your computer, and hold down <key>Shift</key> during bootup to get "
15506
"into the Grub menu."
15507
msgstr ""
15508
15509
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:55(note/p)
15510
msgid ""
15511
"If you have a dual-boot machine and you choose at boot time which operating "
15512
"system to boot into, the Grub menu should appear without the need to hold "
15513
"down <key>Shift</key>."
15514
msgstr ""
15515
15516
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:62(note/p)
15517
msgid ""
15518
"If you are unable to get into the Grub boot menu, and therefore cannot "
15519
"choose to boot into recovery mode, you can <link xref=\"user-"
15520
"forgottenpassword#live-cd\">use a live CD to reset your user password</link>."
15521
msgstr ""
15522
15523
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:67(item/p)
15524
msgid ""
15525
"Press the down arrow on your keyboard to highlight the line that ends with "
15526
"the words 'recovery mode', then press <key>Enter</key>."
15527
msgstr ""
15528
15529
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:73(item/p)
15530
msgid ""
15531
"Your computer will now begin the boot process. After a few moments, a "
15532
"<gui>Recovery Menu</gui> will appear. Use your down arrow key to highlight "
15533
"<gui>root</gui> and press <key>Enter</key>."
15534
msgstr ""
15535
15536
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:79(item/p)
15537
msgid "At the <cmd>#</cmd> symbol, type:"
15538
msgstr ""
15539
15540
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:82(item/p)
15541
msgid ""
15542
"<cmd>passwd <var>username</var></cmd>, where <var>username</var> is the "
15543
"username of the account you're changing the password for."
15544
msgstr ""
15545
15546
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:87(item/p)
15547
msgid ""
15548
"You will be prompted to enter a new UNIX password, and to confirm the new "
15549
"password."
15550
msgstr ""
15551
15552
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:92(item/p)
15553
msgid "Then type:"
15554
msgstr ""
15555
15556
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:95(item/p)
15557
msgid "# <cmd>reboot</cmd>"
15558
msgstr ""
15559
15560
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:100(section/p)
15561
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:203(section/p)
15562
msgid ""
15563
"After you successfully log in, you will not be able to access your keyring "
15564
"(since you don't remember the old password). This means that all your saved "
15565
"passwords for wireless networks, jabber accounts, etc. will no longer be "
15566
"accessible. You will need to <link xref=\"#delete-keyring\">delete the old "
15567
"keyring</link> and start a new one."
15568
msgstr ""
15569
15570
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:108(section/title)
15571
msgid "Reset password using a Live CD or USB"
15572
msgstr ""
15573
15574
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:111(item/p)
15575
msgid "Boot the Live CD or USB."
15576
msgstr ""
15577
15578
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:116(item/p)
15579
msgid "Mount your drive."
15580
msgstr ""
15581
15582
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:121(item/p)
15583
msgid ""
15584
"Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> to get the <gui>Run "
15585
"Application</gui> window."
15586
msgstr ""
15587
15588
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:127(item/p)
15589
msgid ""
15590
"Type <cmd>gksu nautilus</cmd> to launch the file manager with system-wide "
15591
"privileges."
15592
msgstr ""
15593
15594
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:132(note/p)
15595
msgid ""
15596
"Within the drive you just mounted, you can check that it is the right drive "
15597
"by clicking <gui> home </gui> and then your username."
15598
msgstr ""
15599
15600
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:139(item/p)
15601
msgid ""
15602
"Go to the top-level directory of the mounted drive. Then go into the "
15603
"<gui>etc</gui> directory."
15604
msgstr ""
15605
15606
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:142(item/p)
15607
msgid "Locate the 'shadow' file and make a backup copy:"
15608
msgstr ""
15609
15610
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:147(item/p)
15611
msgid "Right-click on the shadow file and select <gui>copy</gui>."
15612
msgstr ""
15613
15614
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:150(item/p)
15615
msgid "Then right-click in the empty space and select <gui>paste</gui>."
15616
msgstr ""
15617
15618
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:154(item/p)
15619
msgid "<link xref=\"files-rename\">Rename</link> the backup \"shadow.bak\"."
15620
msgstr ""
15621
15622
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:162(item/p)
15623
msgid "Edit the original \"shadow\" file with a text editor."
15624
msgstr ""
15625
15626
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:168(item/p)
15627
msgid ""
15628
"Find your username for which you have forgotten the password. It should look "
15629
"something like this (the characters after the colon will be different):"
15630
msgstr ""
15631
15632
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:172(item/p)
15633
msgid "username:$1$2abCd0E or"
15634
msgstr ""
15635
15636
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:175(item/p)
15637
msgid "username:$1$2abCd0E:13721a:0:99999:7:::"
15638
msgstr ""
15639
15640
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:180(item/p)
15641
msgid ""
15642
"Delete the characters after the first colon and before the second colon. "
15643
"This will remove the password for the account."
15644
msgstr ""
15645
15646
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:184(item/p)
15647
msgid ""
15648
"Save the file, exit out of everything and reboot your computer without the "
15649
"live CD or USB."
15650
msgstr ""
15651
15652
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:190(item/p)
15653
msgid ""
15654
"When you boot back into your installation, click your name in the top bar. "
15655
"Open <gui>My Account</gui> and reset your password."
15656
msgstr ""
15657
15658
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:195(item/p)
15659
msgid ""
15660
"For <gui>Current password</gui> do not enter anything, as your current "
15661
"password is blank. Just click <gui>Authenticate</gui> and enter a new "
15662
"password."
15663
msgstr ""
15664
15665
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:214(section/title)
15666
msgid "Get Rid of the Keyring Manager"
15667
msgstr ""
15668
15669
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:216(note/p)
15670
msgid ""
15671
"This will delete all your saved passwords for wireless networks, instant "
15672
"messaging accounts, etc. Only do this if you can't remember the password you "
15673
"used for your keyring."
15674
msgstr ""
15675
15676
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:221(item/p)
15677
msgid ""
15678
"Go to your Home folder by typing 'home' in the <gui>Activities</gui> "
15679
"overview."
15680
msgstr ""
15681
15682
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:224(item/p)
15683
msgid ""
15684
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>h</key></keyseq> (or click "
15685
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq>.)"
15686
msgstr ""
15687
15688
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:228(item/p)
15689
msgid "Double click on the folder .gnome2"
15690
msgstr ""
15691
15692
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:231(item/p)
15693
msgid "Double click on the folder called keyrings."
15694
msgstr ""
15695
15696
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:234(item/p)
15697
msgid "Delete any files you find in the keyrings folder."
15698
msgstr ""
15699
15700
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:237(item/p)
15701
msgid "Restart the computer."
15702
msgstr ""
15703
15704
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:241(section/p)
15705
msgid ""
15706
"After you restart and log in you will be asked to enter your wireless "
15707
"networks password."
15708
msgstr ""
15709
15710
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:8(info/desc)
15711
msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords."
15712
msgstr ""
15713
15714
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:26(page/title)
15715
msgid "Choose a secure password"
15716
msgstr ""
15717
15718
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:29(note/p)
15719
msgid ""
15720
"Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for "
15721
"others (including computer programs) to guess."
15722
msgstr ""
15723
15724
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:33(page/p)
15725
msgid ""
15726
"Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your "
15727
"password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your "
15728
"personal information."
15729
msgstr ""
15730
15731
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34(page/p)
15732
msgid ""
15733
"People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your "
15734
"password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be "
15735
"extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for "
15736
"choosing a good password:"
15737
msgstr ""
15738
15739
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:38(item/p)
15740
msgid ""
15741
"Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and "
15742
"spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess; there are "
15743
"more symbols to choose from, so more possible passwords that someone would "
15744
"have to check when trying to guess yours."
15745
msgstr ""
15746
15747
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:40(note/p)
15748
msgid ""
15749
"A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each "
15750
"word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a "
15751
"movie, a book, a song or an album. For example, \"Flatland: A Romance of "
15752
"Many Dimensions\" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd."
15753
msgstr ""
15754
15755
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:46(item/p)
15756
msgid ""
15757
"Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the "
15758
"longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it."
15759
msgstr ""
15760
15761
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:49(item/p)
15762
msgid ""
15763
"Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. "
15764
"Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "
15765
"\"password\" - people can guess passwords like this very quickly!"
15766
msgstr ""
15767
15768
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:52(item/p)
15769
msgid ""
15770
"Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or "
15771
"any family member's name."
15772
msgstr ""
15773
15774
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:55(item/p)
15775
msgid "Do not use any nouns."
15776
msgstr ""
15777
15778
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:58(item/p)
15779
msgid ""
15780
"Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of "
15781
"someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be "
15782
"watching you."
15783
msgstr ""
15784
15785
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:62(note/p)
15786
msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!"
15787
msgstr ""
15788
15789
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:68(item/p)
15790
msgid "Use different passwords for different things."
15791
msgstr ""
15792
15793
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:72(item/p)
15794
msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts."
15795
msgstr ""
15796
15797
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:73(item/p)
15798
msgid ""
15799
"If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it "
15800
"will be able to access all of your accounts immediately."
15801
msgstr ""
15802
15803
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:74(item/p)
15804
msgid ""
15805
"It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as "
15806
"secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to "
15807
"use the same one for things that don't matter (like websites), and different "
15808
"ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email)."
15809
msgstr ""
15810
15811
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:78(item/p)
15812
msgid "Change your passwords regularly."
15813
msgstr ""
15814
15815
#: C/video-dvd.page:8(info/desc)
15816
msgid ""
15817
"You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong "
15818
"region."
15819
msgstr ""
15820
15821
#: C/video-dvd.page:19(page/title)
15822
msgid "Why won't DVDs play?"
15823
msgstr ""
15824
15825
#: C/video-dvd.page:21(page/p)
15826
msgid ""
15827
"If you insert a DVD into your computer and it won't play, you may not have "
15828
"the right DVD \"codecs\" installed, or the DVD might be from a different "
15829
"\"region\"."
15830
msgstr ""
15831
15832
#: C/video-dvd.page:24(section/title)
15833
msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback"
15834
msgstr ""
15835
15836
#: C/video-dvd.page:25(section/p)
15837
msgid ""
15838
"In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. "
15839
"A codec is some software that allows applications to read a video or audio "
15840
"format. If you try to play a DVD and don't have the right codecs installed, "
15841
"the Movie Player should tell you about this and offer to install it for you."
15842
msgstr ""
15843
15844
#: C/video-dvd.page:26(section/p)
15845
msgid ""
15846
"DVDs are also \"copy-protected\" using a system called CSS. This prevents "
15847
"you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them unless you "
15848
"have some <link xref=\"video-dvd-restricted\">extra software</link> to "
15849
"handle the copy protection."
15850
msgstr ""
15851
15852
#: C/video-dvd.page:30(section/title)
15853
msgid "Checking the DVD region"
15854
msgstr ""
15855
15856
#: C/video-dvd.page:31(section/p)
15857
msgid ""
15858
"DVDs have a \"region code\", which tells you in which region of the world "
15859
"you are allowed to play the DVD. DVD players can only play DVDs from the "
15860
"same region as them. For example, if you have a region 1 DVD player, you "
15861
"will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America."
15862
msgstr ""
15863
15864
#: C/video-dvd.page:32(section/p)
15865
msgid ""
15866
"If the region of your computer's DVD player and the DVD you are trying to "
15867
"play do not match, you won't be able to play the DVD. It is often possible "
15868
"to change the region used by your DVD player, but you can only do this a few "
15869
"times before it locks into one region permanently."
15870
msgstr ""
15871
15872
#: C/video-dvd.page:33(section/p)
15873
msgid ""
15874
"To change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, use <link "
15875
"href=\"apt:regionset\">regionset</link>."
15876
msgstr ""
15877
15878
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:9(info/desc)
15879
msgid ""
15880
"Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and will not play without decryption "
15881
"software."
15882
msgstr ""
15883
"Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and will not play without decryption "
15884
"software."
15885
15886
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:20(page/title)
15887
msgid "How do I enable restricted codecs to play DVDs?"
15888
msgstr ""
15889
15890
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:22(page/p)
15891
msgid ""
15892
"DVD support cannot be provided by default in Ubuntu due to legal and "
15893
"technical restrictions. Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and so require "
15894
"the use of decryption software in order to play them."
15895
msgstr ""
15896
15897
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:25(section/title)
15898
msgid "Use Fluendo to legally play DVDs"
15899
msgstr "Use Fluendo to legally play DVDs"
15900
15901
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:26(section/p)
15902
msgid ""
15903
"You can buy a commercial DVD decoder that can handle copy protection from "
15904
"<link href=\"apt:fluendo-dvd\">Fluendo</link>. It works with Linux and "
15905
"should be legal to use in all countries."
15906
msgstr ""
15907
15908
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:30(section/title)
15909
msgid "Use alternative decryption software"
15910
msgstr ""
15911
15912
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:32(note/p)
15913
msgid ""
15914
"In some countries, the use of the below unlicensed decryption software is "
15915
"not permitted by law. Verify that you are within your rights to use it."
15916
msgstr ""
15917
15918
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:35(item/p)
15919
msgid ""
15920
"Install <link href=\"apt:libdvdnav4\">libdvdnav4</link>, <link "
15921
"href=\"apt:libdvdread4\">libdvdread4</link>, <link href=\"apt:gstreamer0.10-"
15922
"plugins-bad\">gstreamer0.10-plugins-bad</link>, and <link "
15923
"href=\"apt:gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly\">gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly</link>."
15924
msgstr ""
15925
15926
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:38(item/p)
15927
msgid ""
15928
"If you would like to play encrypted DVDs (see the legal note above), open "
15929
"the Dash and launch a <app>Terminal</app>."
15930
msgstr ""
15931
15932
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:40(item/p)
15933
msgid ""
15934
"Type the following into the screen which appears, then press "
15935
"<key>Enter</key>:"
15936
msgstr ""
15937
15938
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:41(item/p)
15939
msgid "<code>sudo /usr/share/doc/libdvdread4/install-css.sh</code>"
15940
msgstr ""
15941
15942
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:42(item/p)
15943
msgid "Enter your password to complete the installation."
15944
msgstr ""
15945
15946
#: C/video-sending.page:8(info/desc)
15947
msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed."
15948
msgstr ""
15949
15950
#: C/video-sending.page:19(page/title)
15951
msgid "Other people can't play the videos I made"
15952
msgstr "Other people cannot play the videos I made"
15953
15954
#: C/video-sending.page:21(page/p)
15955
msgid ""
15956
"If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using "
15957
"Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video."
15958
msgstr ""
15959
"If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using "
15960
"Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video."
15961
15962
#: C/video-sending.page:23(page/p)
15963
msgid ""
15964
"To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right "
15965
"<em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows "
15966
"how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of "
15967
"different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back."
15968
msgstr ""
15969
15970
#: C/video-sending.page:25(page/p)
15971
msgid ""
15972
"You can check which format your video is in by finding it in the <link "
15973
"xref=\"files-browse\">file manager</link>, right-clicking it and selecting "
15974
"<gui>Properties</gui>. Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> tab and look at "
15975
"which <gui>codec</gui> is listed under <gui>Video</gui>."
15976
msgstr ""
15977
15978
#: C/video-sending.page:27(page/p)
15979
msgid ""
15980
"Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec "
15981
"installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the "
15982
"codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if "
15983
"your video uses the <em>Theora</em> format and you have a friend using "
15984
"Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for \"theora windows media "
15985
"player\". You will often be able to download the right codec for free if "
15986
"it's not installed."
15987
msgstr ""
15988
15989
#: C/video-sending.page:29(page/p)
15990
msgid ""
15991
"If you can't find the right codec, try the <link "
15992
"href=\"http://www.videolan.org/vlc/\">VLC media player</link>. It works on "
15993
"Windows and Mac OS as well as Linux, and supports a variety of video "
15994
"formats. Otherwise, try converting your video into a different format. Most "
15995
"video editors are able to do this, and specific video converter applications "
15996
"are available. Check the <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> to see what's "
15997
"available."
15998
msgstr ""
15999
16000
#: C/video-sending.page:32(note/p)
16001
msgid ""
16002
"There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your "
16003
"video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes "
16004
"big files aren't copied across perfectly), they could have problems with "
16005
"their video playback application, or the video may not have been created "
16006
"properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video)."
16007
msgstr ""
16008
16009
#: C/windows-key.page:6(info/desc)
16010
msgid ""
16011
"The meta key provides access to the Dash and the Launcher. You can usually "
16012
"find it next to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
16013
msgstr ""
16014
"The meta key provides access to the Dashboard and the Launcher. You can "
16015
"usually find it next to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
16016
16017
#: C/windows-key.page:16(page/title)
16018
msgid "What is the \"meta\" key?"
16019
msgstr "What is the \"Meta\" key?"
16020
16021
#: C/windows-key.page:18(page/p)
16022
msgid ""
16023
"The meta key is the key between the <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Alt</key> keys "
16024
"on your keyboard. It may sometimes be called the <em>Windows</em> key, "
16025
"<em>logo</em> key, <em>system</em> key, or even the <em>Ubuntu</em> key. If "
16026
"you have an Apple keyboard, there will not be a meta key on your keyboard. "
16027
"The <key>Command (Cmd)</key> key can be used instead."
16028
msgstr ""
16029
16030
#: C/windows-key.page:20(page/p)
16031
msgid ""
16032
"The meta key serves a special function in <em>Unity</em>. If you press the "
16033
"<em>meta</em> key, the Dash is displayed. If you press <em>and hold</em> the "
16034
"meta key, the Launcher will be displayed."
16035
msgstr ""
16036
16037
#: C/windows-key.page:22(page/p)
16038
msgid ""
16039
"The meta key can help you do even more than that, though. To learn about "
16040
"more uses for the <em>meta</em> key, see the <link xref=\"shell-keyboard-"
16041
"shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link> page."
16042
msgstr ""
Loggerhead is a web-based interface for Breezy
Version: 2.0.1